Some man pages.
diff --git a/man/man1/9c.1 b/man/man1/9c.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6745ae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/9c.1
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+.TH 9C 1
+.SH NAME
+9c, 9a, 9l, 9ar \- C compiler, assembler, linker, archiver
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B 9c
+.I file
+\&...
+.PP
+.B 9a
+.I file
+\&...
+.PP
+.B 9l
+[
+.I -o
+.I target
+]
+.I object
+\&...
+[
+.I library
+\&...
+]
+[
+.BI -L path
+\&...
+]
+[
+.BI -l library
+\&...
+]
+.PP
+.B 9ar
+.I key
+[
+.I posname
+]
+.I afile
+[
+.I file
+\&...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These programs are shell scripts that invoke the appropriate standard tools
+for the current operating system and architecture.
+One can use them to write portable recipes for mkfiles.
+.PP
+.I 9c
+compiles the named C
+.I files
+into object files for the current system.
+The system C compiler is invoked with warnings enabled,
+with the symbol
+.B PLAN9PORT
+is defined in the C preprocessor, and with
+.B $PLAN9/include
+on the include path.
+.PP
+.I 9c
+also defines
+.B __sun__
+on SunOS systems and
+.B __Linux26__
+on Linux systems with 2.6-series kernels.
+.PP
+.I 9a
+assembles the named files into object files for the current system.
+Unlike some system assemblers, it does
+.I not
+promise to run the C preprocessor on the source files.
+.PP
+.I 9l
+links the named object files and libraries to create the target executable.
+Each
+.B -l
+option specifies that a library named
+.BI lib library .a
+be found and linked.
+The
+.B -L
+option adds directories to the library search path.
+.I 9l
+invokes the system linker with
+.B $PLAN9/lib
+already on the library search path.
+.PP
+.I 9ar
+maintains object file archives called libraries.
+The exact set of valid command keys varies from system to system,
+but
+.I 9ar
+always provides the following key characters:
+.TP
+.B d
+Delete
+.I files
+from the archive file.
+.TP
+.B r
+Replace
+.I files
+in the archive file, or add them if missing.
+.TP
+.B t
+List a table of contents of the archive.
+If names are given, only those files are listed.
+.TP
+.B x
+Extract the named files.
+If no names are given, all files in the archive are
+extracted.
+In neither case does
+.B x
+alter the archive file.
+.TP
+.B v
+Verbose.
+Give a file-by-file
+description of the making of a
+new archive file from the old archive and the constituent files.
+With
+.BR t ,
+give a long listing of all information about the files,
+somewhat like a listing by
+.IR ls (1),
+showing
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B
+ mode uid/gid size date name
+.TP
+.B c
+Create.
+Normally
+.I 9ar
+will create a new archive when
+.I afile
+does not exist, and give a warning.
+Option
+.B c
+discards any old contents and suppresses the warning.
+.PD
+.PP
+When a
+.BR d ,
+.BR r ,
+or
+.BR m
+.I key
+is specified,
+.I 9ar
+inserts a table of contents, required by the linker, at
+the front of the library.
+The table of contents is
+rebuilt whenever the archive is modified.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.TP
+.L
+9c file1.c file2.c file3.c
+Compile three C source files.
+.TP
+.L
+9a file4.s
+Assemble one assembler source file.
+.TP
+.L
+9ar rvc lib.a file[12].o
+Archive the first two object files into a library.
+.L
+9l -o prog file3.o file4.o lib.a
+Link the final two object files and any necessary objects from the library
+into an executable.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin
diff --git a/man/man1/9p.1 b/man/man1/9p.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..199c26b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/9p.1
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+.TH 9P 1
+.SH NAME
+9p \- read and write files on a 9P server
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B 9p
+[
+.B -a
+.I addr
+]
+.B read
+.I path
+.br
+.B 9p
+[
+.B -a
+.I addr
+]
+.B readfd
+.I path
+.PP
+.B 9p
+[
+.B -a
+.I addr
+]
+.B write
+.I path
+.br
+.B 9p
+[
+.B -a
+.I addr
+]
+.B writefd
+.I path
+.PP
+.B 9p
+[
+.B -a
+.I addr
+]
+.B stat
+.I path
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I 9p
+is a trivial 9P client that can access a single file on a 9P server.
+It can be useful for manual interaction with a 9P server or for
+accessing simple 9P services from within shell scripts.
+.PP
+The first argument is a command, one of:
+.TP
+.B read
+print the contents of
+.I path
+to standard output
+.TP
+.B write
+write data on standard input to
+.I path
+.TP
+.BR readfd ", " writefd
+like
+.B read
+and
+.B write
+but use
+.IR openfd (9p)
+instead of
+.IR open ;
+this masks errors and is mainly useful for debugging
+the implementation of
+.I openfd
+.TP
+.B stat
+execute
+.I stat (9p)
+on
+.I path
+and print the result
+.PD
+.PP
+.I 9p
+dials
+.I address
+to connect to the 9P server.
+If the
+.B -a
+option is not given,
+.I 9p
+requires the
+.I path
+to be of the form
+.IB service / subpath \fR;
+it connects to the Unix domain socket
+.I service
+in the name space directory
+(see
+.IR intro (4))
+and then accesses
+.IR subpath .
+.SH EXAMPLE
+To update
+.IR plumber (4)'s
+copy of your plumbing rules after editing
+.BR $HOME/lib/plumbing :
+.IP
+.EX
+cat $HOME/lib/plumbing | 9p write plumb/rules
+.EE
+.PP
+To display the contents of the current
+.IR acme (4)
+window (specified by the environment variable
+.BR $winid )
+on standard output:
+.IP
+.EX
+9p read acme/$winid/body
+.EE
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9p.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR intro (4),
+.IR intro (9p),
+.IR 9pclient (3)
diff --git a/man/man1/9term.1 b/man/man1/9term.1
index 932a067..ebb9bd7 100644
--- a/man/man1/9term.1
+++ b/man/man1/9term.1
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
]
[
.I cmd
-...
+\&...
]
.PP
.B label
@@ -272,7 +272,9 @@
The
.B plumb
menu item sends the contents of the selection (not the snarf buffer) to the
-.IR plumber (1).
+.I plumber
+(see
+.IR plumb (1)).
If the selection is empty, it sends the white-space-delimited text
containing the selection (typing cursor).
A typical use of this feature is to tell the editor to find the source of an error
diff --git a/man/man1/INDEX b/man/man1/INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de03a62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+9a 9c.1
+9ar 9c.1
+9c 9c.1
+9l 9c.1
+9p 9p.1
+9term 9term.1
+label 9term.1
+acid acid.1
+acidtypes acid.1
+acme acme.1
+awd acme.1
+win acme.1
+ascii ascii.1
+unicode ascii.1
+astro astro.1
+basename basename.1
+bc bc.1
+bundle bundle.1
+cal cal.1
+calendar calendar.1
+cat cat.1
+read cat.1
+cleanname cleanname.1
+cmp cmp.1
+colors colors.1
+getmap colors.1
+comm comm.1
+core core.1
+crop crop.1
+iconv crop.1
+clock date.1
+date date.1
+db db.1
+dc dc.1
+delatex deroff.1
+deroff deroff.1
+dict dict.1
+diff diff.1
+doctype doctype.1
+echo echo.1
+ed ed.1
+eqn eqn.1
+factor factor.1
+primes factor.1
+fmt fmt.1
+htmlfmt fmt.1
+fortune fortune.1
+freq freq.1
+fsize fsize.1
+mtime fsize.1
+grap grap.1
+graph graph.1
+g grep.1
+grep grep.1
+gview gview.1
+
+bunzip2 gzip.1
+bzip2 gzip.1
+gunzip gzip.1
+gzip gzip.1
+unzip gzip.1
+zip gzip.1
+hoc hoc.1
+idiff idiff.1
+join join.1
+bmp jpg.1
+gif jpg.1
+ico jpg.1
+jpg jpg.1
+png jpg.1
+ppm jpg.1
+togif jpg.1
+toico jpg.1
+topng jpg.1
+toppm jpg.1
+yuv jpg.1
+kill kill.1
+slay kill.1
+start kill.1
+stop kill.1
+awd label.1
+label label.1
+lex lex.1
+look look.1
+lc ls.1
+ls ls.1
+lookman man.1
+man man.1
+map map.1
+mapdemo map.1
+mc mc.1
+membername mk.1
+mk mk.1
+mkdir mkdir.1
+namespace namespace.1
+news news.1
+p p.1
+img page.1
+page page.1
+psv page.1
+pic pic.1
+tpic pic.1
+plot plot.1
+plumb plumb.1
+pr pr.1
+proof proof.1
+ps ps.1
+psu ps.1
+pbd pwd.1
+pwd pwd.1
+. rc.1
+cd rc.1
+eval rc.1
+exec rc.1
+exit rc.1
+flag rc.1
+rc rc.1
+rfork rc.1
+shift rc.1
+wait rc.1
+whatis rc.1
+~ rc.1
+rio rio.1
+rm rm.1
+B sam.1
+E sam.1
+sam sam.1
+sam.save sam.1
+samsave sam.1
+samterm sam.1
+scat scat.1
+aescbc secstore.1
+ipso secstore.1
+secstore secstore.1
+9sed sed.1
+sed sed.1
+seq seq.1
+sleep sleep.1
+sort sort.1
+spell spell.1
+sprog spell.1
+split split.1
+src src.1
+stats stats.1
+strings strings.1
+md5sum sum.1
+sha1sum sum.1
+sum sum.1
+tail tail.1
+tbl tbl.1
+tcs tcs.1
+tee tee.1
+test test.1
+time time.1
+touch touch.1
+tr tr.1
+nroff troff.1
+troff troff.1
+tweak tweak.1
+uniq uniq.1
+units units.1
+vac vac.1
+wc wc.1
+web web.1
+wmail web.1
+" wintext.1
+"" wintext.1
+wintext wintext.1
+xd xd.1
+yacc yacc.1
diff --git a/man/man1/acid.1 b/man/man1/acid.1
index 2d1523a..1f7c264 100644
--- a/man/man1/acid.1
+++ b/man/man1/acid.1
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
.I prefix
]
.I file
-...
+\&...
.\" .PP
.\" .B acid
.\" .B -l
@@ -69,17 +69,9 @@
.TP
.BI -m " machine
Assume instructions are for the given CPU type
-(one of
-.BR 3210 ,
-.BR 386 ,
-etc., as listed in
-.IR 2c (1),
-or
-.B sunsparc
-or
-.B mipsco
-for the manufacturer-defined instruction notation for those processors)
-instead of using the magic number to select
+(see
+.IR mach (3))
+instead of using the executable header to select
the CPU type.
.TP
.BI -k
@@ -100,9 +92,17 @@
If the function
.IR acidinit ()
is defined, it will be invoked after all modules have been loaded.
-See
-.IR 2c (1)
-for information about creating
+Then the function
+.IR acidmap ()
+will be invoked if defined.
+.B /usr/local/plan9/acid/port
+provides a definition of
+.I acidmap
+that attaches all the shared libraries being used by the target process
+and then runs
+.I acidtypes
+.RI ( q.v. )
+to create
.I acid
functions for examining data structures.
.SS Language
diff --git a/man/man1/acme.1 b/man/man1/acme.1
index 359799b..6f16273 100644
--- a/man/man1/acme.1
+++ b/man/man1/acme.1
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
prints the supplementary list.
This command is largely superseded by plumbing
(see
-.IR plumb (6)).
+.IR plumb (7)).
.TP
.B Kill
Send a
@@ -355,20 +355,30 @@
commands named as arguments.
.TP
.B Local
-When prefixed to a command
-run the
-command in the same file name space and environment variable group as
-.IR acme .
-The environment of the command
-is restricted but is sufficient to run
-.IR bind (1),
-.IR 9fs
-(see
-.IR srv (4)),
-.IR import (4),
-etc.,
-and to set environment variables such as
-.BR $objtype .
+In the Plan 9
+.IR acme ,
+this prefix causes a command to be run in
+.IR acme 's own
+file name space and environment variable group.
+On Unix this is impossible.
+.B Local
+is recognized as a prefix, but has no effect on the command being executed.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B Local
+.\" When prefixed to a command
+.\" run the
+.\" command in the same file name space and environment variable group as
+.\" .IR acme .
+.\" The environment of the command
+.\" is restricted but is sufficient to run
+.\" .IR bind (1),
+.\" .IR 9fs
+.\" (see
+.\" .IR srv (4)),
+.\" .IR import (4),
+.\" etc.,
+.\" and to set environment variables such as
+.\" .BR $objtype .
.TP
.B Load
Restore the state of
@@ -662,9 +672,9 @@
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/acme
.br
-.B /acme/bin/source/win
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9term/win.c
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/awd.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/awd
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR acme (4)
.br
diff --git a/man/man1/ascii.1 b/man/man1/ascii.1
index 05cec0f..20a4302 100644
--- a/man/man1/ascii.1
+++ b/man/man1/ascii.1
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
is similar; it converts between
.SM UTF
and character values from the Unicode Standard (see
-.IR utf (6)).
+.IR utf (7)).
If given a range of hexadecimal numbers,
.I unicode
prints a table of the specified Unicode characters \(em their values and
@@ -157,5 +157,5 @@
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR look (1)
.IR tcs (1),
-.IR utf (6),
-.IR font (6)
+.IR utf (7),
+.IR font (7)
diff --git a/man/man1/astro.1 b/man/man1/astro.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2502f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/astro.1
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+.TH ASTRO 1
+.SH NAME
+astro \- print astronomical information
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B astro
+[
+.B -dlpsatokm
+]
+[
+.B -c
+n
+]
+[
+.B -C
+d
+]
+[
+.B -e
+.I obj1
+.I obj2
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Astro
+reports upcoming celestial events, by default for 24 hours starting now.
+The options are:
+.TP
+.B d
+Read the starting date.
+A prompt gives the input
+format.
+.TP
+.B l
+Read the north latitude, west longitude, and elevation of the observation point.
+A prompt gives the input format.
+If
+.B l
+is missing, the initial position is read from the file
+.BR /lib/sky/here .
+.TP
+.B c
+Report for
+.I n
+(default 1) successive days.
+.TP
+.B C
+Used with
+.BR -c ,
+set the interval to
+.B d
+days (or fractions of days).
+.TP
+.B e
+Report distance between the centers of
+objects, in arc seconds, during eclipses or occultations involving
+.I obj1
+and
+.IR obj2 .
+.TP
+.B p
+Print the positions of objects at the
+given time rather than searching for interesting
+conjunctions.
+For each, the name is followed by
+the right ascension (hours, minutes, seconds),
+declination (degrees, minutes, seconds),
+azimuth (degrees),
+elevation (degrees),
+and semidiameter (arc seconds).
+For the sun and moon, the magnitude is also printed.
+The first line of output presents the date and time,
+sidereal time, and the latitude, longitude, and elevation.
+.TP
+.B s
+Print output in English words suitable for speech synthesizers.
+.TP
+.B a
+Include a list of artificial earth satellites for interesting events.
+(There are no orbital elements for the satellites, so this option
+is not usable.)
+.TP
+.B t
+Read
+ΔT
+from standard input.
+ΔT
+is the difference between ephemeris and
+universal time (seconds) due to the slowing of the earth's rotation.
+ΔT
+is normally calculated from an empirical formula.
+This option is needed only for very accurate timing of
+occultations, eclipses, etc.
+.TP
+.B o
+Search for stellar occultations.
+.TP
+.B k
+Print times in local time (`kitchen clock')
+as described in the
+.B timezone
+environment variable.
+.TP
+.B m
+Includes a single comet in the list of objects.
+This is modified (in the source) to refer to an approaching comet
+but in steady state
+usually refers to the last interesting comet (currently Hale-Bopp, C/1995 O1).
+.SH FILES
+.TF /lib/sky/estartab
+.TP
+.B /lib/sky/estartab
+ecliptic star data
+.TP
+.B /lib/sky/here
+default latitude (N), longitude (W), and elevation (meters)
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/astro
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR scat (1)
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.B k
+option reverts to GMT outside of 1970-2036.
diff --git a/man/man1/bc.1 b/man/man1/bc.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bb0f08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/bc.1
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+.TH BC 1
+.SH NAME
+bc \- arbitrary-precision arithmetic language
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B bc
+[
+.B -c
+]
+[
+.B -l
+]
+[
+.B -s
+]
+[
+.I file ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Bc
+is an interactive processor for a language that resembles
+C but provides arithmetic on numbers of arbitrary length with up
+to 100 digits right of the decimal point.
+It takes input from any files given, then reads
+the standard input.
+The
+.B -l
+argument stands for the name
+of an arbitrary precision math library.
+The
+.B -s
+argument suppresses the automatic display
+of calculation results; all output is via the
+.B print
+command.
+.PP
+The following syntax for
+.I bc
+programs is like that of C;
+.I L
+means letter
+.BR a - z ,
+.I E
+means expression,
+.I S
+means statement.
+.TF length(E)
+.TP
+Lexical
+.RS
+.HP
+comments are enclosed in
+.B /* */
+.HP
+newlines end statements
+.RE
+.TP
+Names
+.IP
+simple variables:
+.I L
+.br
+array elements:
+.IB L [ E ]
+.br
+The words
+.BR ibase ,
+.BR obase ,
+and
+.B scale
+.TP
+Other operands
+.IP
+arbitrarily long numbers with optional sign and decimal point.
+.RS
+.TP
+.BI ( E )
+.TP
+.BI sqrt( E )
+.TP
+.BI length( E )
+number of significant decimal digits
+.TP
+.BI scale( E )
+number of digits right of decimal point
+.TP
+.IB L ( E , ... ,\fIE\fP)
+function call
+.RE
+.TP
+Operators
+.RS
+.HP
+.B "+ - * / % ^\ "
+.RB ( %
+is remainder;
+.B ^
+is power)
+.HP
+.B "++ --\ "
+.TP
+.B "== <= >= != < >"
+.TP
+.B "= += -= *= /= %= ^="
+.RE
+.TP
+Statements
+.RS
+.br
+.I E
+.br
+.B {
+.I S
+.B ;
+\&...
+.B ;
+.I S
+.B }
+.br
+.B "print"
+.I E
+.br
+.B "if ("
+.I E
+.B )
+.I S
+.br
+.B "while ("
+.I E
+.B )
+.I S
+.br
+.B "for ("
+.I E
+.B ;
+.I E
+.B ;
+.I E
+.B ")"
+.I S
+.br
+null statement
+.br
+.B break
+.br
+.B quit
+.br
+\fL"\fRtext\fL"\fR
+.RE
+.TP
+Function definitions
+.RS
+.br
+.B define
+.I L
+.B (
+.I L
+.B ,
+\&...
+.B ,
+.I L
+.B ){
+.PD0
+.br
+.B auto
+.I L
+.B ,
+\&...
+.B ,
+.I L
+.br
+.I S
+.B ;
+\&...
+.B ;
+.I S
+.br
+.B return
+.I E
+.LP
+.B }
+.RE
+.TP
+Functions in
+.B -l
+math library
+.RS
+.TP
+.BI s( x )
+sine
+.TP
+.BI c( x )
+cosine
+.TP
+.BI e( x )
+exponential
+.TP
+.BI l( x )
+log
+.TP
+.BI a( x )
+arctangent
+.TP
+.BI j( "n, x" )
+Bessel function
+.RE
+.PP
+.DT
+All function arguments are passed by value.
+.PD
+.PP
+The value of an expression at the top level is printed
+unless the main operator is an assignment or the
+.B -s
+command line argument is given.
+Text in quotes, which may include newlines, is always printed.
+Either semicolons or newlines may separate statements.
+Assignment to
+.B scale
+influences the number of digits to be retained on arithmetic
+operations in the manner of
+.IR dc (1).
+Assignments to
+.B ibase
+or
+.B obase
+set the input and output number radix respectively.
+.PP
+The same letter may be used as an array, a function,
+and a simple variable simultaneously.
+All variables are global to the program.
+Automatic variables are pushed down during function calls.
+In a declaration of an array as a function argument
+or automatic variable
+empty square brackets must follow the array name.
+.PP
+.I Bc
+is actually a preprocessor for
+.IR dc (1),
+which it invokes automatically, unless the
+.B -c
+(compile only)
+option is present.
+In this case the
+.I dc
+input is sent to the standard output instead.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+Define a function to compute an approximate value of
+the exponential.
+Use it to print 10 values.
+(The exponential function in the library gives better answers.)
+.PP
+.EX
+scale = 20
+define e(x) {
+ auto a, b, c, i, s
+ a = 1
+ b = 1
+ s = 1
+ for(i=1; 1; i++) {
+ a *= x
+ b *= i
+ c = a/b
+ if(c == 0) return s
+ s += c
+ }
+}
+for(i=1; i<=10; i++) print e(i)
+.EE
+.SH FILES
+.B /sys/lib/bclib
+mathematical library
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/bc.y
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR dc (1),
+.IR hoc (1)
+.SH BUGS
+No
+.LR && ,
+.LR || ,
+or
+.L !
+operators.
+.br
+A
+.L for
+statement must have all three
+.LR E s.
+.br
+A
+.L quit
+is interpreted when read, not when executed.
diff --git a/man/man1/bundle.1 b/man/man1/bundle.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c56e943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/bundle.1
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+.TH BUNDLE 1
+.SH NAME
+bundle \- collect files for distribution
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B bundle
+.I file ...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Bundle
+writes on its standard output a shell script for
+.IR rc (1)
+or a Bourne shell
+which, when executed,
+will recreate the original
+.IR files .
+Its main use is for distributing small numbers of text files by
+.IR mail (1).
+.PP
+Although less refined than standard archives from
+.I 9ar
+(see
+.IR 9c (1))
+or
+.IR tar (1),
+a
+.IR bundle
+file
+is self-documenting and complete; little preparation is required on
+the receiving machine.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.L
+bundle mkfile *.[ch] | mail kremvax!boris
+Send a makefile to Boris together with related
+.L .c
+and
+.L .h
+files.
+Upon receiving the mail, Boris may save the file sans postmark,
+say in
+.BR gift/horse ,
+then do
+.TP
+.L
+cd gift; rc horse; mk
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/bundle
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.I 9ar
+(in
+.IR 9c (1)),
+.IR tar (1),
+.IR mail (1)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Bundle
+will not create directories and is unsatisfactory for non-text files.
+.br
+Beware of gift horses.
diff --git a/man/man1/cat.1 b/man/man1/cat.1
index 3b24bdd..d2b8d5c 100644
--- a/man/man1/cat.1
+++ b/man/man1/cat.1
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH CAT 1
.SH NAME
-cat, read \- catenate files
+cat, read, nobs \- catenate files
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B cat
[
@@ -16,6 +16,11 @@
] [
.I file ...
]
+.br
+nobs
+[
+.I file ...
+]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Cat
reads each
@@ -57,15 +62,32 @@
.I nline
lines.
.PP
-Read always executes a single
+.I Read
+always executes a single
.B write
for each line of input, which can be helpful when
preparing input to programs that expect line-at-a-time data.
It never reads any more data from the input than it prints to the output.
+.PP
+.I Nobs
+copies the named files to
+standard output except that it removes all backspace
+characters and the characters that precede them.
+It is useful to use as
+.B $PAGER
+with the Unix version of
+.IR man (1)
+when run inside a
+.I win
+(see
+.IR acme (1))
+window.
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/cat.c
.br
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/read.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/nobs
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR cp (1)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
diff --git a/man/man1/cleanname.1 b/man/man1/cleanname.1
index d017ce5..d219138 100644
--- a/man/man1/cleanname.1
+++ b/man/man1/cleanname.1
@@ -29,4 +29,4 @@
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/cleanname.c
.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR cleanname (2).
+.IR cleanname (3).
diff --git a/man/man1/colors.1 b/man/man1/colors.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea33e9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/colors.1
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+.TH COLORS 1
+.SH NAME
+getmap, colors \- display color map
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.PP
+.B colors
+[
+.B -r
+.B -x
+]
+.PP
+.B getmap
+[
+.I colormap
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Colors
+presents a grid showing the colors in the current color map.
+If the display is true color,
+.I colors
+shows a grid of the RGBV color map
+(see
+.IR color (7)).
+.PP
+Clicking mouse button 1 over a color in the grid will display the map index for that color,
+its
+red, green, and blue components,
+and the 32-bit hexadecimal color value as defined in
+.IR allocimage (3).
+If the
+.B -x
+option is specified, the components will also be listed in hexadecimal.
+.PP
+The
+.B -r
+option instead shows, in the same form, a grey-scale ramp.
+.PP
+A menu on mouse button 3 contains a single entry, to exit the program.
+.PP
+On 8-bit color-mapped displays,
+.I getmap
+loads the display's color map (default
+.BR rgbv ).
+The named
+.I colormap
+can be a file in the current directory or in the standard repository
+.BR /lib/cmap .
+It can also be a string of the form
+.B gamma
+or
+.BI gamma N\f1 ,
+where
+.I N
+is a floating point value for the gamma, defining the contrast for a monochrome map.
+Similarly,
+.B rgamma
+and
+.BI rgamma N
+define a reverse-video monochrome map.
+Finally, the names
+.B screen
+or
+.B display
+or
+.B vga
+are taken as synonyms for the current color map stored in the display hardware.
+.SH FILES
+.B /lib/cmap
+directory of color map files
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/colors.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR color (7)
diff --git a/man/man1/core.1 b/man/man1/core.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c2c0d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/core.1
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.TH CORE 1
+.SH NAME
+core \- print information about dead processes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B core
+[
+.I dir
+|
+.I corefile
+]...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Core
+prints information about dead processes that have
+been saved as core dumps.
+.PP
+Core reads its arguments in order.
+If a directory is encountered,
+.I core
+reads every core file named
+.B core.*
+or
+.B *.core
+in that directory.
+.PP
+For each core file read,
+.I core
+prints the date and time the core was generated,
+the command that generated it, and a short stack trace
+at the time of the core dump.
+.PP
+If no arguments are given,
+.I core
+searches the directory
+.B $COREDIR
+for core files;
+if
+.B $COREDIR
+is not set,
+.I core
+searches the current directory.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/core.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR acid (1),
+.IR db (1),
+.IR core (5)
diff --git a/man/man1/crop.1 b/man/man1/crop.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2804ece
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/crop.1
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+.TH CROP 1
+.SH NAME
+crop, iconv \- frame, crop, and convert image
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B crop
+[
+.BI -c
+.I red
+.I green
+.I blue
+]
+[
+.B -i
+.I n
+|
+.B -x
+.I dx
+|
+.B -y
+.I dy
+|
+.B -r
+.I minx
+.I miny
+.I maxx
+.I maxy
+]
+[
+.B -t
+.I tx
+.I ty
+]
+[
+.B -b
+.I red
+.I green
+.I blue
+]
+[
+.I file
+]
+.PP
+.B iconv
+[
+.B -u
+] [
+.B -c
+.I chandesc
+]
+[
+.I file
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Crop
+reads an
+.IR image (7)
+file (default standard input), crops it, and writes it as a compressed
+.IR image (7)
+file to standard output.
+There are two ways to specify a crop, by color value or by geometry.
+They may be combined in a single run of
+.IR crop ,
+in which case the color value crop will be done first.
+.PP
+The
+.B -c
+option takes a red-green-blue triplet as described in
+.IR color (3).
+(For example, white
+is
+.B 255
+.B 255
+.BR 255 .)
+The corresponding color is used as a value to be cut from the outer
+edge of the picture; that is, the image is cropped to remove the maximal
+outside rectangular strip in which every pixel has the specified color.
+.PP
+The
+.B -i
+option insets the image rectangle by a constant amount,
+.IR n ,
+which may be negative to generate extra space around the image.
+The
+.B -x
+and
+.B -y
+options are similar, but apply only to the
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+coordinates of the image.
+.PP
+The
+.B -r
+option specifies an exact rectangle.
+.PP
+The
+.B -t
+option specifies that the image's coordinate system should
+be translated by
+.IR tx ,
+.IR ty
+as the last step of processing.
+.PP
+The
+.B -b
+option specifies a background color to be used to fill around the image
+if the cropped image is larger than the original, such as if the
+.B -i
+option is given a negative argument.
+This can be used to draw a monochrome frame around the image.
+The default color is black.
+.PP
+.I Iconv
+changes the format of pixels in the image
+.I file
+(default standard input) and writes the resulting image to standard output.
+Pixels in the image are converted according to the channel descriptor
+.IR chandesc ,
+(see
+.IR image (7)).
+For example, to convert a 4-bit-per-pixel grey-scale image to an 8-bit-per-pixel
+color-mapped image,
+.I chandesc
+should be
+.BR m8 .
+If
+.I chandesc
+is not given, the format is unchanged.
+The output image is by default compressed; the
+.B -u
+option turns off the compression.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+To crop white edges off the picture and add a ten-pixel pink border,
+.IP
+.EX
+crop -c 255 255 255 -i -10 -b 255 150 150 imagefile > cropped
+.EE
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/crop.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR image (7),
+.IR color (3)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Iconv
+should be able to do Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion or dithering
+when converting to small image depths.
diff --git a/man/man1/date.1 b/man/man1/date.1
index cdc0228..45440e6 100644
--- a/man/man1/date.1
+++ b/man/man1/date.1
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
] [
.I seconds
]
-.br
-.B clock
+.\" .br
+.\" .B clock
.SH DESCRIPTION
Print the date, in the format
.PP
@@ -28,31 +28,31 @@
The conversion from Greenwich Mean Time to local time depends on the
.B $timezone
environment variable; see
-.IR ctime (2).
+.IR ctime (3).
.PP
If the optional argument
.I seconds
is present, it is used as the time to convert rather than
the real time.
-.SH FILES
-.TF /adm/timezone/local
-.TP
-.B /env/timezone
-Current timezone name and adjustments.
-.TP
-.B /adm/timezone
-A directory containing timezone tables.
-.TP
-.B /adm/timezone/local
-Default timezone file, copied by
-.IR init (8)
-into
-.BR /env/timezone .
-.PD
-.PP
-.I Clock
-draws a simple analog clock in its window.
+.\" .SH FILES
+.\" .TF /adm/timezone/local
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B /env/timezone
+.\" Current timezone name and adjustments.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B /adm/timezone
+.\" A directory containing timezone tables.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B /adm/timezone/local
+.\" Default timezone file, copied by
+.\" .IR init (8)
+.\" into
+.\" .BR /env/timezone .
+.\" .PD
+.\" .PP
+.\" .I Clock
+.\" draws a simple analog clock in its window.
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/date.c
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/clock.c
+.\" .br
+.\" .B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/clock.c
diff --git a/man/man1/db.1 b/man/man1/db.1
index 10d38cb..b802100 100644
--- a/man/man1/db.1
+++ b/man/man1/db.1
@@ -33,9 +33,7 @@
A
.I pid
gives the id of an executing process to be accessed via
-.IR ptrace (2)
-or
-.IR proc (5).
+.IR ptrace (2).
A
.I corefile
specifies the name of a core dump (see
@@ -949,7 +947,6 @@
Beware that local variables may be stored in registers; see the
BUGS section.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR 9nm (1),
.IR acid (1)
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/db
diff --git a/man/man1/deroff.1 b/man/man1/deroff.1
index 2097a80..18d6228 100644
--- a/man/man1/deroff.1
+++ b/man/man1/deroff.1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
Remove titles, attachments, etc., as well as ordinary
.IR troff
constructs, from
-.IR ms (6)
+.IR ms (7)
or
.I mm
documents.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/deroff.c
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/tex/local/delatex.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/delatex.lx
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR troff (1),
.IR tex (1),
diff --git a/man/man1/dict.1 b/man/man1/dict.1
index 1665ea7..3c01c71 100644
--- a/man/man1/dict.1
+++ b/man/man1/dict.1
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH DICT 7
+.TH DICT 1
.SH NAME
dict \- dictionary browser
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
.PD
.PP
Patterns are regular expressions (see
-.IR regexp (6)),
+.IR regexp (7)),
with an implicit leading
.L ^
and trailing
@@ -146,18 +146,22 @@
Other files in
.BR /lib .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR regexp (6)
+.IR regexp (7)
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/dict
.SH BUGS
A font with wide coverage of the Unicode Standard
should be used for best results.
(Try
-.BR /lib/font/bit/pelm/unicode.9.font .)
-.br
+.BR /usr/local/plan9/font/pelm/unicode.9.font .)
+.PP
If the
.I pattern
doesn't begin with
a few literal characters, matching takes a long time.
-.br
-The dictionaries are not distributed outside Bell Labs.
+.PP
+The dictionaries are not distributed outside Bell Labs,
+though see
+.B /usr/local/plan9/dict/README
+for information on using free dictionaries prepared
+by Project Gutenberg.
diff --git a/man/man1/doctype.1 b/man/man1/doctype.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb339ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/doctype.1
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.TH DOCTYPE 1
+.SH NAME
+doctype \- intuit command line for formatting a document
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B doctype
+[
+.I option ...
+] [
+.I file
+]
+\&...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Doctype
+examines a
+.IR troff (1)
+input file to deduce the appropriate text formatting command
+and prints it on standard output.
+.I Doctype
+recognizes input for
+.IR troff (1),
+related preprocessors like
+.IR eqn (1),
+and the
+.IR ms (7)
+and
+.I mm
+macro packages.
+.PP
+Option
+.B -n
+invokes
+.I nroff
+instead of
+.IR troff .
+Other options are passed to
+.IR troff .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.L
+eval `{doctype chapter.?} | lp
+Typeset files named
+.BR chapter.0 ,
+.BR chapter.1 ,
+\&...
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/doctype
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR troff (1),
+.IR eqn (1),
+.IR tbl (1),
+.IR pic (1),
+.IR grap (1),
+.IR ms (7),
+.IR man (7)
+.SH BUGS
+In true A.I. style, its best guesses are inspired rather than accurate.
diff --git a/man/man1/ed.1 b/man/man1/ed.1
index 7b88f11..b61972b 100644
--- a/man/man1/ed.1
+++ b/man/man1/ed.1
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
supports the
.I "regular expression"
notation described in
-.IR regexp (6).
+.IR regexp (7).
Regular expressions are used in addresses to specify
lines and in one command
(see
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR sam (1),
.IR sed (1),
-.IR regexp (6)
+.IR regexp (7)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
.BI ? name
for inaccessible file;
diff --git a/man/man1/eqn.1 b/man/man1/eqn.1
index 7c917cd..2d91449 100644
--- a/man/man1/eqn.1
+++ b/man/man1/eqn.1
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
.B /sys/lib/troff/font/devutf
font descriptions for PostScript
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/src/cmd/eqn
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/eqn
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR troff (1),
.IR tbl (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/freq.1 b/man/man1/freq.1
index fd326a2..853e479 100644
--- a/man/man1/freq.1
+++ b/man/man1/freq.1
@@ -36,5 +36,5 @@
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/freq.c
.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR utf (6),
+.IR utf (7),
.IR wc (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/fsize.1 b/man/man1/fsize.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cabe7f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/fsize.1
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+.TH FSIZE 1
+.SH NAME
+fsize, mtime \- print file information
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B fsize
+.I file ...
+.PP
+.B mtime
+.I file ...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Fsize
+prints the name and size of each of the files.
+.PP
+.I Mtime
+prints the name and modification time (in seconds since the epoch)
+of each of the files.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/fsize.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/mtime.c
+.SH BUGS
+The output formats of the two programs are different.
diff --git a/man/man1/grap.1 b/man/man1/grap.1
index b098f82..8fbfaaa 100644
--- a/man/man1/grap.1
+++ b/man/man1/grap.1
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
.B /sys/lib/grap.defines
definitions of standard plotting characters, e.g., bullet
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/src/cmd/grap
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/grap
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR pic (1),
.IR troff (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/graph.1 b/man/man1/graph.1
index 4cdc6b2..f105d87 100644
--- a/man/man1/graph.1
+++ b/man/man1/graph.1
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
the axis
is reversed.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/src/cmd/graph
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/graph
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR plot (1),
.IR grap (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/grep.1 b/man/man1/grep.1
index e58d0d9..b8cb431 100644
--- a/man/man1/grep.1
+++ b/man/man1/grep.1
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH GREP 1
.SH NAME
-grep \- search a file for a pattern
+grep, g \- search a file for a pattern
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B grep
[
@@ -10,6 +10,14 @@
[
.I file ...
]
+.B g
+[
+.I option ...
+]
+.I pattern
+[
+.I file ...
+]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Grep\^
searches the input
@@ -18,7 +26,7 @@
for lines that match the
.IR pattern ,
a regular expression as defined in
-.IR regexp (6)
+.IR regexp (7)
with the addition of a newline character as an alternative
(substitute for
.BR | )
@@ -90,14 +98,26 @@
An expression starting with '*'
will treat the rest of the expression
as literal characters.
+.PP
+.I G
+invokes grep with
+.B -n
+and forces tagging of output lines by file name.
+If no files are listed, it searches all files matching
+.IP
+.EX
+*.C *.b *.c *.h *.m *.cc *.java *.py *.tex *.ms
+.EE
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/grep
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/g
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR ed (1),
.IR awk (1),
.IR sed (1),
.IR sam (1),
-.IR regexp (6)
+.IR regexp (7)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
Exit status is null if any lines are selected,
or non-null when no lines are selected or an error occurs.
diff --git a/man/man1/gzip.1 b/man/man1/gzip.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5888689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/gzip.1
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+.TH GZIP 1
+.SH NAME
+gzip, gunzip, bzip2, bunzip2, zip, unzip, \- compress and expand data
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B gzip
+.RB [ -cvD [ 1-9 ]]
+.RI [ file
+.BR ... ]
+.PP
+.B gunzip
+.RB [ -ctTvD ]
+.RI [ file
+.BR ... ]
+.PP
+.B bzip2
+.RB [ -cvD [ 1-9 ]]
+.RI [ file
+.BR ... ]
+.PP
+.B bunzip2
+.RB [ -cvD ]
+.RI [ file
+.BR ... ]
+.PP
+.B zip
+.RB [ -vD [ 1-9 ]]
+.RB [ -f
+.IR zipfile ]
+.I file
+.RB [ ... ]
+.PP
+.B unzip
+.RB [ -cistTvD ]
+.RB [ -f
+.IR zipfile ]
+.IR [ file
+.BR ... ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+.I Gzip
+encodes files with a hybrid Lempel-Ziv 1977 and Huffman compression algorithm
+known as
+.BR deflate .
+Most of the time, the resulting file is smaller,
+and will never be much bigger.
+Output files are named by taking the last path element of each file argument
+and appending
+.BR .gz ;
+if the resulting name ends with
+.BR .tar.gz ,
+it is converted to
+.B .tgz
+instead.
+.I Gunzip
+reverses the process.
+Its output files are named by taking the last path element of each file argument,
+converting
+.B .tgz
+to
+.BR .tar.gz ,
+and stripping any
+.BR .gz ;
+the resulting name must be different from the original name.
+.PP
+.I Bzip2
+and
+.I bunzip2
+are similar in interface to
+.I gzip
+and
+.IR gunzip ,
+but use a modified Burrows-Wheeler block sorting
+compression algorithm.
+The default suffix for output files is
+.BR .bz2 ,
+with
+.B .tar.bz2
+becoming
+.BR .tbz .
+.I Bunzip2
+recognizes the extension
+.B .tbz2
+as a synonym for
+.BR .tbz .
+.PP
+.I Zip
+encodes the named files and places the results into the archive
+.IR zipfile ,
+or the standard output if no file is given.
+.I Unzip
+extracts files from an archive created by
+.IR zip .
+If no files are named as arguments, all of files in the archive are extracted.
+A directory's name implies all recursively contained files and subdirectories.
+.PP
+None of these programs removes the original files.
+If the process fails, the faulty output files are removed.
+.PP
+The options are:
+.TP 1i
+.B -c
+Write to standard output rather than creating an output file.
+.TP
+.B -i
+Convert all archive file names to lower case.
+.TP
+.B -s
+Streaming mode. Looks at the file data adjacent to each compressed file
+rather than seeking in the central file directory.
+This is the mode used by
+.I unzip
+if no
+.I zipfile
+is specified.
+If
+.B -s
+is given,
+.B -T
+is ignored.
+.TP
+.B -t
+List matching files in the archive rather than extracting them.
+.TP
+.B -T
+Set the output time to that specified in the archive.
+.TP
+.BR -1 " .. " -9
+Sets the compression level.
+.B -1
+is tuned for speed,
+.B -9
+for minimal output size.
+The best compromise is
+.BR -6 ,
+the default.
+.TP
+.B -v
+Produce more descriptive output.
+With
+.BR -t ,
+adds the uncompressed size in bytes and the modification time to the output.
+Without
+.BR -t ,
+prints the names of files on standard error as they are compressed or decompressed.
+.TP
+.B -D
+Produce debugging output.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/gzip
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/bzip2
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR tar (1),
+.IR compress (1)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Unzip
+can only extract files which are uncompressed or compressed
+with the
+.B deflate
+compression scheme. Recent zip files fall into this category.
diff --git a/man/man1/join.1 b/man/man1/join.1
index 2cf079f..841d077 100644
--- a/man/man1/join.1
+++ b/man/man1/join.1
@@ -106,21 +106,21 @@
.SH EXAMPLES
.TP
.L
-sort -t: +1 /adm/users | join -t: -1 2 -a 1 -e "" - bdays
+sort /etc/passwd | join -t: -1 1 -a 1 -e "" - bdays
Add birthdays to the
-.B /adm/users
+.B /etc/passwd
file, leaving unknown
birthdays empty.
The layout of
.B /adm/users
is given in
-.IR users (6);
+.IR passwd (5);
.B bdays
contains sorted lines like
.LR "ken:Feb\ 4,\ 1953" .
.TP
.L
-tr : ' ' </adm/users | sort -k 3 3 >temp
+tr : ' ' </etc/passwd | sort -k 3 3 >temp
.br
.ns
.TP
@@ -145,4 +145,3 @@
.BI -k y , y\f1.
.br
One of the files must be randomly accessible.
-
diff --git a/man/man1/jpg.1 b/man/man1/jpg.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b81490b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/jpg.1
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+.TH JPG 1
+.SH NAME
+jpg, gif, png, ppm, bmp, yuv, ico, togif, toppm, topng, toico \- view and convert pictures
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B jpg
+[
+.B -39cdefFkJrtv
+] [
+.I file ...
+]
+.br
+.B gif
+[
+.B -39cdektv
+] [
+.I file ...
+]
+.br
+.B png
+[
+.B -39cdektv
+] [
+.I file ...
+]
+.br
+.B ppm
+[
+.B -39cdektv
+] [
+.I file ...
+]
+.br
+.B bmp
+[
+.I file
+]
+.br
+.B yuv
+[
+.I file
+]
+.PP
+.B togif
+[
+.B -c
+.I comment
+] [
+.B -l
+.I loopcount
+] [
+.B -d
+.I msec
+] [
+.B -t
+.I transindex
+] [
+.I file ...
+[
+.B -d
+.I msec
+]
+.I file ...
+]
+.br
+.B toppm
+[
+.B -c
+.I comment
+] [
+.I file
+]
+.br
+.B topng
+[
+.B -c
+.I comment
+] [
+[
+.B -g
+.I gamma
+] [
+.I file
+]
+.PP
+.B ico
+[
+.I file
+]
+.br
+.B toico
+[
+.I file ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These programs read, display, and write image files in public formats.
+.IR Jpg ,
+.IR gif ,
+.IR png ,
+.IR ppm ,
+.IR bmp ,
+and
+.IR yuv .
+read files in the corresponding formats and, by default, display
+them in the current window; options cause them instead to convert the images
+to Plan 9 image format and write them to standard output.
+.IR Togif ,
+.IR Toppm ,
+and
+.I topng
+read Plan 9 images files, convert them to GIF, PPM, or PNG, and write them to standard output.
+.PP
+The default behavior of
+.IR jpg ,
+.IR gif ,
+and
+.IR ppm
+is to display the
+.IR file ,
+or standard input if no file is named.
+Once a file is displayed, typing a character causes the program to display the next image.
+Typing a
+.BR q ,
+DEL, or control-D exits the program.
+For a more user-friendly interface, use
+.IR page (1),
+which invokes these programs to convert the images to standard format,
+displays them, and offers scrolling, panning, and menu-driven navigation among the files.
+.PP
+These programs share many options:
+.TP
+.B -e
+Disable Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion, which is used to improve the appearance
+of images on color-mapped displays, typically with 8 bits per pixel.
+Primarily useful for debugging; if the display has true RGB color, the image
+will be displayed in full glory.
+.TP
+.B -k
+Convert and display the image as a black and white (really grey-scale) image.
+.TP
+.B -v
+Convert the image to an RGBV color-mapped image, even if the
+display has true RGB color.
+.TP
+.B -d
+Suppress display of the image; this is set automatically by
+any of the following options:
+.TP
+.B -c
+Convert the image to a Plan 9 representation, as defined by
+.IR image (7),
+and write it to standard output.
+.TP
+.B -9
+Like
+.BR -c ,
+but produce an uncompressed image.
+This saves processing time, particularly when the output is
+being piped to another program such as
+.IR page (1),
+since it avoids compression and decompression.
+.TP
+.B -t
+Convert the image, if it is in color, to a true color RGB image.
+.TP
+.B -3
+Like
+.BR -t ,
+but force the image to RGB even if it is originally grey-scale.
+.PD
+.PP
+.I Jpg
+has two extra options used to process the output of the LML
+video card:
+.TP
+.B -f
+Merge two adjacent images, which represent the two fields of a video picture,
+into a single image.
+.TP
+.B -F
+The input is a motion JPEG file, with multiple images representing frames of the movie. Sets
+.BR -f .
+.PD
+.PP
+The
+.IR togif
+and
+.IR toppm
+programs go the other way: they convert from Plan 9 images to GIF and PPM,
+and have no display capability.
+Both accept an option
+.B -c
+to set the comment field of the resulting file.
+If there is only one input picture,
+.I togif
+converts the image to GIF format.
+If there are many
+.IR files ,
+though, it will assemble them into an animated GIF file.
+The options control this process:
+.TP
+.BI -l loopcount
+By default, the animation will loop forever;
+.I loopcount
+specifies how many times to loop.
+A value of zero means loop forever and a negative value means
+to stop after playing the sequence once.
+.TP
+.BI -d msec
+By default, the images are displayed as fast as they can be rendered.
+This option specifies the time, in milliseconds, to pause while
+displaying the next named
+.IR file .
+.PP
+.I Gif
+translates files that contain a `transparency' index by attaching
+an alpha channel to the converted image.
+.PP
+.I Ico
+displays a Windows icon (.ico) file. If no file is
+specified,
+.I ico
+reads from standard input.
+Icon files
+contain sets of icons represeted by an image and a mask.
+Clicking the right button pops up a menu that lets you
+write any icon's image as a Plan 9 image (\fIwidth\fBx\fIheight\fB.image),
+write any icon's mask as a Plan 9 image (\fIwidth\fBx\fIheight\fB.mask),
+or exit. Selecting one of the write menu items yields a sight cursor.
+Move the sight over the icon and right click again to write.
+.PP
+.I Toico
+takes a list of Plan 9 image files (or standard input) and creates
+a single icon file. The masks in the icon file will be the white
+space in the image. The icon file is written to standard output.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/jpg
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR page (1),
+.IR image (7).
+.SH BUGS
+Writing an animated GIF using
+.I togif
+is a clumsy undertaking.
diff --git a/man/man1/kill.1 b/man/man1/kill.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7d5ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/kill.1
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.TH KILL 1
+.SH NAME
+kill, slay, start, stop \- print commands to manipulate processes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B kill
+.I name ...
+.PP
+.B slay
+.I name ...
+.PP
+.B start
+.I name ...
+.PP
+.B stop
+.I name ...
+.PP
+.B broke
+[
+.I user
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Kill
+prints commands that will cause all processes with
+.I name
+and owned by the current user to be terminated.
+Each command is commented with an output line from
+.IR ps (1)
+describing the process that would be killed.
+Use the
+.B send
+command of
+.IR 9term (1),
+or pipe the output of
+.I kill
+into
+.IR rc (1)
+or
+.IR sh (1)
+to execute the commands.
+.PP
+.I Kill
+suggests sending a Unix
+.B TERM
+signal to the process;
+sending a
+.B KILL
+signal is a surer, if heavy handed, kill,
+but is necessary if the offending process is
+ignoring signals.
+The
+.I slay
+command prints commands to do this.
+.PP
+.I Stop
+prints commands to pause execution of processes
+by sending them the
+.B STOP
+signal.
+.PP
+.I Start
+prints commands to restart stopped processes by sending them
+the
+.B CONT
+signal.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR ps (1),
+.IR notify (3)
diff --git a/man/man1/label.1 b/man/man1/label.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0caf8d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/label.1
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+.TH LABEL 1
+.SH NAME
+label, awd \- set window label
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B label
+.I string
+.br
+.B awd
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Label
+sets the label of the current
+.I win
+(see
+.IR acme (1))
+or X terminal window
+.RI ( e.g.,
+.IR 9term (1)
+or
+.IR xterm (1))
+by echoing a special control sequence to standard output.
+.PP
+.I Acme
+and
+.I 9term
+windows assume the label is a directory name.
+When unrooted file names are plumbed in the window,
+they are evaluated relative to the directory named in the label.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+One can use the following
+.IR sh (1)
+function to keep the label up-to-date in response to
+.I cd
+commands:
+.IP
+.EX
+_cd () {
+ \ecd "$@" &&
+ case $- in
+ *i*)
+ awd
+ esac
+}
+alias cd=_cd
+cd .
+.EE
+.PP
+.IR Rc (1)
+installs a similar
+.B fn
+.B cd
+at startup if there is not already a function named
+.BR cd :
+.IP
+.EX
+fn cd {
+ builtin cd $1 && flag i && awd
+}
+.EE
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/label
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/awd
+.SH BUGS
+.I Awd
+is also documented in
+.IR acme (1).
+.PP
+.I Awd
+does not append the
+.BI - label
+suffix that it does on Plan 9.
diff --git a/man/man1/lex.1 b/man/man1/lex.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7021e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/lex.1
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+.TH LEX 1
+.SH NAME
+lex \- generator of lexical analysis programs
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B lex
+[
+.B -tvn9
+]
+[
+.I file ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Lex
+generates programs to be used in simple lexical analysis of text.
+The input
+.I files
+(standard input default)
+contain regular expressions
+to be searched for and actions written in C to be executed when
+expressions are found.
+.PP
+A C source program,
+.B lex.yy.c
+is generated.
+This program, when run, copies unrecognized portions of
+the input to the output,
+and executes the associated
+C action for each regular expression that is recognized.
+.PP
+The options have the following meanings.
+.TP
+.B -t
+Place the result on the standard output instead of in file
+.BR lex.yy.c .
+.TP
+.B -v
+Print a one-line summary of statistics of the generated analyzer.
+.TP
+.B -n
+Opposite of
+.BR -v ;
+.B -n
+is default.
+.TP
+.B -9
+Adds code to be able to compile through the native C compilers.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+This program converts upper case to lower,
+removes blanks at the end of lines,
+and replaces multiple blanks by single blanks.
+.PP
+.EX
+%%
+[A-Z] putchar(yytext[0]+\'a\'-\'A\');
+[ ]+$
+[ ]+ putchar(\' \');
+.EE
+.SH FILES
+.TF /sys/lib/lex/ncform
+.TP
+.B lex.yy.c
+output
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/lex/ncform
+template
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR yacc (1),
+.IR sed (1)
+.br
+M. E. Lesk and E. Schmidt,
+`LEX\(emLexical Analyzer Generator',
+.I
+Unix Research System Programmer's Manual,
+Tenth Edition, Volume 2.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/lex
+.SH BUGS
+Cannot handle
+.SM UTF.
+.br
+The asteroid to kill this dinosaur is still in orbit.
diff --git a/man/man1/look.1 b/man/man1/look.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e06e842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/look.1
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.TH LOOK 1
+.SH NAME
+look \- find lines in a sorted list
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B look
+[
+.BI -dfnixt c
+]
+[
+.I string
+]
+[
+.I file
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Look
+consults a sorted
+.I file
+and prints all lines that begin with
+.IR string .
+It uses binary search.
+.PP
+The following options are recognized.
+Options
+.B dfnt
+affect comparisons as in
+.IR sort (1).
+.TP
+.B -i
+Interactive.
+There is no
+.I string
+argument; instead
+.I look
+takes lines from the standard input as strings to be looked up.
+.TP
+.B -x
+Exact.
+Print only lines of the file whose key matches
+.I string
+exactly.
+.TP
+.B -d
+`Directory' order:
+only letters, digits,
+tabs and blanks participate in comparisons.
+.TP
+.B -f
+Fold.
+Upper case letters compare equal to lower case.
+.TP
+.B -n
+Numeric comparison with initial string of digits, optional minus sign,
+and optional decimal point.
+.TP
+.BR -t [ \f2c\f1 ]
+Character
+.I c
+terminates the sort key in the
+.IR file .
+By default, tab terminates the key. If
+.I c
+is missing the entire line comprises the key.
+.PP
+If no
+.I file
+is specified,
+.B /lib/words
+is assumed, with collating sequence
+.BR df .
+.SH FILES
+.B /lib/words
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/look.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR sort (1),
+.IR grep (1)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+The exit status is
+.B \&"not found"
+if no match is found, and
+.B \&"no dictionary"
+if
+.I file
+or the default dictionary cannot be opened.
+
diff --git a/man/man1/ls.1 b/man/man1/ls.1
index 35981ab..4cea25b 100644
--- a/man/man1/ls.1
+++ b/man/man1/ls.1
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
.PP
.B lc
[
-.B -dlmnqrstuFQ
+.B -dlmnpqrstuFQ
]
.I name ...
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
List the
.I qid
(see
-.IR stat (2))
+.IR stat (3))
of each file; the printed fields are in the order
path, version, and type.
.TP
@@ -157,6 +157,6 @@
.br
.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/lc
.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR stat (2)
+.IR stat (3)
.IR mc (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/man.1 b/man/man1/man.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b86584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/man.1
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+.TH MAN 1
+.SH NAME
+man, lookman \- print or find pages of this manual
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B man
+[
+.I option ...
+]
+[
+.I section ...
+]
+.I title ...
+.PP
+.B lookman
+.I key ...
+.PP
+.B sig
+.I function ...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Man
+locates and prints pages of this manual named
+.I title
+in the specified
+.IR sections .
+.I Title
+is given in lower case.
+Each
+.I section
+is a number;
+pages marked (2S), for example,
+belong to chapter 2.
+If no
+.I section
+is specified, pages
+in all sections are printed.
+Any name from the
+.SM NAME
+section at the top of the page will serve as a
+.IR title .
+.PP
+The options are:
+.TP
+.B -p
+Run
+.IR proof (1)
+on the specified man pages.
+.TP
+.B -P
+Run
+.IR page (1)
+on the specified man pages.
+.TP
+.B -t
+Run
+.I troff
+and send its output
+to standard output.
+.TP
+.B -n
+(Default)
+Print the pages on the standard output using
+.IR nroff .
+.PP
+.B Lookman
+prints the names of all manual sections that contain
+all of the
+.I key
+words given on the command line.
+.PP
+.B Sig
+prints the signature (i.e. C definition) of the
+.IR function 's
+given on the command line.
+.SH FILES
+.TF /sys/lib/man/lookman/index
+.TP
+.B /sys/man/?/*
+.I troff
+source for manual; this page is
+.B /sys/man/1/man
+.TP
+.B /sys/man/?/INDEX
+indices searched to find pages corresponding to titles
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/man/secindex
+command to make an index for a given section
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/man/lookman/index
+index for
+.I lookman
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/9man
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/lookman
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR proof (1)
+.SH BUGS
+The manual was intended to be typeset; some detail is sacrificed on text terminals.
+.br
+There is no automatic mechanism to keep the indices up to date.
+.br
+Except for special cases, it doesn't recognize things that should be run through
+.I tbl
+and/or
+.IR eqn .
diff --git a/man/man1/map.1 b/man/man1/map.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc73075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/map.1
@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+.TH MAP 1
+.SH NAME
+map, mapdemo \- draw maps on various projections
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B map
+.I projection
+[
+.I option ...
+]
+.PP
+.B mapdemo
+.PP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Map
+prepares on the standard output a
+map suitable for display by any
+plotting filter described in
+.IR plot (1).
+A menu of projections is produced in response to an unknown
+.IR projection .
+.I Mapdemo
+is a short course in mapping.
+.PP
+The default data for
+.I map
+are world shorelines.
+Option
+.B -f
+accesses more detailed data
+classified by feature.
+.TP
+.BR -f " [ \fIfeature\fR ... ]"
+Features are ranked 1 (default) to 4 from major to minor.
+Higher-numbered ranks include all lower-numbered ones.
+Features are
+.RS
+.TF country[1-3]
+.TP
+.BR shore [ 1 - 4 ]
+seacoasts, lakes, and islands; option
+.B -f
+always shows
+.B shore1
+.TP
+.BR ilake [ 1 - 2 ]
+intermittent lakes
+.TP
+.BR river [ 1 - 4 ]
+rivers
+.TP
+.BR iriver [ 1 - 3 ]
+intermittent rivers
+.TP
+.BR canal [ 1 - 3 ]
+.BR 3 =irrigation
+canals
+.TP
+.BR glacier
+.TP
+.BR iceshelf [ 12 ]
+.TP
+.BR reef
+.TP
+.BR saltpan [ 12 ]
+.TP
+.BR country [ 1 - 3 ]
+.BR 2 =disputed
+boundaries,
+.BR 3 =indefinite
+boundaries
+.TP
+.BR state
+states and provinces (US and Canada only)
+.PD
+.RE
+.PP
+In other options
+coordinates are in degrees, with north latitude
+and west longitude counted as positive.
+.TP 0
+.BI -l " S N E W"
+Set the southern and northern latitude
+and the eastern and western longitude limits.
+Missing arguments are filled out from the list
+\-90, 90, \-180, 180,
+or lesser limits suitable to the
+projection at hand.
+.TP
+.BI -k " S N E W
+Set the scale as if for a map with limits
+.B -l
+.I "S N E W"\f1.
+Do not consider any
+.B -l
+or
+.B -w
+option in setting scale.
+.TP
+.BI -o " lat lon rot"
+Orient the map in a nonstandard position.
+Imagine a transparent gridded sphere around the globe.
+Turn the overlay about the North Pole
+so that the Prime Meridian (longitude 0)
+of the overlay coincides with meridian
+.I lon
+on the globe.
+Then tilt the North Pole of the
+overlay along its Prime Meridian to latitude
+.I lat
+on the globe.
+Finally again turn the
+overlay about its `North Pole' so
+that its Prime Meridian coincides with the previous position
+of meridian
+.IR rot .
+Project the map in
+the standard form appropriate to the overlay, but presenting
+information from the underlying globe.
+Missing arguments are filled out from the list
+90, 0, 0.
+In the absence of
+.BR - o ,
+the orientation is 90, 0,
+.IR m ,
+where
+.I m
+is the middle of the longitude range.
+.TP
+.BI -w " S N E W"
+Window the map by the specified latitudes
+and longitudes in the tilted, rotated coordinate system.
+Missing arguments are filled out from the list \-90, 90, \-180, 180.
+(It is wise to give an encompassing
+.B -l
+option with
+.BR -w .
+Otherwise for small windows computing time
+varies inversely with area!)
+.TP
+.BI -d " n"
+For speed, plot only every
+.IR n th
+point.
+.TP
+.B -r
+Reverse left and right
+(good for star charts and inside-out views).
+.ns
+.TP
+.B -v
+Verso.
+Switch to a normally suppressed sheet of the map, such as the
+back side of the earth in orthographic projection.
+.TP
+.B -s1
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.B -s2
+Superpose; outputs for a
+.B -s1
+map (no closing) and a
+.B -s2
+map (no opening) may be concatenated.
+.TP
+.BI -g " dlat dlon res"
+Grid spacings are
+.IR dlat ,
+.IR dlon .
+Zero spacing means no grid.
+Missing
+.I dlat
+is taken to be zero.
+Missing
+.I dlon
+is taken the same as
+.IR dlat .
+Grid lines are drawn to a resolution of
+.I res
+(2° or less by default).
+In the absence of
+.BR - g ,
+grid spacing is 10°.
+.TP
+.BI -p " lat lon extent"
+Position the point
+.I lat, lon
+at the center of the plotting area.
+Scale the map so that the height (and width) of the
+nominal plotting area is
+.I extent
+times the size of one degree of latitude
+at the center.
+By default maps are scaled and positioned
+to fit within the plotting area.
+An
+.I extent
+overrides option
+.BR -k .
+.TP
+.BI -c " x y rot"
+After all other positioning and scaling operations
+have been performed, rotate the image
+.I rot
+degrees counterclockwise about the center
+and move the center to position
+.IR x ,
+.IR y ,
+where the nominal plotting area is
+.RI \-1≤ x ≤1,
+.RI \-1≤ y ≤1.
+Missing arguments are taken to be 0.
+.BR -x
+Allow the map to extend outside the nominal plotting area.
+.TP
+.BR -m " [ \fIfile\fP ... ]"
+Use
+map data from named files.
+If no files are named, omit map data.
+Names that do not exist as pathnames are looked up in
+a standard directory, which contains, in addition to the
+data for
+.BR -f ,
+.RS
+.LP
+.TF counties
+.TP
+.B world
+World Data Bank I (default)
+.TP
+.B states
+US map from Census Bureau
+.TP
+.B counties
+US map from Census Bureau
+.PD
+.RE
+.IP
+The environment variables
+.B MAP
+and
+.B MAPDIR
+change the default
+map and default directory.
+.TP
+.BI -b " \fR[\fPlat0 lon0 lat1 lon1\fR... ]"
+Suppress the drawing of the normal boundary
+(defined by options
+.BR -l
+and
+.BR -w ).
+Coordinates, if present, define the vertices of a
+polygon to which the map is clipped.
+If only two vertices are given, they are taken to be the
+diagonal of a rectangle.
+To draw the polygon, give its vertices as a
+.B -u
+track.
+.TP
+.BI -t " file ..."
+The
+.I files
+contain lists of points,
+given as latitude-longitude pairs in degrees.
+If the first file is named
+.LR - ,
+the standard input is taken instead.
+The points of each list are plotted as connected `tracks'.
+.IP
+Points in a track file may be followed by label strings.
+A label breaks the track.
+A label may be prefixed by
+\fL"\fR,
+.LR : ,
+or
+.L !
+and is terminated by a newline.
+An unprefixed string or a string prefixed with
+.L
+"
+is displayed at the designated point.
+The first word of a
+.L :
+or
+.L !
+string names a special symbol (see option
+.BR -y ).
+An optional numerical second word is a scale factor
+for the size of the symbol, 1 by default.
+A
+.L :
+symbol is aligned with its top to the north; a
+.L !
+symbol is aligned vertically on the page.
+.TP
+.BI -u " file ..."
+Same as
+.BR -t ,
+except the tracks are
+unbroken lines.
+.RB ( -t
+tracks appear as dot-dashed lines if the plotting filter supports them.)
+.TP
+.BI -y " file
+The
+.I file
+contains
+.IR plot (7)-style
+data for
+.L :
+or
+.L !
+labels in
+.B -t
+or
+.B -u
+files.
+Each symbol is defined by a comment
+.BI : name
+then a sequence of
+.L m
+and
+.L v
+commands.
+Coordinates (0,0) fall on the plotting point.
+Default scaling is as if the nominal plotting range were
+.LR "ra -1 -1 1 1" ;
+.L ra
+commands in
+.I file
+change the scaling.
+.SS Projections
+Equatorial projections centered on the Prime Meridian
+(longitude 0).
+Parallels are straight horizontal lines.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 1.5i
+.B mercator
+equally spaced straight meridians, conformal,
+straight compass courses
+.TP
+.B sinusoidal
+equally spaced parallels,
+equal-area, same as
+.LR "bonne 0" .
+.TP
+.BI cylequalarea " lat0"
+equally spaced straight meridians, equal-area,
+true scale on
+.I lat0
+.TP
+.B cylindrical
+central projection on tangent cylinder
+.TP
+.BI rectangular " lat0"
+equally spaced parallels, equally spaced straight meridians, true scale on
+.I lat0
+.TP
+.BI gall " lat0"
+parallels spaced stereographically on prime meridian, equally spaced straight
+meridians, true scale on
+.I lat0
+.TP
+.B mollweide
+(homalographic) equal-area, hemisphere is a circle
+.br
+.B gilbert()
+sphere conformally mapped on hemisphere and viewed orthographically
+.TP
+.B gilbert
+globe mapped conformally on hemisphere, viewed orthographically
+.PD
+.PP
+Azimuthal projections centered on the North Pole.
+Parallels are concentric circles.
+Meridians are equally spaced radial lines.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 1.5i
+.B azequidistant
+equally spaced parallels,
+true distances from pole
+.TP
+.B azequalarea
+equal-area
+.TP
+.B gnomonic
+central projection on tangent plane,
+straight great circles
+.TP
+.BI perspective " dist"
+viewed along earth's axis
+.I dist
+earth radii from center of earth
+.TP
+.B orthographic
+viewed from infinity
+.TP
+.B stereographic
+conformal, projected from opposite pole
+.TP
+.B laue
+.IR radius " = tan(2\(mu" colatitude ),
+used in X-ray crystallography
+.TP
+.BI fisheye " n"
+stereographic seen from just inside medium with refractive index
+.I n
+.TP
+.BI newyorker " r"
+.IR radius " = log(" colatitude / r ):
+.I New Yorker
+map from viewing pedestal of radius
+.I r
+degrees
+.PD
+.PP
+Polar conic projections symmetric about the Prime Meridian.
+Parallels are segments of concentric circles.
+Except in the Bonne projection,
+meridians are equally spaced radial
+lines orthogonal to the parallels.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 1.5i
+.BI conic " lat0"
+central projection on cone tangent at
+.I lat0
+.TP
+.BI simpleconic " lat0 lat1"
+equally spaced parallels, true scale on
+.I lat0
+and
+.I lat1
+.TP
+.BI lambert " lat0 lat1"
+conformal, true scale on
+.I lat0
+and
+.I lat1
+.TP
+.BI albers " lat0 lat1"
+equal-area, true scale on
+.I lat0
+and
+.I lat1
+.TP
+.BI bonne " lat0"
+equally spaced parallels, equal-area,
+parallel
+.I lat0
+developed from tangent cone
+.PD
+.PP
+Projections with bilateral symmetry about
+the Prime Meridian
+and the equator.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 1.5i
+.B polyconic
+parallels developed from tangent cones,
+equally spaced along Prime Meridian
+.TP
+.B aitoff
+equal-area projection of globe onto 2-to-1
+ellipse, based on
+.I azequalarea
+.TP
+.B lagrange
+conformal, maps whole sphere into a circle
+.TP
+.BI bicentric " lon0"
+points plotted at true azimuth from two
+centers on the equator at longitudes
+.IR ±lon0 ,
+great circles are straight lines
+(a stretched
+.IR gnomonic
+)
+.TP
+.BI elliptic " lon0"
+points plotted at true distance from
+two centers on the equator at longitudes
+.I ±lon0
+.TP
+.B globular
+hemisphere is circle,
+circular arc meridians equally spaced on equator,
+circular arc parallels equally spaced on 0- and 90-degree meridians
+.TP
+.B vandergrinten
+sphere is circle,
+meridians as in
+.IR globular ,
+circular arc parallels resemble
+.I mercator
+.PD
+.PP
+Doubly periodic conformal projections.
+.PP
+.TP 1.5i
+.B guyou
+W and E hemispheres are square
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B square
+world is square with Poles
+at diagonally opposite corners
+.TP
+.B tetra
+map on tetrahedron with edge
+tangent to Prime Meridian at S Pole,
+unfolded into equilateral triangle
+.TP
+.B hex
+world is hexagon centered
+on N Pole, N and S hemispheres are equilateral
+triangles
+.PD
+.PP
+Miscellaneous projections.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 1.5i
+.BI harrison " dist angle"
+oblique perspective from above the North Pole,
+.I dist
+earth radii from center of earth, looking
+along the Date Line
+.I angle
+degrees off vertical
+.TP
+.BI trapezoidal " lat0 lat1"
+equally spaced parallels,
+straight meridians equally spaced along parallels,
+true scale at
+.I lat0
+and
+.I lat1
+on Prime Meridian
+.PD
+.br
+.B lune(lat,angle)
+conformal, polar cap above latitude
+.I lat
+maps to convex lune with given
+.I angle
+at 90\(deE and 90\(deW
+.PP
+Retroazimuthal projections.
+At every point the angle between vertical and a straight line to
+`Mecca', latitude
+.I lat0
+on the prime meridian,
+is the true bearing of Mecca.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 1.5i
+.BI mecca " lat0"
+equally spaced vertical meridians
+.TP
+.BI homing " lat0"
+distances to Mecca are true
+.PD
+.PP
+Maps based on the spheroid.
+Of geodetic quality, these projections do not make sense
+for tilted orientations.
+For descriptions, see corresponding maps above.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 1.5i
+.B sp_mercator
+.TP
+.BI sp_albers " lat0 lat1"
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.L
+map perspective 1.025 -o 40.75 74
+A view looking down on New York from 100 miles
+(0.025 of the 4000-mile earth radius) up.
+The job can be done faster by limiting the map so as not to `plot'
+the invisible part of the world:
+.LR "map perspective 1.025 -o 40.75 74 -l 20 60 30 100".
+A circular border can be forced by adding option
+.LR "-w 77.33" .
+(Latitude 77.33° falls just inside a polar cap of
+opening angle arccos(1/1.025) = 12.6804°.)
+.TP
+.L
+map mercator -o 49.25 -106 180
+An `equatorial' map of the earth
+centered on New York.
+The pole of the map is placed 90\(de away (40.75+49.25=90)
+on the
+other side of the earth.
+A 180° twist around the pole of the map arranges that the
+`Prime Meridian' of the map runs from the pole of the
+map over the North Pole to New York
+instead of down the back side of the earth.
+The same effect can be had from
+.L
+map mercator -o 130.75 74
+.TP
+.L
+map albers 28 45 -l 20 50 60 130 -m states
+A customary curved-latitude map of the United States.
+.TP
+.L
+map harrison 2 30 -l -90 90 120 240 -o 90 0 0
+A fan view covering 60° on either
+side of the Date Line, as seen from one earth radius
+above the North Pole gazing at the
+earth's limb, which is 30° off vertical.
+The
+.B -o
+option overrides the default
+.BR "-o 90 0 180" ,
+which would rotate
+the scene to behind the observer.
+.SH FILES
+.TF /lib/map/[1-4]??
+.TP
+.B /lib/map/[1-4]??
+World Data Bank II, for
+.B -f
+.TP
+.B /lib/map/*
+maps for
+.B -m
+.TP
+.B /lib/map/*.x
+map indexes
+.TP
+.B /bin/aux/mapd
+Map driver program
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/map
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR map (7),
+.IR plot (1)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+`Map seems to be empty'\(ema coarse survey found
+zero extent within the
+.B -l
+and
+.BR -w
+bounds; for maps of limited extent
+the grid resolution,
+.IR res ,
+or the limits may have to be refined.
+.SH BUGS
+Windows (option
+.BR -w )
+cannot cross the Date Line.
+No borders appear along edges arising from
+visibility limits.
+Segments that cross a border are dropped, not clipped.
+Excessively large scale or
+.B -d
+setting may cause long line segments to be dropped.
+.I Map
+tries to draw grid lines dotted and
+.B -t
+tracks dot-dashed.
+As very few plotting filters properly support
+curved textured lines, these lines are likely to
+appear solid.
+The west-longitude-positive convention
+betrays Yankee chauvinism.
+.I Gilbert
+should be a map from sphere to sphere, independent of
+the mapping from sphere to plane.
diff --git a/man/man1/mc.1 b/man/man1/mc.1
index 1618bef..ac53520 100644
--- a/man/man1/mc.1
+++ b/man/man1/mc.1
@@ -18,7 +18,10 @@
.I N
print positions.
If run in a
-.IR rio (1)
+.IR 9term (1),
+.IR xterm (1),
+or
+.IR acme (1)
window, the default
.I N
is the number of blanks that will fit across the window;
@@ -31,9 +34,12 @@
.L :
is printed separately.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/mc.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/mc.c
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR rio (1),
+.IR 9term (1),
+.IR acme (1),
+.IR acme (4),
+.IR xterm (1),
.IR pr (1),
.I lc
in
diff --git a/man/man1/mk.1 b/man/man1/mk.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59b1d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/mk.1
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+.TH MK 1
+.de EX
+.nf
+.ft B
+..
+.de EE
+.fi
+.ft R
+..
+.de LR
+.if t .BR \\$1 \\$2
+.if n .RB ` \\$1 '\\$2
+..
+.de L
+.nh
+.if t .B \\$1
+.if n .RB ` \\$1 '
+..
+.SH NAME
+mk, membername \- maintain (make) related files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B mk
+[
+.B -f
+.I mkfile
+] ...
+[
+.I option ...
+]
+[
+.I target ...
+]
+.PP
+.B membername
+.IR lib ( object )
+\&...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Mk
+uses the dependency rules specified in
+.I mkfile
+to control the update (usually by compilation) of
+.I targets
+(usually files)
+from the source files upon which they depend.
+The
+.I mkfile
+(default
+.LR mkfile )
+contains a
+.I rule
+for each target that identifies the files and other
+targets upon which it depends and an
+.IR sh (1)
+script, a
+.IR recipe ,
+to update the target.
+The script is run if the target does not exist
+or if it is older than any of the files it depends on.
+.I Mkfile
+may also contain
+.I meta-rules
+that define actions for updating implicit targets.
+If no
+.I target
+is specified, the target of the first rule (not meta-rule) in
+.I mkfile
+is updated.
+.PP
+The environment variable
+.B $NPROC
+determines how many targets may be updated simultaneously;
+Some operating systems, e.g., Plan 9, set
+.B $NPROC
+automatically to the number of CPUs on the current machine.
+.PP
+Options are:
+.TP \w'\fL-d[egp]\ 'u
+.B -a
+Assume all targets to be out of date.
+Thus, everything is updated.
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.BR -d [ egp ]
+Produce debugging output
+.RB ( p
+is for parsing,
+.B g
+for graph building,
+.B e
+for execution).
+.TP
+.B -e
+Explain why each target is made.
+.TP
+.B -i
+Force any missing intermediate targets to be made.
+.TP
+.B -k
+Do as much work as possible in the face of errors.
+.TP
+.B -n
+Print, but do not execute, the commands
+needed to update the targets.
+.TP
+.B -s
+Make the command line arguments sequentially rather than in parallel.
+.TP
+.B -t
+Touch (update the modified date of) file targets, without
+executing any recipes.
+.TP
+.BI -w target1 , target2,...
+Pretend the modify time for each
+.I target
+is the current time; useful in conjunction with
+.B -n
+to learn what updates would be triggered by
+modifying the
+.IR targets .
+.PD
+.SS The \fLmkfile\fP
+A
+.I mkfile
+consists of
+.I assignments
+(described under `Environment') and
+.IR rules .
+A rule contains
+.I targets
+and a
+.IR tail .
+A target is a literal string
+and is normally a file name.
+The tail contains zero or more
+.I prerequisites
+and an optional
+.IR recipe ,
+which is an
+.B shell
+script.
+Each line of the recipe must begin with white space.
+A rule takes the form
+.IP
+.EX
+target: prereq1 prereq2
+ \f2recipe using\fP prereq1, prereq2 \f2to build\fP target
+.EE
+.PP
+When the recipe is executed,
+the first character on every line is elided.
+.PP
+After the colon on the target line, a rule may specify
+.IR attributes ,
+described below.
+.PP
+A
+.I meta-rule
+has a target of the form
+.IB A % B
+where
+.I A
+and
+.I B
+are (possibly empty) strings.
+A meta-rule acts as a rule for any potential target whose
+name matches
+.IB A % B
+with
+.B %
+replaced by an arbitrary string, called the
+.IR stem .
+In interpreting a meta-rule,
+the stem is substituted for all occurrences of
+.B %
+in the prerequisite names.
+In the recipe of a meta-rule, the environment variable
+.B $stem
+contains the string matched by the
+.BR % .
+For example, a meta-rule to compile a C program using
+.IR 9c (1)
+might be:
+.IP
+.EX
+%: %.c
+ 9c -c $stem.c
+ 9l -o $stem $stem.o
+.EE
+.PP
+Meta-rules may contain an ampersand
+.B &
+rather than a percent sign
+.BR % .
+A
+.B %
+matches a maximal length string of any characters;
+an
+.B &
+matches a maximal length string of any characters except period
+or slash.
+.PP
+The text of the
+.I mkfile
+is processed as follows.
+Lines beginning with
+.B <
+followed by a file name are replaced by the contents of the named
+file.
+Lines beginning with
+.B "<|"
+followed by a file name are replaced by the output
+of the execution of the named
+file.
+Blank lines and comments, which run from unquoted
+.B #
+characters to the following newline, are deleted.
+The character sequence backslash-newline is deleted,
+so long lines in
+.I mkfile
+may be folded.
+Non-recipe lines are processed by substituting for
+.BI `{ command }
+the output of the
+.I command
+when run by
+.IR sh .
+References to variables are replaced by the variables' values.
+Special characters may be quoted using single quotes
+.BR \&''
+as in
+.IR sh (1).
+.PP
+Assignments and rules are distinguished by
+the first unquoted occurrence of
+.B :
+(rule)
+or
+.B =
+(assignment).
+.PP
+A later rule may modify or override an existing rule under the
+following conditions:
+.TP
+\-
+If the targets of the rules exactly match and one rule
+contains only a prerequisite clause and no recipe, the
+clause is added to the prerequisites of the other rule.
+If either or both targets are virtual, the recipe is
+always executed.
+.TP
+\-
+If the targets of the rules match exactly and the
+prerequisites do not match and both rules
+contain recipes,
+.I mk
+reports an ``ambiguous recipe'' error.
+.TP
+\-
+If the target and prerequisites of both rules match exactly,
+the second rule overrides the first.
+.SS Environment
+Rules may make use of
+shell
+environment variables.
+A legal reference of the form
+.B $OBJ
+or
+.B ${name}
+is expanded as in
+.IR sh (1).
+A reference of the form
+.BI ${name: A % B = C\fL%\fID\fL}\fR,
+where
+.I A, B, C, D
+are (possibly empty) strings,
+has the value formed by expanding
+.B $name
+and substituting
+.I C
+for
+.I A
+and
+.I D
+for
+.I B
+in each word in
+.B $name
+that matches pattern
+.IB A % B\f1.
+.PP
+Variables can be set by
+assignments of the form
+.I
+ var\fL=\fR[\fIattr\fL=\fR]\fIvalue\fR
+.br
+Blanks in the
+.I value
+break it into words.
+Such variables are exported
+to the environment of
+recipes as they are executed, unless
+.BR U ,
+the only legal attribute
+.IR attr ,
+is present.
+The initial value of a variable is
+taken from (in increasing order of precedence)
+the default values below,
+.I mk's
+environment, the
+.IR mkfiles ,
+and any command line assignment as an argument to
+.IR mk .
+A variable assignment argument overrides the first (but not any subsequent)
+assignment to that variable.
+The variable
+.B MKFLAGS
+contains all the option arguments (arguments starting with
+.L -
+or containing
+.LR = )
+and
+.B MKARGS
+contains all the targets in the call to
+.IR mk .
+.PP
+Dynamic information may be included in the mkfile by using a line of the form
+.IP
+\fR<|\fIcommand\fR \fIargs\fR
+.LP
+This runs the command
+.I command
+with the given arguments
+.I args
+and pipes its standard output to
+.I mk
+to be included as part of the mkfile. For instance, the Inferno kernels
+use this technique
+to run a shell command with an awk script and a configuration
+file as arguments in order for
+the
+.I awk
+script to process the file and output a set of variables and their values.
+.SS Execution
+.PP
+During execution,
+.I mk
+determines which targets must be updated, and in what order,
+to build the
+.I names
+specified on the command line.
+It then runs the associated recipes.
+.PP
+A target is considered up to date if it has no prerequisites or
+if all its prerequisites are up to date and it is newer
+than all its prerequisites.
+Once the recipe for a target has executed, the target is
+considered up to date.
+.PP
+The date stamp
+used to determine if a target is up to date is computed
+differently for different types of targets.
+If a target is
+.I virtual
+(the target of a rule with the
+.B V
+attribute),
+its date stamp is initially zero; when the target is
+updated the date stamp is set to
+the most recent date stamp of its prerequisites.
+Otherwise, if a target does not exist as a file,
+its date stamp is set to the most recent date stamp of its prerequisites,
+or zero if it has no prerequisites.
+Otherwise, the target is the name of a file and
+the target's date stamp is always that file's modification date.
+The date stamp is computed when the target is needed in
+the execution of a rule; it is not a static value.
+.PP
+Nonexistent targets that have prerequisites
+and are themselves prerequisites are treated specially.
+Such a target
+.I t
+is given the date stamp of its most recent prerequisite
+and if this causes all the targets which have
+.I t
+as a prerequisite to be up to date,
+.I t
+is considered up to date.
+Otherwise,
+.I t
+is made in the normal fashion.
+The
+.B -i
+flag overrides this special treatment.
+.PP
+Files may be made in any order that respects
+the preceding restrictions.
+.PP
+A recipe is executed by supplying the recipe as standard input to
+the command
+.BR /bin/sh .
+(Note that unlike
+.IR make ,
+.I mk
+feeds the entire recipe to the shell rather than running each line
+of the recipe separately.)
+The environment is augmented by the following variables:
+.TP 14
+.B $alltarget
+all the targets of this rule.
+.TP
+.B $newprereq
+the prerequisites that caused this rule to execute.
+.TP
+.B $newmember
+the prerequisites that are members of an aggregate
+that caused this rule to execute.
+When the prerequisites of a rule are members of an
+aggregate,
+.B $newprereq
+contains the name of the aggregate and out of date
+members, while
+.B $newmember
+contains only the name of the members.
+.TP
+.B $nproc
+the process slot for this recipe.
+It satisfies
+.RB 0≤ $nproc < $NPROC .
+.TP
+.B $pid
+the process id for the
+.I mk
+executing the recipe.
+.TP
+.B $prereq
+all the prerequisites for this rule.
+.TP
+.B $stem
+if this is a meta-rule,
+.B $stem
+is the string that matched
+.B %
+or
+.BR & .
+Otherwise, it is empty.
+For regular expression meta-rules (see below), the variables
+.LR stem0 ", ...,"
+.L stem9
+are set to the corresponding subexpressions.
+.TP
+.B $target
+the targets for this rule that need to be remade.
+.PP
+These variables are available only during the execution of a recipe,
+not while evaluating the
+.IR mkfile .
+.PP
+Unless the rule has the
+.B Q
+attribute,
+the recipe is printed prior to execution
+with recognizable environment variables expanded.
+Commands returning error status
+cause
+.I mk
+to terminate.
+.PP
+Recipes and backquoted
+.B rc
+commands in places such as assignments
+execute in a copy of
+.I mk's
+environment; changes they make to
+environment variables are not visible from
+.IR mk .
+.PP
+Variable substitution in a rule is done when
+the rule is read; variable substitution in the recipe is done
+when the recipe is executed. For example:
+.IP
+.EX
+bar=a.c
+foo: $bar
+ $CC -o foo $bar
+bar=b.c
+.EE
+.PP
+will compile
+.B b.c
+into
+.BR foo ,
+if
+.B a.c
+is newer than
+.BR foo .
+.SS Aggregates
+Names of the form
+.IR a ( b )
+refer to member
+.I b
+of the aggregate
+.IR a .
+Currently, the only aggregates supported are
+.I 9ar
+(see
+.IR 9c (1))
+archives.
+.PP
+.I Membername
+echoes just the member names of a list of aggregate names.
+It is useful in recipes like:
+.EX
+OFILES=a.o b.o
+libc.a(%):N: %
+libc.a: ${OFILES:%=libc.a(%)}
+ 9ar rvc libc.a `membername $newprereq`
+.EE
+which re-archives only the new object files.
+.SS Attributes
+The colon separating the target from the prerequisites
+may be
+immediately followed by
+.I attributes
+and another colon.
+The attributes are:
+.TP
+.B D
+If the recipe exits with a non-null status, the target is deleted.
+.TP
+.B E
+Continue execution if the recipe draws errors.
+.TP
+.B N
+If there is no recipe, the target has its time updated.
+.TP
+.B n
+The rule is a meta-rule that cannot be a target of a virtual rule.
+Only files match the pattern in the target.
+.TP
+.B P
+The characters after the
+.B P
+until the terminating
+.B :
+are taken as a program name.
+It will be invoked as
+.B "sh -c prog 'arg1' 'arg2'"
+and should return a zero exit status
+if and only if arg1 is up to date with respect to arg2.
+Date stamps are still propagated in the normal way.
+.TP
+.B Q
+The recipe is not printed prior to execution.
+.TP
+.B R
+The rule is a meta-rule using regular expressions.
+In the rule,
+.B %
+has no special meaning.
+The target is interpreted as a regular expression as defined in
+.IR regexp (7).
+The prerequisites may contain references
+to subexpressions in form
+.BI \e n\f1,
+as in the substitute command of
+.IR sed (1).
+.TP
+.B U
+The targets are considered to have been updated
+even if the recipe did not do so.
+.TP
+.B V
+The targets of this rule are marked as virtual.
+They are distinct from files of the same name.
+.PD
+.SH EXAMPLES
+A simple mkfile to compile a program:
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta 8n +8n +8n +8n +8n +8n +8n
+</$objtype/mkfile
+
+prog: a.$O b.$O c.$O
+ $LD $LDFLAGS -o $target $prereq
+
+%.$O: %.c
+ $CC $CFLAGS $stem.c
+.EE
+.PP
+Override flag settings in the mkfile:
+.IP
+.EX
+% mk target 'CFLAGS=-S -w'
+.EE
+.PP
+Maintain a library:
+.IP
+.EX
+libc.a(%.$O):N: %.$O
+libc.a: libc.a(abs.$O) libc.a(access.$O) libc.a(alarm.$O) ...
+ ar r libc.a $newmember
+.EE
+.PP
+String expression variables to derive names from a master list:
+.IP
+.EX
+NAMES=alloc arc bquote builtins expand main match mk var word
+OBJ=${NAMES:%=%.$O}
+.EE
+.PP
+Regular expression meta-rules:
+.IP
+.EX
+([^/]*)/(.*)\e.$O:R: \e1/\e2.c
+ cd $stem1; $CC $CFLAGS $stem2.c
+.EE
+.PP
+A correct way to deal with
+.IR yacc (1)
+grammars.
+The file
+.B lex.c
+includes the file
+.B x.tab.h
+rather than
+.B y.tab.h
+in order to reflect changes in content, not just modification time.
+.IP
+.EX
+lex.$O: x.tab.h
+x.tab.h: y.tab.h
+ cmp -s x.tab.h y.tab.h || cp y.tab.h x.tab.h
+y.tab.c y.tab.h: gram.y
+ $YACC -d gram.y
+.EE
+.PP
+The above example could also use the
+.B P
+attribute for the
+.B x.tab.h
+rule:
+.IP
+.EX
+x.tab.h:Pcmp -s: y.tab.h
+ cp y.tab.h x.tab.h
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR sh (1),
+.IR regexp9 (7)
+.PP
+A. Hume,
+``Mk: a Successor to Make''
+(Tenth Edition Research Unix Manuals).
+.PP
+Andrew G. Hume and Bob Flandrena,
+``Maintaining Files on Plan 9 with Mk''.
+DOCPREFIX/doc/mk.pdf
+.SH HISTORY
+Andrew Hume wrote
+.I mk
+for Tenth Edition Research Unix.
+It was later ported to Plan 9.
+This software is a port of the Plan 9 version back to Unix.
+.SH BUGS
+Identical recipes for regular expression meta-rules only have one target.
+.br
+Seemingly appropriate input like
+.B CFLAGS=-DHZ=60
+is parsed as an erroneous attribute; correct it by inserting
+a space after the first
+.LR = .
+.br
+The recipes printed by
+.I mk
+before being passed to
+.I sh
+for execution are sometimes erroneously expanded
+for printing. Don't trust what's printed; rely
+on what
+.I sh
+does.
diff --git a/man/man1/namespace.1 b/man/man1/namespace.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45f443b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/namespace.1
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.TH NAMESPACE 1
+.SH NAME
+namespace \- print name space directory
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B namespace
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Namespace
+prints the directory representing the current name space.
+See
+.IR intro (4).
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/namespace.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR getns (3)
diff --git a/man/man1/news.1 b/man/man1/news.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bce5e18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/news.1
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+.TH NEWS 1
+.SH NAME
+news \- print news items
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B news
+[
+.B -a
+]
+[
+.B -n
+]
+[
+.I item ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+When invoked without options,
+this simple local news service
+prints files that have appeared in
+.BR /lib/news
+since last reading, most recent first,
+with each preceded by an appropriate header.
+The time of reading is recorded.
+The options are
+.TP
+.B -a
+Print all items, regardless of currency.
+The recorded time is not changed.
+.TP
+.B -n
+Report the names of the current items without
+printing their contents, and without changing
+the recorded time.
+.PP
+Other arguments
+select particular news items.
+.PP
+To post a news item, create a file in
+.BR /lib/news .
+.PP
+You may arrange to receive news automatically by
+registering your mail address in
+.BR /sys/lib/subscribers .
+A daemon mails recent news
+to all addresses on the list.
+.PP
+Empty news items, and news items named
+.B core
+or
+.B dead.letter
+are ignored.
+.SH FILES
+.TF /sys/lib/subscribers
+.TP
+.B /lib/news/*
+articles
+.TP
+.B $HOME/lib/newstime
+modify time is time news was last read
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/subscribers
+who gets news mailed to them
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/news.c
diff --git a/man/man1/p.1 b/man/man1/p.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e98134e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/p.1
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+.TH P 1
+.SH NAME
+p \- paginate
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B p
+[
+.BI - number
+]
+[
+.I file ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I P
+copies its standard input, or the named files if given,
+to its standard output,
+stopping at the end of every 22nd line, and between files,
+to wait for a newline from the user.
+The option sets the
+.I number
+of lines on a page.
+.PP
+While waiting for a newline,
+.I p
+interprets the commands:
+.TP
+.B !
+Pass the rest of the line to the shell as a command.
+.TP
+.B q
+Quit.
+.PP
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/p.c
diff --git a/man/man1/page.1 b/man/man1/page.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb4fed5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/page.1
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.TH PAGE 1
+.SH NAME
+img, psv \- view
+FAX,
+image, graphic, PostScript, PDF, and
+typesetter output
+files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B page
+[
+.B -abirPRvVw
+]
+[
+.B -p
+.I ppi
+]
+[
+.IR file ...
+]
+.PP
+.B img
+.I file.bit
+.PP
+.B psv
+.I file.ps
+.PP
+.B psv
+.I file.pdf
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Plan 9's
+.IR page (1)
+is not ported.
+.PP
+.I Img
+is a simple image viewer for Plan 9 images
+(see
+.IR image (7)).
+.PP
+.I Psv
+is a PostScript and PDF viewer.
+It is a streamlined interface to
+.IR gv (1).
+.PP
+To view troff output, use
+.IR proof (1).
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR gs (1),
+.IR gv (1)
+.IR jpg (1),
+.IR proof (1),
+.IR tex (1),
+.IR troff (1)
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/img.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/psv
diff --git a/man/man1/pic.1 b/man/man1/pic.1
index 685de68..ae84569 100644
--- a/man/man1/pic.1
+++ b/man/man1/pic.1
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
for i = 1 to 10 do { line from A.s+.025*i,.01*i down i/50 }
.PE
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/src/cmd/pic
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/pic
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR grap (1),
.IR doctype (1),
diff --git a/man/man1/plot.1 b/man/man1/plot.1
index cd1a1b8..e26dac6 100644
--- a/man/man1/plot.1
+++ b/man/man1/plot.1
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Plot
interprets plotting instructions (see
-.IR plot (6))
+.IR plot (7))
from the
.I files
or standard input,
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
.TP
.BI -c " col"
Set the foreground color (see
-.IR plot (6)
+.IR plot (7)
for color names).
.TP
.BI -f " fill"
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
By default it uses a 512×512 window in the
middle of the screen.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/src/cmd/plot
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/plot
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR rio (1),
-.IR plot (6)
+.IR plot (7)
diff --git a/man/man1/plumb.1 b/man/man1/plumb.1
index 0cee82d..c296a1e 100644
--- a/man/man1/plumb.1
+++ b/man/man1/plumb.1
@@ -87,6 +87,6 @@
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/plumb
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR plumb (2),
+.IR plumb (3),
.IR plumber (4),
-.IR plumb (6)
+.IR plumb (7)
diff --git a/man/man1/pr.1 b/man/man1/pr.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce8dc68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/pr.1
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.TH PR 1
+.SH NAME
+pr \- print file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pr
+[
+.I option ...
+]
+[
+.I file ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Pr
+produces a printed listing of one or more
+.I files
+on its standard output.
+The output is separated into pages headed by a date,
+the name of the file or a specified header, and the page number.
+With no file arguments,
+.I pr
+prints its standard input.
+.PP
+Options apply to all following files but may be reset
+between files:
+.TP
+.BI - n
+Produce
+.IR n -column
+output.
+.TP
+.BI + n
+Begin printing with page
+.IR n .
+.TP
+.B -b
+Balance columns on last page, in case of multi-column output.
+.TP
+.B -d
+Double space.
+.TP
+.BI -e n
+Set the tab stops for input text every
+.I n
+spaces.
+.TP
+.B -h
+Take the next argument as a page header
+.RI ( file
+by default).
+.TP
+.BI -i n
+Replace sequences of blanks in the output
+by tabs, using tab stops set every
+.I n
+spaces.
+.TP
+.BI -f
+Use form feeds to separate pages.
+.TP
+.BI -l n
+Take the length of the page to be
+.I n
+lines instead of the default 66.
+.TP
+.B -m
+Print all
+.I files
+simultaneously,
+each in one column.
+.TP
+.BI -n m
+Number the lines of each
+.IR file .
+The numeric argument
+.IR m ,
+default 5,
+sets the width of the line-number field.
+.TP
+.BI -o n
+Offset the left margin
+.I n
+character positions.
+.TP
+.BI -p
+Pad each file printed to an odd number of pages.
+For two-sided printers,
+this will ensure each file will start a new page.
+.TP
+.BI -s c
+Separate columns by the single character
+.I c
+instead of aligning them with white space.
+A missing
+.I c
+is taken to be a tab.
+.TP
+.B -t
+Do not print the 5-line header or the
+5-line trailer normally supplied for each page.
+.TP
+.BI -w n
+For multi-column output,
+take the width of the page to be
+.I n
+characters instead of the default 72.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/pr.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR cat (1),
+.IR lp (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/proof.1 b/man/man1/proof.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01e8e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/proof.1
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+.TH PROOF 1
+.SH NAME
+proof \- troff output interpreter
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B proof
+[
+.BI -m mag
+]
+[
+.BI -/ nview
+]
+[
+.B -F
+.I dir
+]
+[
+.B -d
+]
+[
+.I file
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Proof
+reads
+.IR troff (1)
+intermediate language from
+.I file
+or standard input
+and simulates the resulting pages on the screen.
+.PP
+After a page of text is displayed,
+.I proof
+pauses for a command from the keyboard.
+The typed commands are:
+.TP \w'newline\ \ \ 'u
+newline
+Go on to next page of text.
+.TP
+.B -
+Go back to the previous page.
+.TP
+.B q
+Quit.
+.TP
+.BI p n
+Print page
+.IR n .
+An out-of-bounds page number means the end nearer to that number;
+a missing number means the current page;
+a signed number means an offset to the current page.
+.TP
+.I n
+Same as
+.BI p n\f1.
+.TP
+.B c
+Clear the screen, then wait for another command.
+.TP
+.BI m mag
+Change the magnification at which the output is printed.
+Normally it is printed with magnification .9;
+.IR mag "=.5"
+shrinks it to half size;
+.IR mag "=2"
+doubles the size.
+.TP
+.BI x val
+Move everything
+.I val
+screen pixels to the right (left, if
+.I val
+is negative).
+.TP
+.BI y val
+Move everything
+.I val
+screen pixels down (up, if
+.I val
+is negative).
+.TP
+.BI / nview
+Split the window into
+.I nview
+pieces. The current page goes into the rightmost, bottommost piece,
+and previous pages are shown in the other pieces.
+.TP
+.BI "-F " dir
+Use
+.I dir
+for fonts instead of
+.BR /lib/font/bit .
+.TP
+.B d
+Toggle the debug flag.
+.PD
+.PP
+These commands are also available, under slightly different form,
+from a menu on button 3. The
+.B pan
+menu item allows arbitrary positioning of the page:
+after selecting
+.BR pan ,
+press the mouse button again and hold it down while moving
+the page to the desired location. The page will be redisplayed
+in its entirety when the button is released.
+Mouse button 1 also pans, without the need for selecting from a menu.
+.PP
+The
+.BR m ,
+.BR x ,
+.BR y ,
+.BR F ,
+.BR / ,
+and
+.B d
+commands are also available as command line options.
+.SH FILES
+.TF /lib/font/bit/MAP
+.TP
+.B /lib/font/bit/*
+fonts
+.TP
+.B /lib/font/bit/MAP
+how to convert troff output fonts and character names
+into screen fonts and character numbers
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/proof
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR lp (1),
+.IR gs (1),
+.IR page (1)
+.br
+J. F. Ossanna and B. W. Kernighan,
+``Troff User's Manual''
diff --git a/man/man1/ps.1 b/man/man1/ps.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cfcb2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/ps.1
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+.TH PS 1
+.SH NAME
+ps, psu \- process status
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B ps
+[
+.B -pa
+]
+.PP
+.B psu
+[
+.B -pa
+]
+[
+.I user
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Ps
+prints information about processes.
+.I Psu
+prints only information about processes started by
+.I user
+(default
+.BR $USER ).
+.PP
+For each process reported,
+the user,
+process id,
+user time,
+system time,
+size,
+state,
+and command name are printed.
+State is one of the following:
+.TP \w'\fLno\ \fIresource\ \ \ 'u
+.B Moribund
+Process has exited and is about to have its
+resources reclaimed.
+.TP
+.B Ready
+on the queue of processes ready to be run.
+.TP
+.B Scheding
+about to be run.
+.TP
+.B Running
+running.
+.TP
+.B Queueing
+waiting on a queue for a resource.
+.TP
+.B Wakeme
+waiting for I/O or some other kernel event to wake it up.
+.TP
+.B Broken
+dead of unnatural causes; lingering
+so that it can be examined.
+.TP
+.B Stopped
+stopped.
+.TP
+.B Stopwait
+waiting for another process to stop.
+.TP
+.B Fault
+servicing a page fault.
+.TP
+.B Idle
+waiting for something to do (kernel processes only).
+.TP
+.B New
+being created.
+.TP
+.B Pageout
+paging out some other process.
+.TP
+.I Syscall
+performing the named system call.
+.TP
+.BI no " resource
+waiting for more of a critical
+.IR resource .
+.TP
+.BI wchan
+waiting on the named wait channel
+(on a Unix kernel).
+.PD
+.PP
+With the
+.B -p
+flag,
+.I ps
+also prints, after the system time, the baseline and current priorities of each process.
+.PP
+The
+.B -a
+flag causes
+.I ps
+to print the arguments for the process. Newlines in arguments will be translated to spaces for display.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/ps
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/psu
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR acid (1),
+.IR db (1),
+.IR kill (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/psfonts.1 b/man/man1/psfonts.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19f3de8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/psfonts.1
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+.TH PSFONTS 1
+.SH NAME
+psfonts, psdownload \- add necessary fonts to PostScript document for printing
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B psfonts
+[
+.I files ...
+]
+.PP
+.B psdownload
+[
+.B options
+]
+[
+.I files ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Plan 9's
+.IR troff (1)
+and
+.IR tr2post (1)
+use non-standard PostScript fonts
+(found in
+.BR /usr/local/plan9/postscript/font ).
+Before sending PostScript output from
+.I tr2post
+to a standard printer, code implementing
+the non-standard fonts must be added to the PostScript.
+.PP
+.I Psfonts
+copies
+.I files
+(or standard input)
+to standard output, adding necessary PostScript fonts.
+.PP
+.I Psdownload
+is the more general program used to implement
+.IR psfonts .
+The options are:
+.TP
+.BI -c " comment
+Expect the fonts used in the document to be listed in
+a comment beginning with this string
+(default
+.BR %%DocumentFonts: ).
+.TP
+.BI -f " atend
+Expect extra fonts comments at the end of the document,
+so read the entire input before starting output
+(by default this only happens if a
+.B %%DocumentFonts:
+.B (atend)
+comment is encountered).
+.TP
+.BI -m " mapfile
+Use
+.I mapfile
+to translate from PostScript font names to files.
+Each line in the map has two white space-separated
+fields: a font name and the corresponding file.
+If
+.I mapfile
+is not a rooted path, it is evaluated relative to the
+.I fontdir
+(see
+.B -H
+below).
+.TP
+.BI -p " printer
+Set the name of the printer.
+This option is deprecated. Its only effect is to override the
+.B -r
+option, causing
+.IB fontdir /printers/ printer
+to be used as the resident fonts list.
+.TP
+.BI -r " residentfonts
+Read a list of fonts assumed to be on the printer
+(not necessary to re-download) from the file
+.IR residentfonts .
+If
+.I residentfonts
+is not a rooted path, it is evaluated relative to the
+.I fontdir
+(see
+.B -H
+below).
+.TP
+.BI -H " fontdir
+Set the directory that is assumed to contain the PostScript fonts
+and information about printers
+(see
+.BR -m ,
+.BR -p ,
+and
+.B -r
+above;
+default
+.BR /usr/local/plan9/postscript/font ).
+.TP
+.BI -T " tmpdir
+Use
+.I tmpdir
+for storing temporary files
+(default
+.BR /var/tmp ).
+.B
+.TP
+.BI -D
+Produce copious amounts of debugging information on standard error.
+.TP
+.BI -I
+Continue running even after fatal errors occur.
+.PD
+.SH EXAMPLE
+See
+.IR tr2post (1)
+for an example.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/psfonts
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/postscript/download
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR troff (1),
+.IR tr2post (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/pwd.1 b/man/man1/pwd.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a154379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/pwd.1
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.TH PWD 1
+.SH NAME
+pwd, pbd \- working directory
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pwd
+.br
+.B pbd
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Pwd
+prints the path name of the working (current) directory.
+.PP
+.I Pbd
+prints the base name of the working (current) directory.
+It prints no final newline and is intended for applications
+such as constructing shell prompts.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/pbd.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.I cd
+in
+.IR rc (1),
+.IR getwd (3)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Pwd
+is not provided.
+Unix already provides one.
diff --git a/man/man1/rc.1 b/man/man1/rc.1
index b294bee..51a2b22 100644
--- a/man/man1/rc.1
+++ b/man/man1/rc.1
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
variable
.B $status
gets the process's wait message (see
-.IR wait (2));
+.IR wait (3));
it will be the null string if the command was successful.
.PP
A long command line may be continued on subsequent lines by typing
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
.B $path
is the program to be executed.
To be executable, the user must have execute permission (see
-.IR stat (2))
+.IR stat (3))
and the file must be either an executable binary
for the current machine's CPU type, or a shell script.
Shell scripts begin with a line containing the full path name of a shell
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
is a previously opened file descriptor and
.I fd0
becomes a new copy (in the sense of
-.IR dup (2))
+.IR dup (3))
of it.
A file descriptor may be closed by writing
.BI >[ fd0 =]
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
A function with a special name will be called when
.I rc
receives a corresponding note; see
-.IR notify (2).
+.IR notify (3).
The valid note names (and corresponding notes) are
.B sighup
.RB ( hangup ),
@@ -757,10 +757,7 @@
The
.I environment
is a list of strings made available to executing binaries by the
-.B env
-device
-(see
-.IR env (3)).
+kernel.
.I Rc
creates an environment entry for each variable whose value is non-empty,
and for each function.
@@ -768,7 +765,7 @@
.B =
and its value.
If the value has more than one component, these
-are separated by ctrl-a
+are separated by SOH
.RB ( '\e001' )
characters.
The string for a function is just the
@@ -824,12 +821,23 @@
.B .
command.
If not set in the environment, it is initialized by
+parsing the
+.B $PATH
+variable
+(as in
+.IR sh (1))
+or by
.BR "path=(.\ /bin)" .
-Its use is discouraged; instead use
-.IR bind (1)
-to build a
-.B /bin
-containing what's needed.
+The variables
+.B $path
+and
+.B $PATH
+are maintained together: changes to one will be reflected in the other.
+.\" Its use is discouraged; instead use
+.\" .IR bind (1)
+.\" to build a
+.\" .B /bin
+.\" containing what's needed.
.TP
.B $pid
Set during initialization to
diff --git a/man/man1/rio.1 b/man/man1/rio.1
index 9af90e8..4e30e58 100644
--- a/man/man1/rio.1
+++ b/man/man1/rio.1
@@ -1,54 +1,101 @@
-.if t .ds 85 8\(12
-.if n .ds 85 8-1/2
.TH RIO 1
.SH NAME
rio \- rio-like Window Manager for X
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B rio
[
-.B \-grey
-] [
-.B \-version
-] [
.B \-font
-.I fname
-] [
+.I fontname
+]
+[
+.B \-grey
+]
+[
+.B \-s
+]
+[
.B \-term
.I termprog
-] [
-.BR exit | restart
+]
+[
+.B \-version
+]
+[
+.B \-virtuals
+.I num
+]
+[
+.B exit
+|
+.B restart
]
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.if t .ds 85 8\(12
+.if n .ds 85 8-1/2
.I Rio
is a window manager for X which attempts to emulate the window management
policies of Plan 9's
.I rio
window manager.
+Rio is derived from David Hogan's \*(85.
.PP
The
.B \-grey
-option makes the background light grey, as does \*(85.
-Use this option for maximum authenticity.
+option makes the background stippled grey, the default X11 background,
+instead of solid grey, the Plan 9 background.
+.PP
+The
.B \-font
-.I fname
+option
sets the font in
.IR rio 's
menu to
.IR fname ,
overriding the default.
+Unlike the other programs in the Plan 9 ports, rio expects this
+font to be an X11 font rather than a Plan 9 font.
+.PP
+The
.B \-term
-.I termprog
+option
specifies an alternative program to run when the
.I New
menu item is selected.
+The default is to try
+.IR 9term (1)
+and then to fall back to
+.IR xterm (1).
+The
+.B \-s
+option causes
+.I rio
+to add
+.B -s
+to
+.IR 9term 's
+command-line, starting the window in scrolling mode.
+.PP
+The
.B \-version
+option
prints the current version on standard error, then exits.
.PP
-To make
+The
+.B \-virtuals
+option sets the number of virtual screens (the default is 1,
+and the maximum is 12).
+.PP
+If the argument
+.B exit
+or
+.B restart
+is given,
+it is sent to an already-running
+.IR rio ,
+causing the extant
.I rio
-exit, you have to run
-.B "rio exit"
-on the command line. There is no ``exit'' menu item.
+to exit or restart.
+.SS Using rio
.PP
One window is
.IR current ,
@@ -130,7 +177,16 @@
Pressing button 1 or 2 over a window's border allows one to
move the corresponding edge or corner, while button 3
moves the whole window.
-.PD
+.PP
+When the mouse cursor points to the background area
+and
+.I rio
+has been started with multiple virtual screens using the
+.B \-virtuals
+option,
+clicking button 2 brings up a menu to select a virtual screen to view.
+Scrolling the mouse wheel while the cursor points at the background
+will cycle through the virtual screens.
.SH BUGS
In
Plan 9's
@@ -154,4 +210,4 @@
There is a currently a compiled-in limit of 128 hidden windows.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR 9term (1),
-.IR xterm (1).
+.IR xterm (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/rm.1 b/man/man1/rm.1
index 9789396..a2ab0d1 100644
--- a/man/man1/rm.1
+++ b/man/man1/rm.1
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/rm.c
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR remove (2)
+.IR remove (3)
diff --git a/man/man1/sam.1 b/man/man1/sam.1
index b4194b4..e2085ad 100644
--- a/man/man1/sam.1
+++ b/man/man1/sam.1
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
.TH SAM 1
.ds a \fR*\ \fP
.SH NAME
-sam, B, sam.save \- screen editor with structural regular expressions
+sam, B, E, sam.save, samterm, samsave \- screen editor with structural regular expressions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B sam
[
@@ -17,10 +17,8 @@
.B sam.save
.PP
.B B
-[
-.BI -nnnn
-]
-.I file ...
+.IB file \fR[\fP: line \fR]
+\&...
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Sam
is a multi-file editor.
@@ -62,7 +60,7 @@
.PD
.SS Regular expressions
Regular expressions are as in
-.IR regexp (6)
+.IR regexp (7)
with the addition of
.BR \en
to represent newlines.
@@ -791,7 +789,7 @@
with a
.B click
attribute defining where the selection lies (see
-.IR plumb (6)).
+.IR plumb (7)).
.TP
.B look
Search forward for the next occurrence of the literal text in dot.
@@ -838,6 +836,20 @@
the option allows a line number to be specified for
the initial position to display in the last named file
(plumbing provides a more general mechanism for this ability).
+.PP
+.I E
+is a shell-level command that can be used as
+.B $EDITOR
+in a Unix environment.
+It runs
+.I B
+on
+.I file
+and then waits to exit until
+.I file
+is changed, which is taken as a signal that
+.I file
+is done being edited.
.SS Abnormal termination
If
.I sam
@@ -879,7 +891,7 @@
.IR sed (1),
.IR grep (1),
.IR rio (1),
-.IR regexp (6).
+.IR regexp (7).
.PP
Rob Pike,
``The text editor sam''.
diff --git a/man/man1/scat.1 b/man/man1/scat.1
index d9bf8db..8840c1d 100644
--- a/man/man1/scat.1
+++ b/man/man1/scat.1
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH SCAT 7
+.TH SCAT 1
.SH NAME
scat \- sky catalogue and Digitized Sky Survey
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
and implements database-like manipulations
on sets of such objects.
It also provides an interface to
-.IR astro (7)
+.IR astro (1)
to plot the locations of solar system objects.
Finally, it displays images from the
Space Telescope Science Institute's
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
and
.B comet
refer to the earth's penumbra at lunar distance and the comet installed in the current
-.IR astro (7).
+.IR astro (1).
The output is the planet's name, right ascension and declination, azimuth and altitude, and phase
for the moon and sun, as shown by
.BR astro .
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
.TP
.BI astro " option"
Run
-.IR astro (7)
+.IR astro (1)
with the specified
.I options
(to which will be appended
@@ -322,9 +322,9 @@
.SH FILES
.B /lib/sky/*.scat
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/src/cmd/scat
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/scat
.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR astro (7)
+.IR astro (1)
.br
.B /lib/sky/constelnames\ \
the three-letter abbreviations of the constellation names.
diff --git a/man/man1/secstore.1 b/man/man1/secstore.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..862857d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/secstore.1
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+.TH SECSTORE 1
+.SH NAME
+aescbc, secstore, ipso \- secstore commands
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B secstore
+[
+.B -s
+.I server
+]
+[
+.B -(g|G)
+.I getfile
+]
+[
+.B -p
+.I putfile
+]
+[
+.B -r
+.I rmfile
+]
+[
+.B -c
+]
+[
+.B -u
+.I user
+]
+[
+.B -v
+]
+[
+.B -i
+]
+.PP
+.B aescbc
+-e
+.I <cleartext
+.I >ciphertext
+.br
+.B aescbc
+-d
+.I <ciphertext
+.I >cleartext
+.PP
+.B ipso
+[
+.B -a -e -l -f -s
+] [
+.I file
+\&...
+]
+.PP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+.I Secstore
+authenticates to the server
+using a password and optionally a hardware token,
+then saves or retrieves a file.
+This is intended to be a credentials store (public/private keypairs,
+passwords, and other secrets) for a factotum.
+.PP
+Option
+.B -p
+stores a file on the secstore.
+.PP
+Option
+.B -g
+retrieves a file to the local directory;
+option
+.B -G
+writes it to standard output instead.
+Specifying
+.I getfile
+of . will send to standard output
+a list of remote files with dates, lengths and SHA1 hashes.
+.PP
+Option
+.B -r
+removes a file from the secstore.
+.PP
+Option
+.B -c
+prompts for a password change.
+.PP
+Option
+.B -v
+produces more verbose output, in particular providing a few
+bits of feedback to help the user detect mistyping.
+.PP
+Option
+.B -i
+says that the password should be read from standard input
+instead of from
+.BR /dev/cons .
+.PP
+Option
+.B -n
+says that the password should be read from NVRAM
+instead of from
+.BR /dev/cons .
+This option is unsupported.
+.PP
+The server is
+.BR tcp!$auth!5356 ,
+or the server specified by option
+.BR -s .
+.PP
+For example, to add a secret to the file read by
+.IR factotum (4)
+at startup, open a new window, type
+.sp
+.EX
+ % ramfs -p; cd /tmp
+ % auth/secstore -g factotum
+ secstore password:
+ % echo 'key proto=apop dom=x.com user=ehg !password=hi' >> factotum
+ % auth/secstore -p factotum
+ secstore password:
+ % read -m factotum > /mnt/factotum/ctl
+.EE
+.PP
+and delete the window.
+The first line creates an ephemeral memory-resident workspace,
+invisible to others and automatically removed when the window is deleted.
+The next three commands fetch the persistent copy of the secrets,
+append a new secret,
+and save the updated file back to secstore.
+The final command loads the new secret into the running factotum.
+.PP
+The
+.I ipso
+command packages this sequence into a convenient script to simplify editing of
+.I files
+stored on a secure store.
+It copies the named
+.I files
+into a local
+.IR ramfs (4)
+and invokes
+.IR acme (1)
+on them. When the editor exits,
+.I ipso
+prompts the user to confirm copying modifed or newly created files back to
+.I secstore.
+If no
+.I file
+is mentioned,
+.I ipso
+grabs all the user's files from
+.I secstore
+for editing.
+.PP
+By default, ipso will edit the
+.I secstore
+files and, if
+one of them is named
+.BR factotum ,
+flush your current keys from factotum and load
+the new ones from the file.
+If you supply any of the
+.BR -e ,
+.BR -f ,
+or
+.BR -l
+options,
+.I ipso
+will just perform the operations you requested, i.e.,
+edit, flush, and/or load.
+.PP
+The
+.B -s
+option of
+.I ipso
+invokes
+.IR sam (1)
+as the editor insted of
+.BR acme ;
+the
+.B -a
+option provides a similar service for files encrypted by
+.I aescbc
+.RI ( q.v. ).
+With the
+.B -a
+option, the full rooted pathname of the
+.I file
+must be specified and all
+.I files
+must be encrypted with the same key.
+Also with
+.BR -a ,
+newly created files are ignored.
+.PP
+.I Aescbc
+encrypts and decrypts using AES (Rijndael) in cipher
+block chaining (CBC) mode.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/secstore
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR factotum (4),
+Plan 9's \fIsecstore\fR(8)
+.SH BUGS
+There is deliberately no backup of files on the secstore, so
+.B -r
+(or a disk crash) is irrevocable. You are advised to store
+important secrets in a second location.
+.PP
+When using
+.IR ipso ,
+secrets will appear as plain text in the editor window,
+so use the command in private.
diff --git a/man/man1/sed.1 b/man/man1/sed.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e9ac33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/sed.1
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+.TH SED 1
+.SH NAME
+9sed \- stream editor
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B 9sed
+[
+.B -n
+]
+[
+.B -g
+]
+[
+.B -e
+.I script
+]
+[
+.B -f
+.I sfile
+]
+[
+.I file ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Sed
+copies the named
+.I files
+(standard input default) to the standard output,
+edited according to a script of commands.
+The
+.B -f
+option causes the script to be taken from file
+.IR sfile ;
+these options accumulate.
+If there is just one
+.B -e
+option and no
+.BR -f 's,
+the flag
+.B -e
+may be omitted.
+The
+.B -n
+option suppresses the default output;
+.B -g
+causes all substitutions to be global, as if suffixed
+.BR g .
+.PP
+A script consists of editing commands, one per line,
+of the following form:
+.IP
+[\fIaddress\fR [\fL,\fI address\fR] ] \fIfunction\fR [\fIargument\fR ...]
+.PP
+In normal operation
+.I sed
+cyclically copies a line of input into a
+.I pattern space
+(unless there is something left after
+a
+.L D
+command),
+applies in sequence
+all commands whose
+.I addresses
+select that pattern space,
+and at the end of the script copies the pattern space
+to the standard output (except under
+.BR -n )
+and deletes the pattern space.
+.PP
+An
+.I address
+is either a decimal number that counts
+input lines cumulatively across files, a
+.L $
+that
+addresses the last line of input, or a context address,
+.BI / regular-expression / \f1,
+in the style of
+.IR regexp (7),
+with the added convention that
+.L \en
+matches a
+newline embedded in the pattern space.
+.PP
+A command line with no addresses selects every pattern space.
+.PP
+A command line with
+one address selects each pattern space that matches the address.
+.PP
+A command line with
+two addresses selects the inclusive range from the first
+pattern space that matches the first address through
+the next pattern space that matches
+the second.
+(If the second address is a number less than or equal
+to the line number first selected, only one
+line is selected.)
+Thereafter the process is repeated, looking again for the
+first address.
+.PP
+Editing commands can be applied to non-selected pattern
+spaces by use of the negation function
+.L !
+(below).
+.PP
+An argument denoted
+.I text
+consists of one or more lines,
+all but the last of which end with
+.L \e
+to hide the
+newline.
+Backslashes in text are treated like backslashes
+in the replacement string of an
+.L s
+command,
+and may be used to protect initial blanks and tabs
+against the stripping that is done on
+every script line.
+.PP
+An argument denoted
+.I rfile
+or
+.I wfile
+must terminate the command
+line and must be preceded by exactly one blank.
+Each
+.I wfile
+is created before processing begins.
+There can be at most 120 distinct
+.I wfile
+arguments.
+.TP \w'\fL!\ \fIfunction\fLXXX'u
+.B a\e
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.I text
+Append.
+Place
+.I text
+on the output before
+reading the next input line.
+.TP
+.BI b " label"
+Branch to the
+.B :
+command bearing the
+.IR label .
+If
+.I label
+is empty, branch to the end of the script.
+.TP
+.B c\e
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.I text
+Change.
+Delete the pattern space.
+With 0 or 1 address or at the end of a 2-address range, place
+.I text
+on the output.
+Start the next cycle.
+.TP
+.B d
+Delete the pattern space.
+Start the next cycle.
+.TP
+.B D
+Delete the initial segment of the
+pattern space through the first newline.
+Start the next cycle.
+.TP
+.B g
+Replace the contents of the pattern space
+by the contents of the hold space.
+.TP
+.B G
+Append the contents of the hold space to the pattern space.
+.TP
+.B h
+Replace the contents of the hold space by the contents of the pattern space.
+.TP
+.B H
+Append the contents of the pattern space to the hold space.
+.ne 3
+.TP
+.B i\e
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.I text
+Insert.
+Place
+.I text
+on the standard output.
+.TP
+.B n
+Copy the pattern space to the standard output.
+Replace the pattern space with the next line of input.
+.TP
+.B N
+Append the next line of input to the pattern space
+with an embedded newline.
+(The current line number changes.)
+.TP
+.B p
+Print.
+Copy the pattern space to the standard output.
+.TP
+.B P
+Copy the initial segment of the pattern space through
+the first newline to the standard output.
+.TP
+.B q
+Quit.
+Branch to the end of the script.
+Do not start a new cycle.
+.TP
+.BI r " rfile"
+Read the contents of
+.IR rfile .
+Place them on the output before reading
+the next input line.
+.TP
+.B s/\fIregular-expression\fP/\fIreplacement\fP/\fIflags
+Substitute the
+.I replacement
+string for instances of the
+.I regular-expression
+in the pattern space.
+Any character may be used instead of
+.LR / .
+For a fuller description see
+.IR regexp (7).
+.I Flags
+is zero or more of
+.RS
+.TP
+.B g
+Global.
+Substitute for all non-overlapping instances of the
+.I regular expression
+rather than just the
+first one.
+.TP
+.B p
+Print the pattern space if a replacement was made.
+.TP
+.BI w " wfile"
+Write.
+Append the pattern space to
+.I wfile
+if a replacement
+was made.
+.RE
+.TP
+.BI t " label"
+Test.
+Branch to the
+.L :
+command bearing the
+.I label
+if any
+substitutions have been made since the most recent
+reading of an input line or execution of a
+.LR t .
+If
+.I label
+is empty, branch to the end of the script.
+.TP
+.B w
+.I wfile
+.br
+Write.
+Append the pattern space to
+.IR wfile .
+.TP
+.B x
+Exchange the contents of the pattern and hold spaces.
+.TP
+.B y/\fIstring1\fP/\fIstring2\fP/
+Transform.
+Replace all occurrences of characters in
+.I string1
+with the corresponding character in
+.IR string2 .
+The lengths of
+.I
+string1
+and
+.I string2
+must be equal.
+.TP
+.BI ! "function"
+Don't.
+Apply the
+.I function
+(or group, if
+.I function
+is
+.LR { )
+only to lines
+.I not
+selected by the address(es).
+.TP
+.BI : " label"
+This command does nothing; it bears a
+.I label
+for
+.B b
+and
+.B t
+commands to branch to.
+.TP
+.B =
+Place the current line number on the standard output as a line.
+.TP
+.B {
+Execute the following commands through a matching
+.L }
+only when the pattern space is selected.
+.TP
+.B " "
+An empty command is ignored.
+.ne 4
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.B sed 10q file
+Print the first 10 lines of the file.
+.TP
+.B sed '/^$/d'
+Delete empty lines from standard input.
+.TP
+.B sed 's/UNIX/& system/g'
+Replace every instance of
+.L UNIX
+by
+.LR "UNIX system" .
+.PP
+.EX
+sed 's/ *$// \fRdrop trailing blanks\fP
+/^$/d \fRdrop empty lines\fP
+s/ */\e \fRreplace blanks by newlines\fP
+/g
+/^$/d' chapter*
+.EE
+.ns
+.IP
+Print the files
+.BR chapter1 ,
+.BR chapter2 ,
+etc. one word to a line.
+.PP
+.EX
+nroff -ms manuscript | sed '
+${
+ /^$/p \fRif last line of file is empty, print it\fP
+}
+//N \fRif current line is empty, append next line\fP
+/^\en$/D' \fRif two lines are empty, delete the first\fP
+.EE
+.ns
+.IP
+Delete all but one of each group of empty lines from a
+formatted manuscript.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9sed.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ed (1),
+.IR grep (1),
+.IR awk (1),
+.IR lex (1),
+.IR sam (1),
+.IR regexp (7)
+.br
+L. E. McMahon,
+`SED \(em A Non-interactive Text Editor',
+Unix Research System Programmer's Manual, Volume 2.
+.SH BUGS
+If input is from a pipe, buffering may consume
+characters beyond a line on which a
+.L q
+command is executed.
diff --git a/man/man1/seq.1 b/man/man1/seq.1
index 73796c2..5fda241 100644
--- a/man/man1/seq.1
+++ b/man/man1/seq.1
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
.TP "\w'\fL-f \fIformat\fLXX'u"
.BI -f format
Use the
-.IR print (2)-style
+.IR print (3)-style
.I format
.IR print
for printing each (floating point) number.
diff --git a/man/man1/sleep.1 b/man/man1/sleep.1
index 6416bc1..68c94a9 100644
--- a/man/man1/sleep.1
+++ b/man/man1/sleep.1
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/sleep.c
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR sleep (2)
+.IR sleep (3)
diff --git a/man/man1/split.1 b/man/man1/split.1
index 6e7f7eb..e00e3d0 100644
--- a/man/man1/split.1
+++ b/man/man1/split.1
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
that matches a regular
.IR expression ;
see
-.IR regexp (6).
+.IR regexp (7).
Multiple
.B -e
options may appear.
@@ -79,4 +79,4 @@
.IR sed (1),
.IR awk (1),
.IR grep (1),
-.IR regexp (6)
+.IR regexp (7)
diff --git a/man/man1/src.1 b/man/man1/src.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c03dd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/src.1
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+.TH SRC 1
+.SH NAME
+src \- find source code for executable
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B src
+[
+.B -n
+]
+[
+.B -s
+.I symbol
+]
+.I file
+.B ...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Src
+examines the named
+.I files
+to find the corresponding source code, which is then sent to the editor using
+.B B
+(see
+.IR sam (1)).
+If
+.I file
+is an
+.IR rc (1)
+script, the source is the file itself.
+If
+.I file
+is an executable, the source is defined to be the single file containing the
+definition of
+.B main
+and
+.I src
+will point the editor at the line that begins the definition.
+.I Src
+uses
+.IR db (1)
+to extract the symbol table information that identifies the source.
+.PP
+.I Src
+looks for each
+.I file
+in the current directory, in
+.BR /bin ,
+and in the subdirectories of
+.BR /bin ,
+in that order.
+.PP
+The
+.B -n
+flag causes
+.B src
+to print the file name but not send it to the editor.
+The
+.B -s
+flag identifies a
+.I symbol
+other than
+.B main
+to locate.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+Find the source to the
+.B main
+routine in
+.BR /bin/ed :
+.IP
+.EX
+src ed
+.EE
+.PP
+Find the source for
+.BR strcmp :
+.IP
+.EX
+src -s strcmp rc
+.EE
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin/src
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR db (1),
+.IR plumb (1),
+.IR sam (1).
diff --git a/man/man1/tbl.1 b/man/man1/tbl.1
index 921e9e8..0e986e9 100644
--- a/man/man1/tbl.1
+++ b/man/man1/tbl.1
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
.if t \{.sp3
.1C\}
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/src/cmd/tbl
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/tbl
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR troff (1),
.IR eqn (1),
diff --git a/man/man1/tcs.1 b/man/man1/tcs.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1a410c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/tcs.1
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+.TH TCS 1
+.SH NAME
+tcs \- translate character sets
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B tcs
+[
+.B -slcv
+]
+[
+.B -f
+.I ics
+]
+[
+.B -t
+.I ocs
+]
+[
+.I file ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Tcs
+interprets the named
+.I file(s)
+(standard input default) as a stream of characters from the
+.I ics
+character set or format, converts them to runes,
+and then converts them into a stream of characters from the
+.I ocs
+character set or format on the standard output.
+The default value for
+.I ics
+and
+.I ocs
+is
+.BR utf ,
+the
+.SM UTF
+encoding described in
+.IR utf (7).
+The
+.B -l
+option lists the character sets known to
+.IR tcs .
+Processing continues in the face of conversion errors (the
+.B -s
+option prevents reporting of these errors).
+The
+.B -c
+option forces the output to contain only correctly converted characters;
+otherwise,
+.B 0x80
+characters will be substituted for
+.SM UTF
+encoding errors and
+.B 0xFFFD
+characters will substituted for unknown characters.
+.PP
+The
+.B -v
+option generates various diagnostic and summary information on standard error,
+or makes the
+.B -l
+output more verbose.
+.PP
+.I Tcs
+recognizes an ever changing list of character sets.
+In particular, it supports a variety of Russian and Japanese encodings.
+Some of the supported encodings are
+.TF jis-kanji
+.TP
+.B utf
+The Plan 9
+.SM UTF
+encoding, known by ISO as UTF-8
+.TP
+.B utf1
+The deprecated original
+.SM UTF
+encoding from ISO 10646
+.TP
+.B ascii
+7-bit ASCII
+.TP
+.B 8859-1
+Latin-1 (Central European)
+.TP
+.B 8859-2
+Latin-2 (Czech .. Slovak)
+.TP
+.B 8859-3
+Latin-3 (Dutch .. Turkish)
+.TP
+.B 8859-4
+Latin-4 (Scandinavian)
+.TP
+.B 8859-5
+Part 5 (Cyrillic)
+.TP
+.B 8859-6
+Part 6 (Arabic)
+.TP
+.B 8859-7
+Part 7 (Greek)
+.TP
+.B 8859-8
+Part 8 (Hebrew)
+.TP
+.B 8859-9
+Latin-5 (Finnish .. Portuguese)
+.TP
+.B koi8
+KOI-8 (GOST 19769-74)
+.TP
+.B jis-kanji
+ISO 2022-JP
+.TP
+.B ujis
+EUC-JX: JIS 0208
+.TP
+.B ms-kanji
+Microsoft, or Shift-JIS
+.TP
+.B jis
+(from only) guesses between ISO 2022-JP, EUC or Shift-Jis
+.TP
+.B gb
+Chinese national standard (GB2312-80)
+.TP
+.B big5
+Big 5 (HKU version)
+.TP
+.B unicode
+Unicode Standard 1.0
+.TP
+.B tis
+Thai character set plus
+.SM ASCII
+(TIS 620-1986)
+.TP
+.B msdos
+IBM PC: CP 437
+.TP
+.B atari
+Atari-ST character set
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.B tcs -f 8859-1
+Convert 8859-1 (Latin-1) characters into
+.SM UTF
+format.
+.TP
+.B tcs -s -f jis
+Convert characters encoded in one of several shift JIS encodings into
+.SM UTF
+format.
+Unknown Kanji will be converted into
+.B 0xFFFD
+characters.
+.TP
+.B tcs -lv
+Print an up to date list of the supported character sets.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/tcs
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ascii (1),
+.IR rune (3),
+.IR utf (7).
diff --git a/man/man1/touch.1 b/man/man1/touch.1
index 3b07489..551ea2c 100644
--- a/man/man1/touch.1
+++ b/man/man1/touch.1
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/touch.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR ls (1),
-.IR stat (2),
+.IR stat (3),
.IR chmod (1)
.SH BUGS
.I Touch
diff --git a/man/man1/tr2post.1 b/man/man1/tr2post.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c4597f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/tr2post.1
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+.TH TR2POST 1
+.SH NAME
+tr2post \- convert troff intermediate to PostScript
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B tr2post
+[
+.B options
+]
+[
+.I files ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Tr2post
+converts
+.I files
+(or standard input),
+which should be the device-independent output of
+.IR troff (1),
+into the PostScript printer language.
+.PP
+The options are:
+.TP
+.BI -a " aspectratio
+Set an aspect ratio
+.RI ( y / x )
+to stretch the PostScript output (default 1.0).
+.TP
+.BI -c " copies
+Set a comment in the PostScript output
+marking the number of copies that should be printed.
+The comment is intended for ancient versions of the Unix
+\fIlp\fR(1) and is not recognized by any current printer
+or print spooler.
+.TP
+.BI -d
+Emit volumes of debugging output on standard error.
+.TP
+.BI -m " magnification
+Magnify the PostScript output (default 1.0).
+.TP
+.BI -n " formsperpage
+Print the PostScript with
+.I formsperpage
+logical pages per physical page
+(default 1).
+Using this option emits PostScript with invalid document structuring
+comments.
+It will print fine but will not view correctly in
+.IR gv (1)
+or
+.IR psv (1).
+.TP
+.BI -o " pagelist
+Print only the pages in the
+.IR pagelist ,
+which is a comma-separated list of ranges.
+Each range is of the form
+.I p
+(just page
+.IR p ),
+.IB p - q
+(pages
+.I p
+through
+.IR q ),
+.BI - p
+(pages 1 through
+.IR p ),
+or
+.IB p -
+(pages
+.I p
+through the end of the document).
+.TP
+.BI -p " " l
+Print the document in landscape mode.
+An argument that does not begin with
+.L l
+will print the document in portrait mode.
+.TP
+.BI -x " xoffset
+Translate the page output by
+.I xoffset
+inches to the right.
+(Negative offsets translate to the left.)
+.TP
+.BI -y " yoffset
+Translate the page output by
+.I yoffset
+inches down.
+(Negative offsets translate up.)
+.TP
+.BI -P " pscode
+Emit the text
+.I pscode
+at the end of the usual PostScript header.
+.PD
+.SH EXAMPLE
+Preview this manual page:
+.IP
+.EX
+troff -man /usr/local/plan9/man/man1/tr2post.1 |
+tr2post |
+psfonts >/tmp/a.ps
+psv /tmp/a.ps
+.EE
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/postscript/tr2post
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR troff (1),
+.IR psfonts (1)
diff --git a/man/man1/troff.1 b/man/man1/troff.1
index db5b9e6..3f990ab 100644
--- a/man/man1/troff.1
+++ b/man/man1/troff.1
@@ -174,17 +174,18 @@
font width tables for
.I troff
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/src/cmd/troff
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/troff
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR lp (1),
+.IR lpr (1),
.IR proof (1),
+.IR tr2post (1),
.IR eqn (1),
.IR tbl (1),
.IR pic (1),
.IR grap (1),
.IR doctype (1),
-.IR ms (6),
-.IR image (6),
+.IR ms (7),
+.IR image (7),
.IR tex (1),
.IR deroff (1)
.br
diff --git a/man/man1/tweak.1 b/man/man1/tweak.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..511e1ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/tweak.1
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+.TH TWEAK 1
+.CT 1 graphics
+.SH NAME
+tweak \- edit image files, subfont files, face files, etc.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B tweak
+[
+.I file ...
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Tweak
+edits existing files holding various forms of images.
+To create original images, start from an existing image, subfont, etc.
+.PP
+.I Tweak
+reads its argument
+.I files
+and displays the resulting images in a vertical column.
+If the image is too wide to fit across the display, it
+is folded much like a long line of text in an
+.IR rio
+window.
+Under each image is displayed one or two lines of text
+presenting its parameters.
+The first line shows the image's
+.BR depth ,
+the number
+of bits per pixel;
+.BR r ,
+the rectangle covered by the image;
+and the name of the
+.B file
+from which it was read.
+If the file is a subfont, a second line presents a hexadecimal 16-bit
+.B offset
+to be applied to character values from the subfont
+(typically as stored in a font file; see
+.IR font (7));
+and the subfont's
+.BR n ,
+.BR height ,
+and
+.B ascent
+as defined in
+.IR cachechars (3).
+.PP
+By means described below, magnified views of portions of the images
+may be displayed.
+The text associated with such a view includes
+.BR mag ,
+the magnification.
+If the view is of a single character from a subfont, the second
+line of text shows the character's value (including the subfont's offset)
+in hexadecimal and as a character in
+.I tweak's
+default font; the character's
+.BR x ,
+.BR top ,
+.BR bottom ,
+.BR left ,
+and
+.BR width
+as defined in
+.IR cachechars (3);
+and
+.BR iwidth ,
+the physical width of the image in the subfont's image.
+.PP
+There are two methods to obtain a magnified view of a character from a
+subfont.
+The first is to click mouse button 1 over the image of the character in
+the subfont. The second is to select the
+.B char
+entry on the button 3 menu,
+point the resulting gunsight cursor at the desired subfont and click button 3,
+and then type at the text prompt at the bottom of the screen the
+character value, either as a multi-digit hexadecimal number or as a single
+rune representing the character.
+.PP
+To magnify a portion of other types of image files,
+click button 1 over the unmagnified file.
+The cursor will switch to a cross.
+Still with button 1, sweep a rectangle, as in
+.BR rio ,
+that encloses the portion of the image to be magnified.
+(If the file is 16×16 or smaller,
+.I tweak
+will just magnify the entire file; no sweeping is necessary.)
+.PP
+Pressing buttons 1 and 2 within magnified images changes pixel values.
+By default, button 1 sets the pixel to all zeros and button 2 sets the pixel
+to all ones.
+.PP
+Across the top of the screen is a textual display of global parameters.
+These values, as well as many of the textual values associated with
+the images, may be edited by clicking button 1 on the displayed
+value and typing a new value.
+The values along the top of the screen are:
+.TP
+.B mag
+Default magnification.
+.TP
+.B val(hex)
+The value used to modify pixels within magnified images.
+The value must be in hexadecimal, optionally preceded by a
+tilde for bitwise negation.
+.TP
+.B but1
+.TP
+.B but2
+The pixel value written when the corresponding button is pressed over a pixel.
+.TP
+.B invert-on-copy
+Whether the pixel values are inverted when a
+.B copy
+operation is performed.
+.PP
+Under button 3 is a menu holding a variety of functions.
+Many of these functions prompt for the image upon which to act
+by switching to a gunsight cursor; click button 3 over the
+selection, or click a different button to cancel the action.
+.TP
+.B open
+Read and display a file. The name of the file is typed to the prompt
+on the bottom line.
+.TP
+.B read
+Reread a file.
+.TP
+.B write
+Write a file.
+.TP
+.B copy
+Use the copy function, default
+.BR S ,
+to transfer a rectangle of pixels from one image to another.
+The program prompts with a cross cursor; sweep out a rectangle in
+one image or just click button 3 to select the whole image.
+The program will leave that rectangle in place and
+attach another one to the cursor. Move that rectangle to the desired
+place in any image and click button 3, or another button to cancel the action.
+.TP
+.B char
+As described above, open a magnified view of a character image in a subfont.
+.TP
+.B pixels
+Report the coordinate and value of individual pixels indicated by pressing button 3.
+This is a mode of operation canceled by pressing button 1 or 2.
+.TP
+.B close
+Close the specified image.
+If the image is the unmagnified file, also close any magnified views of that file.
+.TP
+.B exit
+Quit
+.IR tweak .
+The program will complain once about modified but unwritten files.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/tweak.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR cachechars (3),
+.IR image (7),
+.IR font (7)
+.SH BUGS
+For a program written to adjust width tables in fonts,
+.I tweak
+has been pushed unreasonably far.
diff --git a/man/man1/units.1 b/man/man1/units.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2386356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/units.1
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.TH UNITS 1
+.if n .ds / /
+.SH NAME
+units \- conversion program
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B units
+[
+.B -v
+]
+[
+.I file
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Units
+converts quantities expressed
+in various standard scales to
+their equivalents in other scales.
+It works interactively in this fashion:
+.IP
+.EX
+you have: inch
+you want: cm
+ * 2.54
+ / 0.393701
+.EE
+.PP
+A quantity is specified as a multiplicative combination
+of units and floating point numbers.
+Operators have the following precedence:
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta \w'\fLXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX'u
+\fL+\fP \fL-\fP \f1add and subtract
+\fL*\fP \fL/\fP \fL×\fP \fL÷\fP \f1multiply and divide
+catenation multiply
+\fL²\fP \fL³\fP \fL^\fP \f1exponentiation
+\fL|\fP \f1divide
+\fL(\fP ... \fL)\fP \f1grouping
+.EE
+.PP
+Most familiar units,
+abbreviations, and metric prefixes are recognized,
+together with a generous leavening of exotica
+and a few constants of nature including:
+.IP
+.de fq
+\fL\\$1\\fP \\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6
+..
+.ta \w'\fLwaterXXX'u
+.nf
+.fq pi,\f1π\fP ratio of circumference to diameter
+.fq c speed of light
+.fq e charge on an electron
+.fq g acceleration of gravity
+.fq force same as \fLg\fP
+.fq mole Avogadro's number
+.fq water "pressure head per unit height of water"
+.fq au astronomical unit
+.fi
+.PP
+The
+.L pound
+is a unit of
+mass.
+Compound names are run together, e.g.
+.LR lightyear .
+British units that differ from their US counterparts
+are prefixed thus:
+.LR brgallon .
+Currency is denoted
+.LR belgiumfranc ,
+.LR britainpound ,
+etc.
+.PP
+The complete list of units can be found in
+.BR /lib/units .
+A
+.I file
+argument to
+.I units
+specifies a file to be used instead of
+.BR /lib/units.
+The
+.B -v
+flag causes
+.I units
+to print its entire database.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.EX
+you have: 15 pounds force/in²
+you want: atm
+ * 1.02069
+ / .97973
+.EE
+.SH FILES
+.B /lib/units
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/units.y
+.SH BUGS
+Since
+.I units
+does only multiplicative scale changes,
+it can convert Kelvin to Rankine but not Centigrade to
+Fahrenheit.
+.br
+Currency conversions are only as accurate as the last time someone
+updated
+.BR /lib/units .
diff --git a/man/man1/vac.1 b/man/man1/vac.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d3208d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/vac.1
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.TH VAC 1
+.SH NAME
+vac \- create a vac archive on Venti
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B vac
+[
+.B -mqsv
+] [
+.B -b
+.I blocksize
+] [
+.B -d
+.I oldvacfile
+] [
+.B -e
+.I exclude
+] [
+.B -f
+.I vacfile
+] [
+.B -i
+.I name
+] [
+.B -h
+.I host
+]
+.I file ...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Vac
+creates an archival copy of Plan 9 file trees on Venti. It can be used
+to build a simple backup system. One of the unusual properties of Venti is
+that duplicate blocks are detected and coalesced. When
+.I vac
+is used on a file tree that shares data with an existing archive, the consumption of
+storage will be approximately equal to an incremental backup.
+This reduction in storage consumption occurs transparently to the user.
+.PP
+As an optimization, the
+.B -d
+and
+.B -q
+options, described below, can be used to explicitly create an archive relative to an existing archive.
+These options do not change the resulting archive generated by
+.IR vac ,
+but simply reduce the number of write operations to Venti.
+.PP
+The output of
+.I vac
+is the hexadecimal representation of the Sha1 fingerprint of the root of the archive, in this format:
+.IP
+.EX
+vac:64daefaecc4df4b5cb48a368b361ef56012a4f46
+.EE
+.PP
+Option to
+.I vac
+are:
+.TP
+.BI -b " blocksize
+Specifies the block size that data will be broken into.
+The units for the size can be specified by appending
+.L k
+to indicate kilobytes.
+The default is 8k.
+The size must be in the range
+of 512 bytes to 52k.
+.TP
+.BI -d " oldvacfile
+Reduce the number of blocks written to Venti by comparing the files to be stored with
+the contents of an existing
+.I vac
+file tree given by
+.IR oldvacfile .
+.TP
+.BI -e " exclude
+Do not include the file or directory specified by
+.IR exclude .
+This option may be repeated multiple times.
+.TP
+.BI -f " vacfile
+The results of
+.I vac
+are place in
+.IR vacfile ,
+or the standard output if no file is given.
+.TP
+.BI -i " name
+Include standard input as one of the input files, storing it in the archive
+with the specified
+.IR name .
+.TP
+.BI -h " host
+The network address of the Venti server.
+The default is taken from the environment variable
+.BR venti .
+.\" If this variable does not exist, then the default is the
+.\" metaname
+.\" .BR $venti ,
+.\" which can be configured via
+.\" .IR ndb (6).
+.TP
+.B -m
+Expand and merge any
+.I vac
+archives that are found while reading the input files. This option is
+useful for building an archive from a collection of existing archives. Each archive is inserted
+into the new archive as if it had been unpacked in the directory in which it was found. Multiple
+archives can be unpacked in a single directory and the contents will be merged. To be detected, the
+archives must end in
+.LR .vac .
+Note, an archive is inserted by simply copying the root fingerprint and does not require
+the archive to be unpacked.
+.TP
+.B -q
+Increase the performance of the
+.B -d
+option by detecting unchanged files based on a match of the files name and other meta data,
+rather than examining the contents of the files.
+.TP
+.B -s
+Print out various statistics on standard error.
+.TP
+.B -v
+Produce more verbose output on standard error, including the name of the files added to the archive
+and the vac archives that are expanded and merged.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/vac
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+Plan 9's \fIvacfs\fR(4) and \fIventi\fR(8)
+
diff --git a/man/man1/web.1 b/man/man1/web.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bcc9ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/web.1
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.TH WEB 1
+.SH NAME
+web, wmail \- handle web page, mail message for plumber
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B web
+.I url
+\&...
+.br
+.B wmail
+.I address
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Web
+opens each of the named
+.I urls
+in a new web browser window.
+Any of the
+.I urls
+may be relative paths to files in the file system;
+they will be translated into
+.B file://
+URLs before being passed to the web browser.
+.PP
+.I Web
+uses the
+web browser's
+.B -remote
+option command-line option,
+which requires an instance of the web browser
+to be already running.
+The choice of browser is determined by the
+.B $BROWSER
+environment variable, which should be the name of
+the executable for your choice of web browser.
+Since the various browsers all use different syntaxes
+in their
+.B -remote
+options, the executable name is inspected to determine
+the type of browser.
+The supported browsers are Opera, Mozilla Firefox, Mozilla Firebird, and Mozilla.
+When possible,
+.I web
+opens each URL in a new tab rather than a new window.
+.PP
+.I Wmail
+starts the composition of a new mail message to
+.IR address .
+.PP
+The choice of mailer is determined by the
+.B $MAILER
+environment variable.
+The supported mailers are:
+.TP browser
+invoke the mailer via a
+.B mailto://
+URL passed to
+.I web
+.PD
+.PP
+.I Web
+and
+.I wmail
+are invoked as start commands in the
+.IR plumber (4)'s
+rules for opening web pages and writing mail messages.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.B /usr/local/plan9/plumb/basic
+plumbing rules using
+.I web
+and
+.I wmail
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR plumber (4)
diff --git a/man/man1/wintext.1 b/man/man1/wintext.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d3463d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man1/wintext.1
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+.TH WINTEXT 1
+.SH NAME
+wintext, ", "" \- access text in current window
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B wintext
+.br
+.B \C'"'\
+[
+.I prefix
+]
+.br
+.B \C'"'\C'"'\
+[
+.I prefix
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Wintext
+prints the text of the current
+.I win
+(see
+.IR acme (1))
+or
+.IR 9term (1)
+window to standard output.
+.PP
+.I \C'"'
+searches the window text for commands typed with a particular prefix
+and prints them, indented, to standard output.
+.I Prefix
+is a regular expression that is matched against the beginning of the command-line.
+If
+.I prefix
+is omitted,
+.I \C'"'
+prints the last command executed.
+.I \C'"'\C'"'
+prints the last command that
+.I \C'"'
+would print and then executes it by piping it into
+.IR rc (1).
+.PP
+Both
+.I \C'"'
+and
+.I \C'"'\C'"'
+identify commands in the window text by looking for lines
+beginning with a shell prompt.
+Prompts are assumed to be an unindented sequence of
+non-whitespace characters followed by one of the
+characters
+.BR % ,
+.BR ; ,
+.BR $ ,
+or
+.BR # .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+Print the
+.IR ls (1)
+and
+.I lc
+commands executed in this window:
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta +4n
+% \C'"' 'l[sc]'
+ % ls -l /tmp/qq*
+ # ls -lrt /etc
+ % lc r*
+%
+.EE
+.PP
+Execute the most recent
+.I lc
+command again:
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta +4n
+% \C'"'\C'"' lc
+ % lc r*
+ramfs rc read rio rm
+%
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR 9term (1),
+.IR acme (1)
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/bin
+.SH BUGS
+.I \C'"'
+and
+.I \C'"'\C'"'
+are hard to type in shells other than
+.IR rc (1).
+.\" and in troff!
+.PP
+Don't run
+.I \C'"'\C'"'
+twice in a row.
diff --git a/man/man1/yacc.1 b/man/man1/yacc.1
index 08d51b7..91bc7d0 100644
--- a/man/man1/yacc.1
+++ b/man/man1/yacc.1
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
The parser accepts
.SM UTF
input text (see
-.IR utf (6)),
+.IR utf (7)),
which has a couple of effects.
First, the return value of
.B yylex()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
.B /usr/local/plan9/lib/yaccpars
parser prototype using stdio
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/yacc.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9yacc.c
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR lex (1)
.br
diff --git a/man/man3/9p.3 b/man/man3/9p.3
index 9e75573..9d8967e 100644
--- a/man/man3/9p.3
+++ b/man/man3/9p.3
@@ -10,8 +10,9 @@
readbuf,
readstr,
respond,
+srv,
threadpostmountsrv,
-srv \- 9P file service
+walkandclone \- 9P file service
.SH SYNOPSIS
.ft L
.nf
@@ -176,9 +177,7 @@
.BI /srv/ name .
.IP
Fork a child process via
-.I rfork
-(see
-.IR fork (3))
+.IR rfork (3)
or
.I procrfork
(see
@@ -214,9 +213,7 @@
.LP
If any error occurs during
this process, the entire process is terminated by calling
-.I sysfatal
-(see
-.IR perror (3)).
+.IR sysfatal (3).
.SS Service functions
The functions in a
.B Srv
@@ -603,12 +600,12 @@
in changing the metadata for
.IB r -> fid
as described in
-.IR stat (5).
+.IR stat (9p).
When using file trees,
.I srv
will take care to check that the request satisfies
the permissions outlined in
-.IR stat (5).
+.IR stat (9p).
Otherwise
.I wstat
should take care to enforce permissions
@@ -720,19 +717,16 @@
option to increment
.BR chatty9p .
.SH EXAMPLES
-.IR Archfs (4),
-.IR cdfs (4),
-.IR nntpfs (4),
-.IR snap (4),
-and
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9p/ramfs.c
-are good examples of simple single-threaded file servers.
-.IR Webfs (4)
+/usr/local/plan9/src/lib9p/ramfs.c
+is an example of simple single-threaded file servers.
+On Plan 9, see
+.IR archfs ,
+.IR cdfs ,
+.IR nntpfs ,
+.IR webfs ,
and
.I sshnet
-(see
-.IR ssh (1))
-are good examples of multithreaded file servers.
+for more examples.
.PP
In general, the
.B File
@@ -752,9 +746,4 @@
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR 9pfid (3),
.IR 9pfile (3),
-.IR srv (3),
-.IR intro (5)
-.SH BUGS
-The switch to 9P2000 was taken as an opportunity to tidy
-much of the interface; we promise to avoid such gratuitous change
-in the future.
+.IR intro (9p)
diff --git a/man/man3/9pclient.3 b/man/man3/9pclient.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c7e76a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/9pclient.3
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+.TH 9PCLIENT 3
+.SH NAME
+CFid, CFsys, fsinit, fsmount, fsroot, fssetroot, fsunmount, nsmount, fsversion, fsauth, fsattach, fsclose, fscreate, fsdirread, fsdirreadall, fsdirstat, fsdirfstat, fsdirwstat, fsdirfwstat, fsopen, fsopenfd, fspread, fspwrite, fsread, fsreadn, fswrite \- 9P client library
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.PP
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B #include <fcall.h>
+.PP
+.B #include <9pclient.h>
+.PP
+.ta +'\fLCFsys* 'u
+.B
+CFsys* fsmount(int fd, char *aname)
+.PP
+.B
+CFsys* nsmount(char *name, char *aname)
+.PP
+.B
+CFid* fsroot(CFsys *fsys)
+.PP
+.B
+void fsunmount(CFsys *fsys)
+.PP
+.B
+CFsys* fsinit(int fd)
+.PP
+.B
+int fsversion(CFsys *fsys, int msize, char *version, int nversion)
+.PP
+.B
+CFid *fsauth(CFsys *fsys, char *uname, char *aname)
+.PP
+.B
+CFid *fsattach(CFsys *fsys, CFid *afid, char *uname, char *aname)
+.PP
+.B
+void fssetroot(CFsys *fsys, CFid *fid)
+.PP
+.B
+void fsclose(CFid *fid)
+.PP
+.B
+CFid *fscreate(CFsys *fs, char *path, int mode, ulong perm)
+.PP
+.B
+CFid* fsopen(CFsys *fs, char *path, int mode)
+.PP
+.B
+long fspread(CFid *fid, void *buf, long n, vlong offset)
+.PP
+.B
+long fspwrite(CFid *fid, void *buf, long n, vlong offset)
+.PP
+.B
+long fsread(CFid *fid, void *buf, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+long fsreadn(CFid *fid, void *buf, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+long fswrite(CFid *fid, void *buf, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+long fsdirread(CFid *fid, Dir **d)
+.PP
+.B
+long fsdirreadall(CFid *fid, Dir **d)
+.PP
+.B
+Dir* fsdirstat(CFsys *fs, char *path)
+.PP
+.B
+Dir* fsdirfstat(CFid *fid)
+.PP
+.B
+int fsdirwstat(CFsys *fs, char *path, Dir *d)
+.PP
+.B
+int fsdirfwstat(CFid *fid, Dir *d)
+.PP
+.B
+int fsopenfd(CFsys *fs, char *path, int mode)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I 9pclient
+library helps client programs interact with 9P servers.
+.PP
+A
+.B CFsys*
+represents a connection to a 9P server.
+A
+.B CFid*
+represents an active fid on some connection;
+see
+.IR intro (9p).
+.PP
+A new connection to a 9P server is typically established by
+.I fsmount
+or
+.IR nsmount .
+.I Fsmount
+initializes a new 9P conversation on the open file descriptor
+.IR fd ;
+.I nsmount
+connects to a service named
+.I name
+in the current name space directory
+(see
+.IR intro (4)).
+Both attach to the root of the file system
+using the attach name
+.IR aname .
+.I Fsroot
+returns the
+.B CFid*
+corresponding to this root.
+.PP
+.IR Fsinit ,
+.IR fsversion ,
+.IR fsauth ,
+.IR fsattach ,
+and
+.I fssetroot
+provide more detailed control over the file system connection
+than
+.I fsmount
+and
+.IR nsmount .
+.I Fsinit
+allocates a new
+.B CFsys*
+corresponding to a 9P conversation on the file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+.I Fsversion
+executes a
+.IR version (9p)
+transaction to establish
+maximum message size and 9P version.
+.I Fsauth
+executes an
+.IR auth (9p)
+transaction, returning the new auth fid.
+.RI ( Fsread
+and
+.I fswrite
+can then be used to run the authentication protocol over the fid.)
+.I Fsattach
+executes an
+.IR attach (9p)
+transaction to connect to the root of a file tree served by the server.
+It presents
+.I afid
+(which may be nil)
+to establish identity.
+.I Fssetroot
+sets the root fid used by
+.IR fsopen ,
+.IR fsopenfd ,
+.IR fsdirstat ,
+and
+.IR fsdirwstat ,
+which evaluate rooted path names.
+.PP
+When a fid
+is no longer needed, it should be clunked by calling
+.I fsclose
+and then considered freed.
+Similarly, when the connection to the server is no longer needed,
+it should be closed by calling
+.IR fsunmount ,
+which will take care of calling
+.I fsclose
+on the current root fid.
+Once all fids have been clunked
+.I and
+the connection has been closed
+(the order is not important),
+the allocated structures will be freed and the
+file descriptor corresponding to the connection
+will be closed
+(see
+.IR close (2)).
+Fids are not reference counted: when
+.I fsclose
+is called, the clunk transaction and freeing of storage
+happen immediately.
+.PP
+.I Fscreate
+and
+.I fsopen
+establish new fids using the
+.IR walk ,
+.I create
+and
+.I open
+transactions
+(see
+.IR walk (9p)
+and
+.IR open (9p)).
+The
+.I path
+argument is evaluated relative to the
+.B CFsys
+root
+(see
+.I fsroot
+and
+.I fssetroot
+above).
+The path is parsed as a slash-separated sequence of path elements,
+as on Unix and Plan 9.
+Elements that are empty or
+dot
+.B ( . )
+are ignored.
+.PP
+Once opened, these fids can be read and written using
+.I fspread
+and
+.IR fspwrite ,
+which execute
+.I read
+and
+.I write
+transactions
+(see
+.IR read (9p)).
+The library maintains an offset for each fid,
+analagous to the offset maintained by the kernel for each open file descriptor.
+.I Fsread
+and
+.I fswrite
+read and write from this offset, and update it after successful calls.
+Calling
+.I fspread
+or
+.I fspwrite
+with an
+.I offset
+of \-1
+is identical to calling
+.I fsread
+or
+.IR fswrite .
+.I Fsreadn
+calls
+.I fsread
+repeatedly to obtain exactly
+.I n
+bytes of data, unless it encounters end-of-file or an error.
+.PP
+Reading an open a directory returns directory entries encoded as described in
+.IR stat (9p).
+.I Fsdirread
+calls
+.I fsread
+and then parses the encoded entries into an array of
+.B Dir*
+data structures,
+storing a pointer to the array in
+.BI *d
+and returning the number of entries.
+.I Fsdirreadall
+is similar but reads the entire directory.
+The returned pointer should be freed with
+.I free
+(see
+.IR malloc (3))
+when no longer needed.
+.PP
+.I Fsdirfstat
+and
+.I fsdirfwstat
+execute
+.I stat
+and
+.I wstat
+(see
+.IR stat (9p))
+transactions.
+The
+.B Dir
+structure returned by
+.I fsdirfstat
+should be freed with
+.I free
+(see
+.IR malloc (3))
+when no longer needed.
+.PP
+.I Fsdirstat
+and
+.I fsdirwstat
+are similar to
+.I fsdirfstat
+and
+.I fsdirfwstat
+but operate on paths relative to the file system root
+(see
+.I fsopen
+and
+.I fscreate
+above).
+.PP
+.I Fsopenfd
+opens a file on the 9P server
+for reading or writing but returns a Unix file descriptor
+instead of a fid structure.
+The file descriptor is actually one end of a
+.IR pipe (2).
+A proxy process on the other end is ferrying data
+between the pipe and the 9P fid.
+Because of the implementation as a pipe,
+the only signal of a read or write error is the closing of the pipe.
+The file descriptor remains valid even after the
+.B CFsys
+is unmounted.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9pclient
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR intro (4),
+.IR intro (9p)
+.SH BUGS
+The implementation
+should use a special version string to distinguish between
+servers that support
+.IR openfd (9p)
+and servers that do not.
+.PP
+The interface does not provide access to the
+.IR walk (9p)
+transaction, or to
+.I open
+and
+.I create
+on already-established fids.
+.PP
+There is no
+.IR fsseek .
diff --git a/man/man3/9pcmdbuf.3 b/man/man3/9pcmdbuf.3
index d6a78b9..e961422 100644
--- a/man/man3/9pcmdbuf.3
+++ b/man/man3/9pcmdbuf.3
@@ -42,7 +42,9 @@
.I p
(which need not be NUL-terminated) as a UTF string and splits it
using
-.IR tokenize (3).
+.I tokenize
+(see
+.IR getfields (3)).
It returns a
.B Cmdbuf
structure holding pointers to each field in the message.
diff --git a/man/man3/9pfile.3 b/man/man3/9pfile.3
index 083b655..1bb3038 100644
--- a/man/man3/9pfile.3
+++ b/man/man3/9pfile.3
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
.I dir
are used to calculate the permission bits for
the file as described in
-.IR open (5).
+.IR open (9p).
It is permissible for
.I name
to be a slash-separated path rather than a single element.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
.PP
Directories may be read, yielding a directory entry structure
(see
-.IR stat (5))
+.IR stat (9p))
for each file in the directory.
In order to allow concurrent reading of directories,
clients must obtain a
diff --git a/man/man3/INDEX b/man/man3/INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c067d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,1163 @@
+9p 9p.3
+Srv 9p.3
+dirread9p 9p.3
+emalloc9p 9p.3
+erealloc9p 9p.3
+estrdup9p 9p.3
+postfd 9p.3
+postmountsrv 9p.3
+readbuf 9p.3
+readstr 9p.3
+respond 9p.3
+srv 9p.3
+threadpostmountsrv 9p.3
+walkandclone 9p.3
+9pclient 9pclient.3
+CFid 9pclient.3
+CFsys 9pclient.3
+fsattach 9pclient.3
+fsauth 9pclient.3
+fsclose 9pclient.3
+fscreate 9pclient.3
+fsdirfstat 9pclient.3
+fsdirfwstat 9pclient.3
+fsdirread 9pclient.3
+fsdirreadall 9pclient.3
+fsdirstat 9pclient.3
+fsdirwstat 9pclient.3
+fsinit 9pclient.3
+fsmount 9pclient.3
+fsopen 9pclient.3
+fsopenfd 9pclient.3
+fspread 9pclient.3
+fspwrite 9pclient.3
+fsread 9pclient.3
+fsreadn 9pclient.3
+fsroot 9pclient.3
+fssetroot 9pclient.3
+fsunmount 9pclient.3
+fsversion 9pclient.3
+fswrite 9pclient.3
+nsmount 9pclient.3
+9pcmdbuf 9pcmdbuf.3
+Cmdbuf 9pcmdbuf.3
+lookupcmd 9pcmdbuf.3
+parsecmd 9pcmdbuf.3
+respondcmderror 9pcmdbuf.3
+9pfid 9pfid.3
+Fid 9pfid.3
+Fidpool 9pfid.3
+Req 9pfid.3
+Reqpool 9pfid.3
+allocfid 9pfid.3
+allocfidpool 9pfid.3
+allocreq 9pfid.3
+allocreqpool 9pfid.3
+closefid 9pfid.3
+closereq 9pfid.3
+freefidpool 9pfid.3
+freereqpool 9pfid.3
+lookupfid 9pfid.3
+lookupreq 9pfid.3
+removefid 9pfid.3
+removereq 9pfid.3
+9pfile 9pfile.3
+File 9pfile.3
+Tree 9pfile.3
+alloctree 9pfile.3
+closedirfile 9pfile.3
+closefile 9pfile.3
+createfile 9pfile.3
+freetree 9pfile.3
+hasperm 9pfile.3
+opendirfile 9pfile.3
+readdirfile 9pfile.3
+removefile 9pfile.3
+walkfile 9pfile.3
+Dx addpt.3
+Dy addpt.3
+Pt addpt.3
+Rect addpt.3
+Rpt addpt.3
+addpt addpt.3
+canonrect addpt.3
+combinerect addpt.3
+divpt addpt.3
+eqpt addpt.3
+eqrect addpt.3
+insetrect addpt.3
+mulpt addpt.3
+ptinrect addpt.3
+rectXrect addpt.3
+rectaddpt addpt.3
+rectclip addpt.3
+rectinrect addpt.3
+rectsubpt addpt.3
+subpt addpt.3
+aes aes.3
+aesCBCdecrypt aes.3
+aesCBCencrypt aes.3
+setupAESstate aes.3
+allocimage allocimage.3
+allocimagemix allocimage.3
+bytesperline allocimage.3
+cloadimage allocimage.3
+freeimage allocimage.3
+loadimage allocimage.3
+namedimage allocimage.3
+nameimage allocimage.3
+readimage allocimage.3
+setalpha allocimage.3
+unloadimage allocimage.3
+wordsperline allocimage.3
+writeimage allocimage.3
+ARGBEGIN arg.3
+ARGC arg.3
+ARGEND arg.3
+ARGF arg.3
+EARGF arg.3
+arg arg.3
+arginit arg.3
+argopt arg.3
+add3 arith3.3
+add4 arith3.3
+arith3 arith3.3
+closept3 arith3.3
+cross3 arith3.3
+dist3 arith3.3
+div3 arith3.3
+dot3 arith3.3
+eqpt3 arith3.3
+fff2p3 arith3.3
+len3 arith3.3
+lerp3 arith3.3
+midpt3 arith3.3
+mul3 arith3.3
+nearseg3 arith3.3
+neg3 arith3.3
+pdiv4 arith3.3
+pldist3 arith3.3
+pn2f3 arith3.3
+ppp2f3 arith3.3
+reflect3 arith3.3
+sub3 arith3.3
+sub4 arith3.3
+unit3 arith3.3
+vdiv3 arith3.3
+vrem3 arith3.3
+atof atof.3
+atoi atof.3
+atol atof.3
+atoll atof.3
+charstod atof.3
+strtod atof.3
+strtol atof.3
+strtoll atof.3
+strtoul atof.3
+strtoull atof.3
+bin bin.3
+binalloc bin.3
+binfree bin.3
+bingrow bin.3
+Bbuffered bio.3
+Bfdopen bio.3
+Bfildes bio.3
+Bflush bio.3
+Bgetc bio.3
+Bgetd bio.3
+Bgetrune bio.3
+Binit bio.3
+Binits bio.3
+Blinelen bio.3
+Boffset bio.3
+Bopen bio.3
+Bprint bio.3
+Bputc bio.3
+Bputrune bio.3
+Brdline bio.3
+Brdstr bio.3
+Bread bio.3
+Bseek bio.3
+Bterm bio.3
+Bungetc bio.3
+Bungetrune bio.3
+Bvprint bio.3
+Bwrite bio.3
+bio bio.3
+bfCBCdecrypt blowfish.3
+bfCBCencrypt blowfish.3
+bfECBdecrypt blowfish.3
+bfECBencrypt blowfish.3
+blowfish blowfish.3
+setupBFstate blowfish.3
+Font cachechars.3
+Fontchar cachechars.3
+Subfont cachechars.3
+agefont cachechars.3
+cachechars cachechars.3
+loadchar cachechars.3
+cleanname cleanname.3
+cmap2rgb color.3
+cmap2rgba color.3
+color color.3
+rgb2cmap color.3
+complete complete.3
+freecompletion complete.3
+cputime cputime.3
+times cputime.3
+asctime ctime.3
+ctime ctime.3
+gmtime ctime.3
+localtime ctime.3
+timezone ctime.3
+tm2sec ctime.3
+
+block_cipher des.3
+des des.3
+des3CBCdecrypt des.3
+des3CBCencrypt des.3
+des3ECBdecrypt des.3
+des3ECBencrypt des.3
+des56to64 des.3
+des64to56 des.3
+desCBCdecrypt des.3
+desCBCencrypt des.3
+desECBdecrypt des.3
+desECBencrypt des.3
+des_key_setup des.3
+key_setup des.3
+setupDES3state des.3
+setupDESstate des.3
+triple_block_cipher des.3
+accept dial.3
+announce dial.3
+dial dial.3
+dialparse dial.3
+hangup dial.3
+listen dial.3
+netmkaddr dial.3
+reject dial.3
+dirread dirread.3
+dirreadall dirread.3
+Disk disk.3
+disk disk.3
+opendisk disk.3
+ARROW draw.3
+Image draw.3
+_string draw.3
+arc draw.3
+arcop draw.3
+bezier draw.3
+bezierop draw.3
+bezspline draw.3
+bezsplineop draw.3
+bezsplinepts draw.3
+border draw.3
+draw draw.3
+drawop draw.3
+drawrepl draw.3
+drawreplxy draw.3
+drawsetdebug draw.3
+ellipse draw.3
+ellipseop draw.3
+fillarc draw.3
+fillarcop draw.3
+fillbezier draw.3
+fillbezierop draw.3
+fillbezspline draw.3
+fillbezsplineop draw.3
+fillellipse draw.3
+fillellipseop draw.3
+fillpoly draw.3
+fillpolyop draw.3
+gendraw draw.3
+gendrawop draw.3
+icossin draw.3
+icossin2 draw.3
+line draw.3
+lineop draw.3
+poly draw.3
+polyop draw.3
+replclipr draw.3
+runestring draw.3
+runestringbg draw.3
+runestringbgop draw.3
+runestringn draw.3
+runestringnbg draw.3
+runestringnbgop draw.3
+runestringnop draw.3
+runestringop draw.3
+string draw.3
+stringbg draw.3
+stringbgop draw.3
+stringn draw.3
+stringnbg draw.3
+stringnbgop draw.3
+stringnop draw.3
+stringop draw.3
+dsa dsa.3
+dsagen dsa.3
+dsaprivalloc dsa.3
+dsaprivfree dsa.3
+dsaprivtopub dsa.3
+dsapuballoc dsa.3
+dsapubfree dsa.3
+dsasigalloc dsa.3
+dsasigfree dsa.3
+dsasign dsa.3
+dsaverify dsa.3
+dup dup.3
+egdecrypt elgamal.3
+egencrypt elgamal.3
+eggen elgamal.3
+egprivalloc elgamal.3
+egprivfree elgamal.3
+egprivtopub elgamal.3
+egpuballoc elgamal.3
+egpubfree elgamal.3
+egsigalloc elgamal.3
+egsigfree elgamal.3
+egsign elgamal.3
+egverify elgamal.3
+elgamal elgamal.3
+dec16 encode.3
+dec32 encode.3
+dec64 encode.3
+enc16 encode.3
+enc32 encode.3
+enc64 encode.3
+encode encode.3
+encodefmt encode.3
+errstr errstr.3
+rerrstr errstr.3
+werrstr errstr.3
+Event event.3
+Menu event.3
+Mouse event.3
+eatomouse event.3
+ecankbd event.3
+ecanmouse event.3
+ecanread event.3
+edrawgetrect event.3
+egetrect event.3
+einit event.3
+ekbd event.3
+emenuhit event.3
+emouse event.3
+emoveto event.3
+eread event.3
+ereadmouse event.3
+eresized event.3
+esetcursor event.3
+estart event.3
+estartfn event.3
+etimer event.3
+event event.3
+exec exec.3
+execl exec.3
+_exits exits.3
+atexit exits.3
+atexitdont exits.3
+exits exits.3
+terminate exits.3
+Fcall fcall.3
+convD2M fcall.3
+convM2D fcall.3
+convM2S fcall.3
+convS2M fcall.3
+dirfmt fcall.3
+dirmodefmt fcall.3
+fcall fcall.3
+fcallfmt fcall.3
+read9pmsg fcall.3
+sizeD2M fcall.3
+sizeS2M fcall.3
+statcheck fcall.3
+adler32 flate.3
+blockcrc flate.3
+deflate flate.3
+deflateblock flate.3
+deflateinit flate.3
+deflatezlib flate.3
+deflatezlibblock flate.3
+flate flate.3
+flateerr flate.3
+inflate flate.3
+inflateblock flate.3
+inflateinit flate.3
+inflatezlib flate.3
+inflatezlibblock flate.3
+mkcrctab flate.3
+dofmt fmtinstall.3
+dorfmt fmtinstall.3
+errfmt fmtinstall.3
+fmtfdflush fmtinstall.3
+fmtfdinit fmtinstall.3
+fmtinstall fmtinstall.3
+fmtprint fmtinstall.3
+fmtrune fmtinstall.3
+fmtrunestrcpy fmtinstall.3
+fmtstrcpy fmtinstall.3
+fmtstrflush fmtinstall.3
+fmtstrinit fmtinstall.3
+fmtvprint fmtinstall.3
+runefmtstrflush fmtinstall.3
+runefmtstrinit fmtinstall.3
+frame frame.3
+frcharofpt frame.3
+frclear frame.3
+frdelete frame.3
+frdrawsel frame.3
+frdrawsel0 frame.3
+frgetmouse frame.3
+frinit frame.3
+frinittick frame.3
+frinsert frame.3
+frptofchar frame.3
+frselect frame.3
+frselectpaint frame.3
+frsetrects frame.3
+frtick frame.3
+genrandom genrandom.3
+prng genrandom.3
+get9root get9root.3
+unsharp get9root.3
+getcallerpc getcallerpc.3
+getenv getenv.3
+putenv getenv.3
+getfields getfields.3
+gettokens getfields.3
+tokenize getfields.3
+getns getns.3
+getsnarf getsnarf.3
+putsnarf getsnarf.3
+getuser getuser.3
+sysname getuser.3
+getwd getwd.3
+Cursor graphics.3
+Display graphics.3
+Pfmt graphics.3
+Point graphics.3
+Rectangle graphics.3
+Rfmt graphics.3
+bufimage graphics.3
+buildfont graphics.3
+chantodepth graphics.3
+chantostr graphics.3
+closedisplay graphics.3
+cursorset graphics.3
+cursorswitch graphics.3
+drawerror graphics.3
+flushimage graphics.3
+freefont graphics.3
+gengetwindow graphics.3
+geninitdraw graphics.3
+getdefont graphics.3
+getwindow graphics.3
+graphics graphics.3
+initdisplay graphics.3
+initdraw graphics.3
+lockdisplay graphics.3
+openfont graphics.3
+strtochan graphics.3
+unlockdisplay graphics.3
+dimenkind html.3
+dimenspec html.3
+freedocinfo html.3
+freeitems html.3
+fromStr html.3
+html html.3
+parsehtml html.3
+printitems html.3
+targetid html.3
+targetname html.3
+toStr html.3
+validitems html.3
+Intmap intmap.3
+allocmap intmap.3
+caninsertkey intmap.3
+deletekey intmap.3
+freemap intmap.3
+insertkey intmap.3
+intmap intmap.3
+lookupkey intmap.3
+closeioproc ioproc.3
+iocall ioproc.3
+ioclose ioproc.3
+iodial ioproc.3
+iointerrupt ioproc.3
+ioopen ioproc.3
+ioproc ioproc.3
+ioread ioproc.3
+ioread9pmsg ioproc.3
+ioreadn ioproc.3
+iorecvfd ioproc.3
+iosendfd ioproc.3
+iosleep ioproc.3
+iowrite ioproc.3
+defmask ip.3
+eipfmt ip.3
+equivip ip.3
+hnputl ip.3
+hnputs ip.3
+hnputv ip.3
+ip ip.3
+isv4 ip.3
+maskip ip.3
+myetheraddr ip.3
+myipaddr ip.3
+nhgetl ip.3
+nhgets ip.3
+nhgetv ip.3
+parseether ip.3
+parseip ip.3
+parseipmask ip.3
+ptclbsum ip.3
+readipifc ip.3
+v4parsecidr ip.3
+v4parseip ip.3
+v4tov6 ip.3
+v6tov4 ip.3
+isalpharune isalpharune.3
+islowerrune isalpharune.3
+isspacerune isalpharune.3
+istitlerune isalpharune.3
+isupperrune isalpharune.3
+tolowerrune isalpharune.3
+totitlerune isalpharune.3
+toupperrune isalpharune.3
+closekeyboard keyboard.3
+ctlkeyboard keyboard.3
+initkeyboard keyboard.3
+keyboard keyboard.3
+canlock lock.3
+canqlock lock.3
+canrlock lock.3
+canwlock lock.3
+decref lock.3
+incref lock.3
+lock lock.3
+qlock lock.3
+qunlock lock.3
+rlock lock.3
+rsleep lock.3
+runlock lock.3
+rwakeup lock.3
+rwakeupall lock.3
+unlock lock.3
+wlock lock.3
+wunlock lock.3
+attachargs mach-cmd.3
+attachcore mach-cmd.3
+attachdynamic mach-cmd.3
+attachproc mach-cmd.3
+mach-cmd mach-cmd.3
+proctextfile mach-cmd.3
+crackhdr mach-file.3
+ctlproc mach-file.3
+detachproc mach-file.3
+mach-file mach-file.3
+mapfile mach-file.3
+mapproc mach-file.3
+procnotes mach-file.3
+uncrackhdr mach-file.3
+unmapfile mach-file.3
+unmapproc mach-file.3
+addrtoseg mach-map.3
+addrtosegafter mach-map.3
+addseg mach-map.3
+allocmap mach-map.3
+findseg mach-map.3
+fpformat mach-map.3
+freemap mach-map.3
+get1 mach-map.3
+get2 mach-map.3
+get4 mach-map.3
+get8 mach-map.3
+lget1 mach-map.3
+lget2 mach-map.3
+lget4 mach-map.3
+lget8 mach-map.3
+locaddr mach-map.3
+loccmp mach-map.3
+locconst mach-map.3
+loceval mach-map.3
+locfmt mach-map.3
+locindir mach-map.3
+locnone mach-map.3
+locreg mach-map.3
+locsimplify mach-map.3
+lput1 mach-map.3
+lput2 mach-map.3
+lput4 mach-map.3
+lput8 mach-map.3
+mach-map mach-map.3
+put1 mach-map.3
+put2 mach-map.3
+put4 mach-map.3
+put8 mach-map.3
+removeseg mach-map.3
+rget mach-map.3
+rput mach-map.3
+localaddr mach-stack.3
+mach-stack mach-stack.3
+stacktrace mach-stack.3
+unwindframe mach-stack.3
+windindex mach-stack.3
+windreglocs mach-stack.3
+beieeeftoa32 mach-swap.3
+beieeeftoa64 mach-swap.3
+beieeeftoa80 mach-swap.3
+beload2 mach-swap.3
+beload4 mach-swap.3
+beload8 mach-swap.3
+beswap2 mach-swap.3
+beswap4 mach-swap.3
+beswap8 mach-swap.3
+ieeeftoa32 mach-swap.3
+ieeeftoa64 mach-swap.3
+leieeeftoa32 mach-swap.3
+leieeeftoa64 mach-swap.3
+leieeeftoa80 mach-swap.3
+leload2 mach-swap.3
+leload4 mach-swap.3
+leload8 mach-swap.3
+leswap2 mach-swap.3
+leswap4 mach-swap.3
+leswap8 mach-swap.3
+mach-swap mach-swap.3
+ffindsym mach-symbol.3
+file2pc mach-symbol.3
+fileline mach-symbol.3
+findexsym mach-symbol.3
+findhdr mach-symbol.3
+findlsym mach-symbol.3
+findsym mach-symbol.3
+flookupsym mach-symbol.3
+fnbound mach-symbol.3
+indexlsym mach-symbol.3
+indexsym mach-symbol.3
+line2pc mach-symbol.3
+lookuplsym mach-symbol.3
+lookupsym mach-symbol.3
+mach-symbol mach-symbol.3
+pc2file mach-symbol.3
+pc2line mach-symbol.3
+symclose mach-symbol.3
+symoff mach-symbol.3
+symopen mach-symbol.3
+mach mach.3
+machbyname mach.3
+machbytype mach.3
+calloc malloc.3
+free malloc.3
+getmalloctag malloc.3
+getrealloctag malloc.3
+malloc malloc.3
+mallocz malloc.3
+realloc malloc.3
+setmalloctag malloc.3
+setrealloctag malloc.3
+adjoint matrix.3
+determinant matrix.3
+ident matrix.3
+invertmat matrix.3
+ixform matrix.3
+look matrix.3
+matmul matrix.3
+matmulr matrix.3
+matrix matrix.3
+move matrix.3
+persp matrix.3
+popmat matrix.3
+pushmat matrix.3
+qrot matrix.3
+rot matrix.3
+scale matrix.3
+viewport matrix.3
+xform matrix.3
+xformplane matrix.3
+xformpoint matrix.3
+xformpointd matrix.3
+Memdata memdraw.3
+Memdrawparam memdraw.3
+Memimage memdraw.3
+allocmemimage memdraw.3
+allocmemimaged memdraw.3
+allocmemsubfont memdraw.3
+byteaddr memdraw.3
+cloadmemimage memdraw.3
+creadmemimage memdraw.3
+drawclip memdraw.3
+freememimage memdraw.3
+freememsubfont memdraw.3
+getmemdefont memdraw.3
+hwdraw memdraw.3
+iprint memdraw.3
+loadmemimage memdraw.3
+memarc memdraw.3
+memdraw memdraw.3
+memellipse memdraw.3
+memfillcolor memdraw.3
+memfillpoly memdraw.3
+memimagedraw memdraw.3
+memimageinit memdraw.3
+memimageline memdraw.3
+memimagemove memdraw.3
+memimagestring memdraw.3
+memlinebbox memdraw.3
+memlineendsize memdraw.3
+mempoly memdraw.3
+memsetchan memdraw.3
+memsubfontwidth memdraw.3
+openmemsubfont memdraw.3
+readmemimage memdraw.3
+unloadmemimage memdraw.3
+wordaddr memdraw.3
+writememimage memdraw.3
+memdraw memlayer.3
+memlalloc memlayer.3
+memlayer memlayer.3
+memldelete memlayer.3
+memlexpose memlayer.3
+memlfree memlayer.3
+memlhide memlayer.3
+memline memlayer.3
+memlnorefresh memlayer.3
+memload memlayer.3
+memlorigin memlayer.3
+memlsetrefresh memlayer.3
+memltofront memlayer.3
+memltofrontn memlayer.3
+memltorear memlayer.3
+memltorearn memlayer.3
+memunload memlayer.3
+memccpy memory.3
+memchr memory.3
+memcmp memory.3
+memcpy memory.3
+memmove memory.3
+memory memory.3
+memset memory.3
+closemouse mouse.3
+cursorswitch mouse.3
+drawgetrect mouse.3
+getrect mouse.3
+initmouse mouse.3
+menuhit mouse.3
+mouse mouse.3
+moveto mouse.3
+readmouse mouse.3
+setcursor mouse.3
+mousescrollsize mousescrollsize.3
+betomp mp.3
+crtin mp.3
+crtout mp.3
+crtpre mp.3
+crtprefree mp.3
+crtresfree mp.3
+itomp mp.3
+letomp mp.3
+mp mp.3
+mpadd mp.3
+mpassign mp.3
+mpbits mp.3
+mpcmp mp.3
+mpcopy mp.3
+mpdigdiv mp.3
+mpdiv mp.3
+mpexp mp.3
+mpextendedgcd mp.3
+mpfactorial mp.3
+mpfmt mp.3
+mpfree mp.3
+mpinvert mp.3
+mpleft mp.3
+mplowbits0 mp.3
+mpmagadd mp.3
+mpmagcmp mp.3
+mpmagsub mp.3
+mpmod mp.3
+mpmul mp.3
+mpnew mp.3
+mpnorm mp.3
+mprand mp.3
+mpright mp.3
+mpsetminbits mp.3
+mpsignif mp.3
+mpsub mp.3
+mptoa mp.3
+mptobe mp.3
+mptoi mp.3
+mptole mp.3
+mptoui mp.3
+mptouv mp.3
+mptov mp.3
+mpvecadd mp.3
+mpveccmp mp.3
+mpvecdigmuladd mp.3
+mpvecdigmulsub mp.3
+mpvecmul mp.3
+mpvecsub mp.3
+strtomp mp.3
+uitomp mp.3
+uvtomp mp.3
+vtomp mp.3
+muldiv muldiv.3
+umuldiv muldiv.3
+Mux mux.3
+mux mux.3
+muxinit mux.3
+muxrpc mux.3
+muxthreads mux.3
+Inf nan.3
+NaN nan.3
+isInf nan.3
+isNaN nan.3
+nan nan.3
+needstack needstack.3
+atnotify notify.3
+noted notify.3
+notedisable notify.3
+noteenable notify.3
+notify notify.3
+notifyoff notify.3
+notifyon notify.3
+close open.3
+create open.3
+open open.3
+opentemp opentemp.3
+pipe pipe.3
+Plumbmsg plumb.3
+eplumb plumb.3
+plumb plumb.3
+plumbaddattr plumb.3
+plumbdelattr plumb.3
+plumbfree plumb.3
+plumblookup plumb.3
+plumbopen plumb.3
+plumbopenfid plumb.3
+plumbpack plumb.3
+plumbpackattr plumb.3
+plumbrecv plumb.3
+plumbrecvfid plumb.3
+plumbsend plumb.3
+plumbsendtext plumb.3
+plumbsendtofid plumb.3
+plumbunpack plumb.3
+plumbunpackattr plumb.3
+plumbunpackpartial plumb.3
+post9pservice post9pservice.3
+postnote postnote.3
+DSAprimes prime.3
+genprime prime.3
+gensafeprime prime.3
+genstrongprime prime.3
+prime prime.3
+probably_prime prime.3
+smallprimetest prime.3
+fprint print.3
+print print.3
+runeseprint print.3
+runesmprint print.3
+runesnprint print.3
+runesprint print.3
+runevseprint print.3
+runevsmprint print.3
+runevsnprint print.3
+seprint print.3
+smprint print.3
+snprint print.3
+sprint print.3
+vfprint print.3
+vseprint print.3
+vsmprint print.3
+vsnprint print.3
+proto proto.3
+rdproto proto.3
+freeThumbprints pushtls.3
+initThumbprints pushtls.3
+okThumbprint pushtls.3
+pushtls pushtls.3
+readcert pushtls.3
+readcertchain pushtls.3
+tlsClient pushtls.3
+tlsServer pushtls.3
+qball qball.3
+mtoq quaternion.3
+qadd quaternion.3
+qdiv quaternion.3
+qinv quaternion.3
+qlen quaternion.3
+qmid quaternion.3
+qmul quaternion.3
+qneg quaternion.3
+qsqrt quaternion.3
+qsub quaternion.3
+qtom quaternion.3
+quaternion quaternion.3
+qunit quaternion.3
+slerp quaternion.3
+doquote quote.3
+needsrcquote quote.3
+quote quote.3
+quotefmtinstall quote.3
+quoterunestrdup quote.3
+quoterunestrfmt quote.3
+quotestrdup quote.3
+quotestrfmt quote.3
+unquoterunestrdup quote.3
+unquotestrdup quote.3
+fastrand rand.3
+frand rand.3
+lnrand rand.3
+lrand rand.3
+nfastrand rand.3
+nrand rand.3
+ntruerand rand.3
+rand rand.3
+srand rand.3
+truerand rand.3
+rc4 rc4.3
+rc4back rc4.3
+rc4skip rc4.3
+setupRC4state rc4.3
+pread read.3
+pwrite read.3
+read read.3
+readn read.3
+write read.3
+RGB readcolmap.3
+readcolmap readcolmap.3
+writecolmap readcolmap.3
+regcomp regexp.3
+regcomplit regexp.3
+regcompnl regexp.3
+regerror regexp.3
+regexec regexp.3
+regexp regexp.3
+regsub regexp.3
+rregexec regexp.3
+rregsub regexp.3
+regcomp regexp9.3
+regcomplit regexp9.3
+regcompnl regexp9.3
+regerror regexp9.3
+regexec regexp9.3
+regexp9 regexp9.3
+regsub regexp9.3
+rregexec regexp9.3
+rregsub regexp9.3
+rfork rfork.3
+
+X509dump rsa.3
+X509gen rsa.3
+X509req rsa.3
+X509toRSApub rsa.3
+X509verify rsa.3
+asn1dump rsa.3
+asn1toRSApriv rsa.3
+decodepem rsa.3
+decodepemchain rsa.3
+rsa rsa.3
+rsadecrypt rsa.3
+rsaencrypt rsa.3
+rsafill rsa.3
+rsagen rsa.3
+rsaprivalloc rsa.3
+rsaprivfree rsa.3
+rsaprivtopub rsa.3
+rsapuballoc rsa.3
+rsapubfree rsa.3
+chartorune rune.3
+fullrune rune.3
+rune rune.3
+runelen rune.3
+runenlen rune.3
+runetochar rune.3
+utfecpy rune.3
+utflen rune.3
+utfnlen rune.3
+utfrrune rune.3
+utfrune rune.3
+utfutf rune.3
+runestrcat runestrcat.3
+runestrchr runestrcat.3
+runestrcmp runestrcat.3
+runestrcpy runestrcat.3
+runestrdup runestrcat.3
+runestrecpy runestrcat.3
+runestrlen runestrcat.3
+runestrncat runestrcat.3
+runestrncmp runestrcat.3
+runestrncpy runestrcat.3
+runestrrchr runestrcat.3
+runestrstr runestrcat.3
+openscsi scsi.3
+scsi scsi.3
+scsicmd scsi.3
+scsierror scsi.3
+scsiready scsi.3
+hmac_md5 sechash.3
+hmac_sha1 sechash.3
+md4 sechash.3
+md5 sechash.3
+md5pickle sechash.3
+md5unpickle sechash.3
+sechash sechash.3
+sha1 sechash.3
+sha1pickle sechash.3
+sha1unpickle sechash.3
+seek seek.3
+recvfd sendfd.3
+sendfd sendfd.3
+longjmp setjmp.3
+notejmp setjmp.3
+setjmp setjmp.3
+alarm sleep.3
+sleep sleep.3
+dirfstat stat.3
+dirfwstat stat.3
+dirstat stat.3
+dirwstat stat.3
+fstat stat.3
+fwstat stat.3
+nulldir stat.3
+stat stat.3
+wstat stat.3
+cistrcmp strcat.3
+cistrncmp strcat.3
+cistrstr strcat.3
+strcat strcat.3
+strchr strcat.3
+strcmp strcat.3
+strcpy strcat.3
+strcspn strcat.3
+strdup strcat.3
+strecpy strcat.3
+strlen strcat.3
+strncat strcat.3
+strncmp strcat.3
+strncpy strcat.3
+strpbrk strcat.3
+strrchr strcat.3
+strspn strcat.3
+strstr strcat.3
+strtok strcat.3
+s_alloc string.3
+s_allocinstack string.3
+s_append string.3
+s_array string.3
+s_copy string.3
+s_error string.3
+s_free string.3
+s_freeinstack string.3
+s_getline string.3
+s_grow string.3
+s_incref string.3
+s_memappend string.3
+s_nappend string.3
+s_new string.3
+s_newalloc string.3
+s_parse string.3
+s_putc string.3
+s_rdinstack string.3
+s_read string.3
+s_read_line string.3
+s_reset string.3
+s_restart string.3
+s_terminate string.3
+s_tolower string.3
+s_unique string.3
+string string.3
+runestringnwidth stringsize.3
+runestringsize stringsize.3
+runestringwidth stringsize.3
+stringnwidth stringsize.3
+stringsize stringsize.3
+stringwidth stringsize.3
+allocsubfont subfont.3
+freesubfont subfont.3
+installsubfont subfont.3
+lookupsubfont subfont.3
+mkfont subfont.3
+readsubfont subfont.3
+readsubfonti subfont.3
+stringsubfont subfont.3
+strsubfontwidth subfont.3
+subfont subfont.3
+subfontname subfont.3
+uninstallsubfont subfont.3
+writesubfont subfont.3
+sysfatal sysfatal.3
+alt thread.3
+chancreate thread.3
+chanfree thread.3
+chaninit thread.3
+chanprint thread.3
+chansetname thread.3
+mainstacksize thread.3
+nbrecv thread.3
+nbrecvp thread.3
+nbrecvul thread.3
+nbsend thread.3
+nbsendp thread.3
+nbsendul thread.3
+proccreate thread.3
+procdata thread.3
+recv thread.3
+recvp thread.3
+recvul thread.3
+send thread.3
+sendp thread.3
+sendul thread.3
+thread thread.3
+threadcreate thread.3
+threaddata thread.3
+threadexec thread.3
+threadexecl thread.3
+threadexits thread.3
+threadexitsall thread.3
+threadgetgrp thread.3
+threadgetname thread.3
+threadid thread.3
+threadint thread.3
+threadintgrp thread.3
+threadkill thread.3
+threadkillgrp thread.3
+threadlinklibrary thread.3
+threadmain thread.3
+threadnotify thread.3
+threadpid thread.3
+threadsetgrp thread.3
+threadsetname thread.3
+threadsetstate thread.3
+threadspawn thread.3
+threadwaitchan thread.3
+yield thread.3
+nsec time.3
+time time.3
+udpread udpread.3
+udpwrite udpread.3
+await wait.3
+awaitfor wait.3
+awaitnohang wait.3
+wait wait.3
+waitfor wait.3
+waitnohang wait.3
+waitpid wait.3
+drawresizewindow wctl.3
+drawsetlabel wctl.3
+drawtopwindow wctl.3
+wctl wctl.3
+Screen window.3
+allocscreen window.3
+allocwindow window.3
+bottomnwindows window.3
+bottomwindow window.3
+freescreen window.3
+originwindow window.3
+publicscreen window.3
+topnwindows window.3
+topwindow window.3
+window window.3
diff --git a/man/man3/abs.3 b/man/man3/abs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 46dbd92..0000000
--- a/man/man3/abs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-.TH ABS 3
-.SH NAME
-abs, labs \- integer absolute values
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <u.h>
-.br
-.B #include <libc.h>
-.PP
-.B
-int abs(int a)
-.PP
-.B
-long labs(long a)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Abs
-returns
-the absolute value of integer
-.IR a ,
-and
-.I labs
-does the same for a long.
-.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/abs.c
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR floor (3)
-for
-.I fabs
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Abs
-and
-.I labs
-return
-the most negative integer or long when the true result is unrepresentable.
diff --git a/man/man3/allocimage.3 b/man/man3/allocimage.3
index 26365dc..e9da53a 100644
--- a/man/man3/allocimage.3
+++ b/man/man3/allocimage.3
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
field will be set to the number of bits per pixel specified
by the channel descriptor
(see
-.IR image (6)).
+.IR image (7)).
.I Allocimage
returns 0 if the server has run out of image memory.
.PP
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
There is a fixed format for the exchange and storage of
image data
(see
-.IR image (6)).
+.IR image (7)).
.PP
.I Unloadimage
reads a rectangle of pixels from image
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
bytes of compressed image
.I data
(see
-.IR image (6)).
+.IR image (7)).
On each call to
.IR cloadimage,
the
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
.PP
.I Readimage
creates an image from data contained in an external file (see
-.IR image (6)
+.IR image (7)
for the file format);
.I fd
is a file descriptor obtained by opening such a file for reading.
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
.IR graphics (3),
.IR draw (3),
.IR draw (3),
-.IR image (6)
+.IR image (7)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
These functions return pointer 0 or integer \-1 on failure, usually due to insufficient
memory.
diff --git a/man/man3/arg.3 b/man/man3/arg.3
index 35e5914..6f7bb92 100644
--- a/man/man3/arg.3
+++ b/man/man3/arg.3
@@ -121,4 +121,4 @@
prog -b -f(file1) badflag('r') -f(file2) 2 args: 'arg1' 'arg2'
.PP
.SH SOURCE
-.B /sys/include/libc.h
+.B /usr/local/plan9/include/libc.h
diff --git a/man/man3/arith3.3 b/man/man3/arith3.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faba4aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/arith3.3
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+.TH ARITH3 3
+.SH NAME
+add3, sub3, neg3, div3, mul3, eqpt3, closept3, dot3, cross3, len3, dist3, unit3, midpt3, lerp3, reflect3, nearseg3, pldist3, vdiv3, vrem3, pn2f3, ppp2f3, fff2p3, pdiv4, add4, sub4 \- operations on 3-d points and planes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.PP
+.B
+#include <draw.h>
+.PP
+.B
+#include <geometry.h>
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 add3(Point3 a, Point3 b)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 sub3(Point3 a, Point3 b)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 neg3(Point3 a)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 div3(Point3 a, double b)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 mul3(Point3 a, double b)
+.PP
+.B
+int eqpt3(Point3 p, Point3 q)
+.PP
+.B
+int closept3(Point3 p, Point3 q, double eps)
+.PP
+.B
+double dot3(Point3 p, Point3 q)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 cross3(Point3 p, Point3 q)
+.PP
+.B
+double len3(Point3 p)
+.PP
+.B
+double dist3(Point3 p, Point3 q)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 unit3(Point3 p)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 midpt3(Point3 p, Point3 q)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 lerp3(Point3 p, Point3 q, double alpha)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 reflect3(Point3 p, Point3 p0, Point3 p1)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 nearseg3(Point3 p0, Point3 p1, Point3 testp)
+.PP
+.B
+double pldist3(Point3 p, Point3 p0, Point3 p1)
+.PP
+.B
+double vdiv3(Point3 a, Point3 b)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 vrem3(Point3 a, Point3 b)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 pn2f3(Point3 p, Point3 n)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 ppp2f3(Point3 p0, Point3 p1, Point3 p2)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 fff2p3(Point3 f0, Point3 f1, Point3 f2)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 pdiv4(Point3 a)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 add4(Point3 a, Point3 b)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 sub4(Point3 a, Point3 b)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines do arithmetic on points and planes in affine or projective 3-space.
+Type
+.B Point3
+is
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta 6n
+typedef struct Point3 Point3;
+struct Point3{
+ double x, y, z, w;
+};
+.EE
+.PP
+Routines whose names end in
+.B 3
+operate on vectors or ordinary points in affine 3-space, represented by their Euclidean
+.B (x,y,z)
+coordinates.
+(They assume
+.B w=1
+in their arguments, and set
+.B w=1
+in their results.)
+.TF reflect3
+.TP
+Name
+Description
+.TP
+.B add3
+Add the coordinates of two points.
+.TP
+.B sub3
+Subtract coordinates of two points.
+.TP
+.B neg3
+Negate the coordinates of a point.
+.TP
+.B mul3
+Multiply coordinates by a scalar.
+.TP
+.B div3
+Divide coordinates by a scalar.
+.TP
+.B eqpt3
+Test two points for exact equality.
+.TP
+.B closept3
+Is the distance between two points smaller than
+.IR eps ?
+.TP
+.B dot3
+Dot product.
+.TP
+.B cross3
+Cross product.
+.TP
+.B len3
+Distance to the origin.
+.TP
+.B dist3
+Distance between two points.
+.TP
+.B unit3
+A unit vector parallel to
+.IR p .
+.TP
+.B midpt3
+The midpoint of line segment
+.IR pq .
+.TP
+.B lerp3
+Linear interpolation between
+.I p
+and
+.IR q .
+.TP
+.B reflect3
+The reflection of point
+.I p
+in the segment joining
+.I p0
+and
+.IR p1 .
+.TP
+.B nearseg3
+The closest point to
+.I testp
+on segment
+.IR "p0 p1" .
+.TP
+.B pldist3
+The distance from
+.I p
+to segment
+.IR "p0 p1" .
+.TP
+.B vdiv3
+Vector divide \(em the length of the component of
+.I a
+parallel to
+.IR b ,
+in units of the length of
+.IR b .
+.TP
+.B vrem3
+Vector remainder \(em the component of
+.I a
+perpendicular to
+.IR b .
+Ignoring roundoff, we have
+.BR "eqpt3(add3(mul3(b, vdiv3(a, b)), vrem3(a, b)), a)" .
+.PD
+.PP
+The following routines convert amongst various representations of points
+and planes. Planes are represented identically to points, by duality;
+a point
+.B p
+is on a plane
+.B q
+whenever
+.BR p.x*q.x+p.y*q.y+p.z*q.z+p.w*q.w=0 .
+Although when dealing with affine points we assume
+.BR p.w=1 ,
+we can't make the same assumption for planes.
+The names of these routines are extra-cryptic. They contain an
+.B f
+(for `face') to indicate a plane,
+.B p
+for a point and
+.B n
+for a normal vector.
+The number
+.B 2
+abbreviates the word `to.'
+The number
+.B 3
+reminds us, as before, that we're dealing with affine points.
+Thus
+.B pn2f3
+takes a point and a normal vector and returns the corresponding plane.
+.TF reflect3
+.TP
+Name
+Description
+.TP
+.B pn2f3
+Compute the plane passing through
+.I p
+with normal
+.IR n .
+.TP
+.B ppp2f3
+Compute the plane passing through three points.
+.TP
+.B fff2p3
+Compute the intersection point of three planes.
+.PD
+.PP
+The names of the following routines end in
+.B 4
+because they operate on points in projective 4-space,
+represented by their homogeneous coordinates.
+.TP
+pdiv4
+Perspective division. Divide
+.B p.w
+into
+.IR p 's
+coordinates, converting to affine coordinates.
+If
+.B p.w
+is zero, the result is the same as the argument.
+.TP
+add4
+Add the coordinates of two points.
+.PD
+.TP
+sub4
+Subtract the coordinates of two points.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libgeometry
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR matrix (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/atof.3 b/man/man3/atof.3
index f242036..f8d7c60 100644
--- a/man/man3/atof.3
+++ b/man/man3/atof.3
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
after calling
.IR charstod .
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR fscanf (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
diff --git a/man/man3/auth.3 b/man/man3/auth.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fe81f9..0000000
--- a/man/man3/auth.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
-.TH AUTH 3
-.SH NAME
-amount, newns, addns, login, noworld, auth_proxy, fauth_proxy, auth_allocrpc, auth_freerpc, auth_rpc, auth_getkey, amount_getkey, auth_freeAI, auth_chuid, auth_challenge, auth_response, auth_freechal, auth_respond, auth_userpasswd, auth_getuserpasswd, auth_getinfo\- routines for authenticating users
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.PP
-.ft L
-#include <u.h>
-#include <libc.h>
-#include <auth.h>
-.fi
-.ta 11n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n
-.PP
-.B
-int newns(char *user, char *nsfile);
-.PP
-.B
-int addns(char *user, char *nsfile);
-.PP
-.B
-int amount(int fd, char *old, int flag, char *aname);
-.PP
-.B
-int login(char *user, char *password, char *namespace);
-.PP
-.B
-int noworld(char *user);
-.PP
-.B
-AuthInfo* auth_proxy(int fd, AuthGetkey *getkey, char *fmt, ...);
-.PP
-.B
-AuthInfo* fauth_proxy(int fd, AuthRpc *rpc, AuthGetkey *getkey,
-.br
-.B char *params);
-.PP
-.B
-AuthRpc* auth_allocrpc(int afd);
-.PP
-.B
-void auth_freerpc(AuthRpc *rpc);
-.PP
-.B
-uint auth_rpc(AuthRpc *rpc, char *verb, void *a, int n);
-.PP
-.B
-int auth_getkey(char *proto, char *dom);
-.PP
-.B
-int (*amount_getkey)(char*, char*);
-.PP
-.B
-void auth_freeAI(AuthInfo *ai);
-.PP
-.B
-int auth_chuid(AuthInfo *ai, char *ns);
-.PP
-.B
-Chalstate* auth_challenge(char *fmt, ...);
-.PP
-.B
-AuthInfo* auth_response(Chalstate*);
-.PP
-.B
-void auth_freechal(Chalstate*);
-.PP
-.B
-int auth_respond(void *chal, uint nchal, char *user, uint nuser, void *resp, uint nresp, AuthGetkey *getkey, char *fmt, ...);
-.PP
-.B
-AuthInfo* auth_userpasswd(char*user, char*password);
-.PP
-.B
-UserPasswd* auth_getuserpasswd(AuthGetkey *getkey, char*fmt, ...);
-.PP
-.B
-AuthInfo* auth_getinfo(int fd);
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-This library, in concert with
-.IR factotum (4),
-is used to authenticate users.
-It provides the primary interface to
-.IR factotum .
-.PP
-.I Newns
-builds a name space for
-.IR user .
-It opens the file
-.I nsfile
-.RB ( /lib/namespace
-is used if
-.I nsfile
-is null),
-copies the old environment, erases the current name space,
-sets the environment variables
-.B user
-and
-.BR home ,
-and interprets the commands in
-.IR nsfile .
-The format of
-.I nsfile
-is described in
-.IR namespace (6).
-.PP
-.I Addns
-also interprets and executes the commands in
-.IR nsfile .
-Unlike
-.I newns
-it applies the command to the current name space
-rather than starting from scratch.
-.PP
-.I Amount
-is like
-.I mount
-but performs any authentication required.
-It should be used instead of
-.I mount
-whenever the file server being mounted requires authentication.
-See
-.IR bind (3)
-for a definition of the arguments to
-.I mount
-and
-.IR amount .
-.PP
-.I Login
-changes the user id of the process
-.I user
-and recreates the namespace using the file
-.I namespace
-(default
-.BR /lib/nnamespace ).
-It uses
-.I auth_userpassword
-and
-.IR auth_chuid .
-.PP
-.I Noworld
-returns 1 if the user is in the group
-.B noworld
-in
-.BR /adm/users .
-Otherwise, it returns 0.
-.I Noworld
-is used by telnetd and ftpd to provide sandboxed
-access for some users.
-.PP
-The following routines use the
-.B AuthInfo
-structure returned after a successful authentication by
-.IR factotum (4).
-.PP
-.ne 8
-.EX
-.ta 4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n
-typedef struct
-{
- char *cuid; /* caller id */
- char *suid; /* server id */
- char *cap; /* capability */
- int nsecret; /* length of secret */
- uchar *secret; /* secret */
-} AuthInfo;
-.EE
-.sp
-The fields
-.B cuid
-and
-.B suid
-point to the authenticated ids of the client and server.
-.B Cap
-is a capability returned only to the server.
-It can be passed to the
-.IR cap (3)
-device to change the user id of the process.
-.B Secret
-is an
-.BR nsecret -byte
-shared secret that can be used by the client and server to
-create encryption and hashing keys for the rest of the
-conversation.
-.PP
-.I Auth_proxy
-proxies an authentication conversation between a remote
-server reading and writing
-.I fd
-and a
-.I factotum
-file. The
-.I factotum
-file used is
-.BR /mnt/factotum/rpc .
-An
-.B sprint
-(see
-.IR print (3))
-of
-.I fmt
-and the variable arg list yields a key template (see
-.IR factotum (4))
-specifying the key to use.
-The template must specify at least the protocol (
-.BI proto= xxx )
-and the role (either
-.B role=client
-or
-.BR role=server ).
-.I Auth_proxy
-either returns an allocated
-.B AuthInfo
-structure, or sets the error string and
-returns nil.
-.PP
-.I Fauth_proxy
-can be used instead of
-.I auth_proxy
-if a single connection to
-.I factotum
-will be used for multiple authentications.
-This is necessary, for example, for
-.I newns
-which must open the
-.I factotum
-file before wiping out the namespace.
-.I Fauth_proxy
-takes as an argument a pointer to an
-.B AuthRPC
-structure which contains an fd for an open connection to
-.I factotum
-in addition to storage and state information for
-the protocol.
-An
-.B AuthRPC
-structure is obtained by calling
-.I auth_allocrpc
-with the fd of an open
-.I factotum
-connection.
-It is freed using
-.IR auth_freerpc .
-Individual commands can be sent to
-.IR factotum (4)
-by invoking
-.IR auth_rpc .
-.PP
-Both
-.I auth_proxy
-and
-.I fauth_proxy
-take a pointer to a routine,
-.IR getkey ,
-to invoke should
-.I factotum
-not posess a key for the authentication. If
-.I getkey
-is nil, the authentication fails.
-.I Getkey
-is called with a key template for the desired
-key.
-We have provided a generic routine,
-.IR auth_getkey ,
-which queries the user for
-the key information and passes it to
-.IR factotum .
-This is the default for the global variable,
-.IR amount_getkey ,
-which holds a pointer to the key prompting routine used by
-.IR amount .
-.PP
-.I Auth_chuid
-uses the
-.B cuid
-and
-.B cap
-fields of an
-.B AuthInfo
-structure to change the user id of the current
-process and uses
-.IR ns ,
-default
-.BR /lib/namespace ,
-to build it a new name space.
-.PP
-.I Auth_challenge
-and
-.I auth_response
-perform challenge/response protocols with
-.IR factotum .
-State between the challenge and response phase are
-kept in the
-.B Chalstate
-structure:
-.sp
-.EX
-struct Chalstate
-{
- char *user;
- char chal[MAXCHLEN];
- int nchal;
- void *resp;
- int nresp;
-
-/* for implementation only */
- int afd;
- AuthRpc *rpc;
- char userbuf[MAXNAMELEN];
- int userinchal;
-};
-.EE
-.sp
-.I Auth_challenge
-requires a key template generated by an
-.B sprint
-of
-.I fmt
-and the variable arguments. It must contain the protocol
-(\fBproto=\fIxxx\fR)
-and depending on the protocol, the user name (
-.BI user= xxx \fR).\fP
-.B P9cr
-and
-.B vnc
-expect the user specified as an attribute in
-the key template and
-.BR apop ,
-.BR cram ,
-and
-.BR chap
-expect it in the
-.B user
-field of the arg to
-.IR auth_response .
-For all protocols, the response is returned
-to
-.I auth_response
-in the
-.I resp
-field of the
-.BR Chalstate .
-.I Chalstate.nresp
-must be the length of the response.
-.PP
-Supply to
-.I auth_respond
-a challenge string and the fmt and args specifying a key,
-and it will use
-.I factotum
-to return the proper user and response.
-.PP
-.I Auth_userpasswd
-verifies a simple user/password pair.
-.I Auth_getuserpasswd
-retrieves a user/password pair from
-.I factotum
-if permitted.
-.PP
-.I Auth_getinfo
-reads an
-.B AuthInfo
-message from
-.I fd
-and converts it into a structure. It is only
-used by the other routines in this library when
-communicating with
-.IR factotum .
-.PP
-.ne 8
-.EX
-.ta 4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n
-typedef struct UserPasswd {
- char *user;
- char *passwd;
-} UserPasswd;
-.EE
-.sp
-.PP
-.I Auth_freeAI
-is used to free an
-.B AuthInfo
-structure returned by one of these routines.
-Similary
-.I auth_freechal
-frees a challenge/response state.
-.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libauth
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR factotum (4),
-.IR authsrv (3),
-.IR bind (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-These routines set
-.IR errstr .
diff --git a/man/man3/authsrv.3 b/man/man3/authsrv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c8f3330..0000000
--- a/man/man3/authsrv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-.TH AUTHSRV 3
-.SH NAME
-authdial, passtokey, nvcsum, readnvram, convT2M, convM2T, convTR2M, convM2TR, convA2M, convM2A, convPR2M, convM2PR, _asgetticket, _asrdresp \- routines for communicating with authentication servers
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.PP
-.ft L
-#include <u.h>
-#include <libc.h>
-#include <authsrv.h>
-.fi
-.ta 8n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n
-.PP
-.B
-int authdial(char *netroot, char *ad);
-.PP
-.B
-int passtokey(char key[DESKEYLEN], char *password)
-.PP
-.B
-uchar nvcsum(void *mem, int len)
-.PP
-.B
-int readnvram(Nvrsafe *nv, int flag);
-.PPP
-.B
-int convT2M(Ticket *t, char *msg, char *key)
-.PP
-.B
-void convM2T(char *msg, Ticket *t, char *key)
-.PP
-.B
-int convA2M(Authenticator *a, char *msg, char *key)
-.PP
-.B
-void convM2A(char *msg, Authenticator *a, char *key)
-.PP
-.B
-int convTR2M(Ticketreq *tr, char *msg)
-.PP
-.B
-void convM2TR(char *msg, Ticketreq *tr)
-.PP
-.B
-int convPR2M(Passwordreq *pr, char *msg, char *key)
-.PP
-.B
-void convM2PR(char *msg, Passwordreq *pr, char *key)
-.PP
-.B
-int _asgetticket(int fd, char *trbuf, char *tbuf);
-.PP
-.B
-int _asrdresp(int fd, char *buf, int len);
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-.I Authdial
-dials an authentication server over the
-network rooted at
-.IR net ,
-default
-.BR /net .
-The authentication domain,
-.IR ad ,
-specifies which server to call.
-If
-.I ad
-is non-nil,
-the connection server
-.B cs
-(see
-.IR ndb (8))
-is queried for an entry which contains
-.B authdom=\fIad\fP
-or
-.BR dom=\fIad\fP ,
-the former having precedence,
-and which also contains an
-.B auth
-attribute.
-The string dialed is then
-.I netroot\fP!\fIserver\fP!ticket
-where
-.I server
-is the value of the
-.B auth
-attribute.
-If no entry is found, the error string is
-set to ``no authentication server found''
-and -1 is returned.
-If
-.I authdom
-is nil, the string
-.IB netroot !$auth! ticket
-is used to make the call.
-.PP
-.I Passtokey
-converts
-.I password
-into a DES key and stores the result in
-.IR key .
-It returns 0 if
-.I password
-could not be converted,
-and 1 otherwise.
-.PP
-.I Readnvram
-reads authentication information into the structure:
-.EX
-.ta 4n +4n +8n +4n +4n +4n +4n
- struct Nvrsafe
- {
- char machkey[DESKEYLEN];
- uchar machsum;
- char authkey[DESKEYLEN];
- uchar authsum;
- char config[CONFIGLEN];
- uchar configsum;
- char authid[ANAMELEN];
- uchar authidsum;
- char authdom[DOMLEN];
- uchar authdomsum;
- };
-.EE
-.PP
-On Sparc, MIPS, and SGI machines this information is
-in non-volatile ram, accessible in the file
-.BR #r/nvram .
-On x86s and Alphas
-.I readnvram
-successively opens the following areas stopping with the
-first to succeed:
-.PP
-\- the partition named by the
-.B $nvram
-environment variable
-(commonly set via
-.IR plan9.ini (8))
-.br
-\- the partition
-.B #S/sdC0/nvram
-.br
-\- a file called
-.B plan9.nvr
-in the partition
-.B #S/sdC0/9fat
-.br
-\- the partition
-.B #S/sd00/nvram
-.br
-\- a file called
-.B plan9.nvr
-in the partition
-.B #S/sd00/9fat
-.br
-\- a file called
-.B plan9.nvr
-on a DOS floppy in drive 0
-.br
-\- a file called
-.B plan9.nvr
-on a DOS floppy in drive 1
-.PP
-The
-.IR nvcsum s
-of the fields
-.BR machkey ,
-.BR authid ,
-and
-.B authdom
-must match their respective checksum or that field is zeroed.
-If
-.I flag
-is
-.B NVwrite
-or at least one checksum fails and
-.I flag
-is
-.BR NVwriteonerr ,
-.I readnvram
-will prompt for new values on
-.B #c/cons
-and then write them back to the storage area.
-.PP
-.IR ConvT2M ,
-.IR convA2M ,
-.IR convTR2M ,
-and
-.I convPR2M
-convert tickets, authenticators, ticket requests, and password change request
-structures into transmittable messages.
-.IR ConvM2T ,
-.IR convM2A ,
-.IR convM2TR ,
-and
-.I convM2PR
-are used to convert them back.
-.I Key
-is used for encrypting the message before transmission and decrypting
-after reception.
-.PP
-The routine
-.I _asgetresp
-receives either a character array or an error string.
-On error, it sets errstr and returns -1. If successful,
-it returns the number of bytes received.
-.PP
-The routine
-.I _asgetticket
-sends a ticket request message and then uses
-.I _asgetresp
-to recieve an answer.
-.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libauthsrv
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR passwd (1),
-.IR cons (3),
-.IR dial (3),
-.IR authsrv (6),
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-These routines set
-.IR errstr .
-Integer-valued functions return -1 on error.
diff --git a/man/man3/bio.3 b/man/man3/bio.3
index 7f6c05f..8228dad 100644
--- a/man/man3/bio.3
+++ b/man/man3/bio.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH BIO 3
.SH NAME
-Bopen, Binit, Binits, Brdline, Brdstr, Bgetc, Bgetrune, Bgetd, Bungetc, Bungetrune, Bread, Bseek, Boffset, Bfildes, Blinelen, Bputc, Bputrune, Bprint, Bvprint, Bwrite, Bflush, Bterm, Bbuffered \- buffered input/output
+Bopen, Bfdopen, Binit, Binits, Brdline, Brdstr, Bgetc, Bgetrune, Bgetd, Bungetc, Bungetrune, Bread, Bseek, Boffset, Bfildes, Blinelen, Bputc, Bputrune, Bprint, Bvprint, Bwrite, Bflush, Bterm, Bbuffered \- buffered input/output
.SH SYNOPSIS
.ta \w'Biobuf* 'u
.B #include <u.h>
@@ -10,7 +10,10 @@
.B #include <bio.h>
.PP
.B
-Biobuf* Bopen(char *file, int mode)
+Biobuf* Bopen(char *file, int mode)
+.PP
+.B
+Biobuf* Bfdopen(int fd, int mode)
.PP
.B
int Binit(Biobuf *bp, int fd, int mode)
@@ -93,6 +96,17 @@
.IR malloc (3)
to allocate a buffer.
.PP
+.I Bfdopen
+allocates a buffer for the already-open file descriptor
+.I fd
+for mode
+.B OREAD
+or
+.BR OWRITE .
+It calls
+.IR malloc (3)
+to allocate a buffer.
+.PP
.I Binit
initializes a standard size buffer, type
.IR Biobuf ,
@@ -312,7 +326,7 @@
.IR open (3),
.IR print (3),
.IR exits (3),
-.IR utf (6),
+.IR utf (7),
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
.I Bio
routines that return integers yield
diff --git a/man/man3/cachechars.3 b/man/man3/cachechars.3
index 46bff61..bb7a475 100644
--- a/man/man3/cachechars.3
+++ b/man/man3/cachechars.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
-.B #include <draw.h>
+.B #include <libc.h>
.br
.B #include <draw.h>
.PP
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
.B Font
consists of an overall height and ascent
and a collection of subfonts together with the ranges of runes (see
-.IR utf (6))
+.IR utf (7))
they represent.
Fonts are described by the following structures.
.IP
@@ -306,8 +306,8 @@
.IR allocimage (3),
.IR draw (3),
.IR subfont (3),
-.IR image (6),
-.IR font (6)
+.IR image (7),
+.IR font (7)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
All of the functions use the graphics error function (see
.IR graphics (3)).
diff --git a/man/man3/cleanname.3 b/man/man3/cleanname.3
index 27818ef..5568880 100644
--- a/man/man3/cleanname.3
+++ b/man/man3/cleanname.3
@@ -29,6 +29,6 @@
.I filename
must contain room for at least two bytes.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/cleanname.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/cleanname.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR cleanname (1)
diff --git a/man/man3/color.3 b/man/man3/color.3
index 7d772b5..aac61bd 100644
--- a/man/man3/color.3
+++ b/man/man3/color.3
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
.SH DESCRIPTION
These routines convert between `true color' red/green/blue triples and the Plan 9 color map.
See
-.IR color (6)
+.IR color (7)
for a description of RGBV, the standard color map.
.PP
.I Rgb2cmap
@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@
.IR graphics (3),
.IR allocimage (3),
.IR draw (3),
-.IR image (6),
-.IR color (6)
+.IR image (7),
+.IR color (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/complete.3 b/man/man3/complete.3
index b1478dd..dc74050 100644
--- a/man/man3/complete.3
+++ b/man/man3/complete.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH COMPLETE 3
.SH NAME
-complete \- file name completion
+complete, freecompletion \- file name completion
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
diff --git a/man/man3/cputime.3 b/man/man3/cputime.3
index 5acf671..c88340d 100644
--- a/man/man3/cputime.3
+++ b/man/man3/cputime.3
@@ -24,11 +24,5 @@
returns the sum of those same times, converted to seconds.
.I Times
returns the elapsed real time, in milliseconds, that the process has been running.
-.PP
-These functions read
-.BR /dev/cputime ,
-opening that file when they are first called.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR cons (3)
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/time.c
diff --git a/man/man3/ctime.3 b/man/man3/ctime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef3ae11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+.TH CTIME 3
+.SH NAME
+ctime, localtime, gmtime, asctime, tm2sec, timezone \- convert date and time
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.ta \w'\fLchar* 'u
+.B
+char* ctime(long clock)
+.PP
+.B
+Tm* localtime(long clock)
+.PP
+.B
+Tm* gmtime(long clock)
+.PP
+.B
+char* asctime(Tm *tm)
+.PP
+.B
+long tm2sec(Tm *tm)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Ctime
+converts a time
+.I clock
+such as returned by
+.IR time (3)
+into
+.SM ASCII
+(sic)
+and returns a pointer to a
+30-byte string
+in the following form.
+All the fields have constant width.
+.PP
+.B
+ Wed Aug 5 01:07:47 EST 1973\en\e0
+.PP
+.I Localtime
+and
+.I gmtime
+return pointers to structures containing
+the broken-down time.
+.I Localtime
+corrects for the time zone and possible daylight savings time;
+.I gmtime
+converts directly to GMT.
+.I Asctime
+converts a broken-down time to
+.SM ASCII
+and returns a pointer
+to a 30-byte string.
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta 6n +\w'char 'u +\w'zone[4]; 'u
+typedef
+struct {
+ int sec; /* seconds (range 0..59) */
+ int min; /* minutes (0..59) */
+ int hour; /* hours (0..23) */
+ int mday; /* day of the month (1..31) */
+ int mon; /* month of the year (0..11) */
+ int year; /* year A.D. \- 1900 */
+ int wday; /* day of week (0..6, Sunday = 0) */
+ int yday; /* day of year (0..365) */
+ char zone[4]; /* time zone name */
+ int tzoff; /* time zone delta from GMT */
+} Tm;
+.EE
+.PP
+.I Tm2sec
+converts a broken-down time to
+seconds since the start of the epoch.
+It ignores
+.BR wday ,
+and assumes the local time zone
+if
+.B zone
+is not
+.BR GMT .
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/date.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/ctime.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR date (1),
+.IR time (3)
+.SH BUGS
+The return values point to static data
+whose content is overwritten by each call.
+.br
+Daylight Savings Time is ``normal'' in the Southern hemisphere.
+.br
+These routines are not equipped to handle non-\c
+.SM ASCII
+text, and are provincial anyway.
diff --git a/man/man3/dial.3 b/man/man3/dial.3
index b26e65c..5110227 100644
--- a/man/man3/dial.3
+++ b/man/man3/dial.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH DIAL 3
.SH NAME
-dial, hangup, announce, listen, accept, reject, netmkaddr, setnetmtpt, getnetconninfo, freenetconninfo \- make and break network connections
+dial, hangup, announce, listen, accept, reject, netmkaddr, dialparse \- make and break network connections
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -10,9 +10,6 @@
int dial(char *addr, char *local, char *dir, int *cfdp)
.PP
.B
-int hangup(int ctl)
-.PP
-.B
int announce(char *addr, char *dir)
.PP
.B
@@ -26,15 +23,18 @@
.PP
.B
char* netmkaddr(char *addr, char *defnet, char *defservice)
+.\" .PP
+.\" .B
+.\" void setnetmtpt(char *to, int tolen, char *from)
+.\" .PP
+.\" .B
+.\" NetConnInfo* getnetconninfo(char *conndir, int fd)
+.\" .PP
+.\" .B
+.\" void freenetconninfo(NetConnINfo*)
.PP
.B
-void setnetmtpt(char *to, int tolen, char *from)
-.PP
-.B
-NetConnInfo* getnetconninfo(char *conndir, int fd)
-.PP
-.B
-void freenetconninfo(NetConnINfo*)
+int dialparse(char *addr, char **net, char **unix, u32int *host, int *port)
.SH DESCRIPTION
For these routines,
.I addr
@@ -44,8 +44,10 @@
or simply
.IR netaddr .
.I Network
-is any directory listed in
-.B /net
+is
+.BR tcp ,
+.BR udp ,
+.BR unix ,
or the special token,
.BR net .
.B Net
@@ -53,45 +55,28 @@
between the source and the host
.IR netaddr .
.I Netaddr
-can be a host name, a domain name, a network address,
-or a meta-name of the form
-.BI $ attribute\f1,
-which
-is replaced by
-.I value
-from the value-attribute pair
-.IB attribute = value
-most closely associated with the source host in the
-network data base (see
-.IR ndb (6)).
+can be a host name, a domain name, or a network address.
+.\" or a meta-name of the form
+.\" .BI $ attribute\f1,
+.\" which
+.\" is replaced by
+.\" .I value
+.\" from the value-attribute pair
+.\" .IB attribute = value
+.\" most closely associated with the source host in the
+.\" network data base (see
+.\" .IR ndb (6)).
.PP
-If a connection attempt is successful and
+On Plan 9, the
.I dir
-is non-zero,
-the path name of a
+argument is a path name to a
.I line directory
-that has files for accessing the connection
-is copied into
-.IR dir .
-The path name is guaranteed to be less than 40
-bytes long.
-One line directory exists for each possible connection.
-The
-.B data
-file in the line directory should be used to communicate with the destination.
-The
-.B ctl
-file in the line directory can be used to send commands to the line.
-See
-.IR ip (3)
-for messages that can be written to the
-.B ctl
-file.
-The last close of the
-.B data
-or
-.B ctl
-file will close the connection.
+that has files for accessing the connection.
+To keep the same function signatures,
+the Unix port of these routines uses strings of the form
+.BI /dev/fd/ n
+instead of line directory paths.
+These strings should be treated as opaque data and ignored.
.PP
.I Dial
makes a call to destination
@@ -111,26 +96,19 @@
The
.B addr
file in the line directory contains the address called.
-If the network allows the local address to be set,
-as is the case with UDP and TCP port numbers, and
-.IR local
-is non-zero, the local address will be set to
-.IR local .
-If
-.I cfdp
-is non-zero,
-.BI * cfdp
-is set to a file descriptor open for reading and
-writing the control file.
-.PP
-.I Hangup
-is a means of forcing a connection to hang up without
-closing the
-.B ctl
+.\" If the network allows the local address to be set,
+.\" as is the case with UDP and TCP port numbers, and
+.\" .IR local
+.\" is non-zero, the local address will be set to
+.\" .IR local .
+.IR Dial 's
+.IR local ,
+.IR dir ,
and
-.B data
-files.
-.P
+.I cfdp
+arguments
+are not supported and must be zero.
+.PP
.I Announce
and
.I listen
@@ -181,73 +159,78 @@
if they are not specified in the address.
It returns a pointer to static data holding the actual address to use.
.PP
-.I Getnetconninfo
-returns a structure containing information about a
-network connection. The structure is:
-.EX
- typedef struct NetConnInfo NetConnInfo;
- struct NetConnInfo
- {
- char *dir; /* connection directory */
- char *root; /* network root */
- char *spec; /* binding spec */
- char *lsys; /* local system */
- char *lserv; /* local service */
- char *rsys; /* remote system */
- char *rserv; /* remote service */
- };
-.EE
-.PP
-The information is obtained from the connection directory,
-.IR conndir .
-If
-.I conndir
-is nil, the directory is obtained by performing
-.IR fd2path (3)
-on
-.IR fd .
-.I Getnetconninfo
-returns either a completely specified structure, or
-nil if either the structure can't be allocated or the
-network directory can't be determined.
-The structure
-is freed using
-.IR freenetconninfo .
-.PP
-.I Setnetmtpt
-copies the name of the network mount point into
-the buffer
-.IR to ,
-whose length is
-.IR tolen .
-It exists to merge two pre-existing conventions for specifying
-the mount point.
-Commands that take a network mount point as a parameter
-(such as
-.BR dns ,
-.BR cs
-(see
-.IR ndb (8)),
-and
-.IR ipconfig (8))
-should now call
-.IR setnetmtpt .
-If
-.I from
-is
-.BR nil ,
-the mount point is set to the default,
-.BR /net .
-If
-.I from
-points to a string starting with a slash,
-the mount point is that path.
-Otherwise, the mount point is the string pointed to by
-.I from
-appended to the string
-.BR /net .
-The last form is obsolete and is should be avoided.
-It exists only to aid in conversion.
+.I Dialparse
+parses a network address as described above
+into a network name, a Unix domain socket address,
+an IPv4 host address, and an IPv4 port number.
+.\" .PP
+.\" .I Getnetconninfo
+.\" returns a structure containing information about a
+.\" network connection. The structure is:
+.\" .EX
+.\" typedef struct NetConnInfo NetConnInfo;
+.\" struct NetConnInfo
+.\" {
+.\" char *dir; /* connection directory */
+.\" char *root; /* network root */
+.\" char *spec; /* binding spec */
+.\" char *lsys; /* local system */
+.\" char *lserv; /* local service */
+.\" char *rsys; /* remote system */
+.\" char *rserv; /* remote service */
+.\" };
+.\" .EE
+.\" .PP
+.\" The information is obtained from the connection directory,
+.\" .IR conndir .
+.\" If
+.\" .I conndir
+.\" is nil, the directory is obtained by performing
+.\" .IR fd2path (3)
+.\" on
+.\" .IR fd .
+.\" .I Getnetconninfo
+.\" returns either a completely specified structure, or
+.\" nil if either the structure can't be allocated or the
+.\" network directory can't be determined.
+.\" The structure
+.\" is freed using
+.\" .IR freenetconninfo .
+.\" .PP
+.\" .I Setnetmtpt
+.\" copies the name of the network mount point into
+.\" the buffer
+.\" .IR to ,
+.\" whose length is
+.\" .IR tolen .
+.\" It exists to merge two pre-existing conventions for specifying
+.\" the mount point.
+.\" Commands that take a network mount point as a parameter
+.\" (such as
+.\" .BR dns ,
+.\" .BR cs
+.\" (see
+.\" .IR ndb (8)),
+.\" and
+.\" .IR ipconfig (8))
+.\" should now call
+.\" .IR setnetmtpt .
+.\" If
+.\" .I from
+.\" is
+.\" .BR nil ,
+.\" the mount point is set to the default,
+.\" .BR /net .
+.\" If
+.\" .I from
+.\" points to a string starting with a slash,
+.\" the mount point is that path.
+.\" Otherwise, the mount point is the string pointed to by
+.\" .I from
+.\" appended to the string
+.\" .BR /net .
+.\" The last form is obsolete and is should be avoided.
+.\" It exists only to aid in conversion.
.SH EXAMPLES
Make a call and return an open file descriptor to
use for communications:
@@ -259,12 +242,13 @@
}
.EE
.PP
-Call the local authentication server:
+Connect to a Unix socket served by
+.IR acme (4):
.IP
.EX
-int dialauth(char *service)
+int dialacme(void)
{
- return dial(netmkaddr("$auth", 0, service), 0, 0, 0);
+ return dial("unix!/tmp/ns.ken.:0/acme", 0, 0, 0);
}
.EE
.PP
@@ -315,17 +299,14 @@
}
.EE
.SH SOURCE
-.BR /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys ,
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR auth (3),
-.IR ip (3),
-.IR ndb (8)
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/dial.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/announce.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/_p9dialparse.c
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
.IR Dial ,
.IR announce ,
and
.I listen
return \-1 if they fail.
-.I Hangup
-returns nonzero if it fails.
diff --git a/man/man3/dirread.3 b/man/man3/dirread.3
index 4258509..ac83edf 100644
--- a/man/man3/dirread.3
+++ b/man/man3/dirread.3
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
.B Dir
structures.
See
-.IR read (5)
+.IR read (9p)
for more information.
.PP
The constant
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
.BR buf .
The file offset is advanced by the number of bytes actually read.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/dirread.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/dirread.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
.IR open (3),
diff --git a/man/man3/disk.3 b/man/man3/disk.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30e4440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/disk.3
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+.TH DISK 3
+.SH NAME
+opendisk, Disk \- generic disk device interface
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft L
+#include <u.h>
+#include <libc.h>
+#include <disk.h>
+.ft
+.PP
+.ft L
+typedef struct Disk {
+ char *prefix;
+ char part[NAMELEN];
+ int fd, wfd, ctlfd, rdonly;
+ int type;
+ vlong secs, secsize, size, offset;
+ int c, h, s;
+} Disk;
+.ft
+.PP
+.B
+Disk* opendisk(char *file, int rdonly, int noctl)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines provide a simple way to gather
+and use information about
+disks and disk partitions,
+as well as plain files.
+.PP
+.I Opendisk
+opens
+.I file
+for reading and stores the file descriptor in
+the
+.B fd
+field of the
+.B Disk
+structure.
+If
+.I rdonly
+is not set,
+.I opendisk
+also opens
+.I file
+for writing and stores that file descriptor in
+.BR wfd .
+The two file descriptors are kept separate to
+help prevent accidents.
+.PP
+If
+.I noctl
+is not set,
+.I opendisk
+looks for a
+.B ctl
+file in the same directory as the
+disk file;
+if it finds one, it declares
+the disk to be
+an
+.I sd
+device,
+setting the
+.B type
+field in the
+.B Disk
+structure
+to
+.BR Tsd .
+If the passed
+.I file
+is named
+.BI fd n disk \fR,
+it looks for a file
+.BI fd n ctl \fR,
+and if it finds that,
+declares the disk to be
+a floppy disk, of type
+.BR Tfloppy .
+If either
+control
+file is found, it is opened for reading
+and writing, and the resulting file descriptor
+is saved as
+.BR ctlfd .
+Otherwise the returned disk
+has type
+.BR Tfile .
+.PP
+.I Opendisk
+then stats the file and stores its length in
+.BR size .
+If the disk is an
+.I sd
+partition,
+.I opendisk
+reads the sector size from the
+control
+file and stores it in
+.BR secsize ;
+otherwise the sector size is assumed to be 512,
+as is the case for floppy disks.
+.I Opendisk
+then stores the disk size measured in sectors in
+.BR secs .
+.PP
+If the disk is an
+.I sd
+partition,
+.I opendisk
+parses the
+control
+file to find the partition's offset
+within its disk;
+otherwise it sets
+.B offset
+to zero.
+If the disk is an ATA disk,
+.I opendisk
+reads
+the disk geometry (number of cylinders, heads, and sectors)
+from the
+.B geometry
+line in the
+.I sd
+control file;
+otherwise it sets these to zero as well.
+.B Name
+is initialized with the base name of
+the disk partition, and is useful for forming messages to the
+.I sd
+control file.
+.B Prefix
+is set to the passed filename without
+the
+.B name
+suffix.
+.PP
+The IBM PC BIOS interface allocates
+10 bits for the number of cylinders, 8 for
+the number of heads, and 6 for the number of sectors per track.
+Disk geometries are not quite so simple
+anymore, but to keep the interface useful,
+modern disks and BIOSes present geometries
+that still fit within these constraints.
+These numbers are still used when partitioning
+and formatting disks.
+.I Opendisk
+employs a number of heuristics to discover this
+supposed geometry and store it in the
+.BR c ,
+.BR h ,
+and
+.B s
+fields.
+Disk offsets in partition tables and
+in FAT descriptors are stored in a form
+dependent upon these numbers, so
+.I opendisk
+works hard to report numbers that
+agree with those used by other operating
+systems; the numbers bear little or no resemblance
+to reality.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdisk/disk.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+Plan 9's
+\fIfloppy\fR(3) and \fIsd\fR(3)
+.SH BUGS
+Disks on Unix systems do not present the interface
+that
+.I opendisk
+expects, so
+.I opendisk
+will give them type
+.BR Tfile .
diff --git a/man/man3/draw.3 b/man/man3/draw.3
index 6ad6d37..be5e6c6 100644
--- a/man/man3/draw.3
+++ b/man/man3/draw.3
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
.TH DRAW 3
.SH NAME
-Image, draw, gendraw, drawreplxy, drawrepl,
-replclipr, line, poly, fillpoly, bezier, bezspline, fillbezier, fillbezspline, ellipse,
-fillellipse, arc, fillarc, icossin, icossin2, border, string, stringn,
-runestring, runestringn, stringbg, stringnbg, runestringbg,
-runestringnbg, _string, ARROW, drawsetdebug \- graphics functions
+Image, draw, drawop, gendraw, gendrawop, drawreplxy, drawrepl,
+replclipr, line, lineop, poly, polyop, fillpoly, fillpolyop, bezier, bezierop,
+bezspline, bezsplineop, bezsplinepts, fillbezier, fillbezierop,
+fillbezspline, fillbezsplineop, ellipse, ellipseop,
+fillellipse, fillellipseop, arc, arcop, fillarc, fillarcop,
+icossin, icossin2, border, string, stringop, stringn, stringnop,
+runestring, runestringop, runestringn, runestringnop, stringbg,
+stringbgop, stringnbg, stringnbgop, runestringbg, runestringbgop,
+runestringnbg, runestringnbgop, _string, ARROW, drawsetdebug \- graphics functions
.de PB
.PP
.ft L
@@ -252,7 +256,7 @@
.TP
.B chan
The pixel channel format descriptor, as described in
-.IR image (6).
+.IR image (7).
The value should not be modified after the image is created.
.TP
.B depth
@@ -805,8 +809,8 @@
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR graphics (3),
.IR stringsize (3),
-.IR color (6),
-.IR utf (6),
+.IR color (7),
+.IR utf (7),
.IR addpt (3)
.PP
T. Porter, T. Duff.
diff --git a/man/man3/dsa.3 b/man/man3/dsa.3
index b1af55e..f95ca77 100644
--- a/man/man3/dsa.3
+++ b/man/man3/dsa.3
@@ -79,7 +79,9 @@
and
.B q
generated by
-.IR DSAprimes (3).
+.IR DSAprimes
+(see
+.IR prime (3)).
Otherwise,
.B p
and
diff --git a/man/man3/dup.3 b/man/man3/dup.3
index e3cee43..3c7312d 100644
--- a/man/man3/dup.3
+++ b/man/man3/dup.3
@@ -25,18 +25,14 @@
for the new file descriptor
(closing any old file associated with
.IR newfd ).
-File descriptors are allocated dynamically,
-so to prevent unwarranted growth of the file descriptor table,
-.I dup
-requires that
-.I newfd
-be no greater than 20 more than the highest file descriptor ever used by
-the program.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR intro (3),
-.IR dup (3)
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/dup.c
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
Sets
.IR errstr .
+.SH BUGS
+.I Dup
+is a macro for
+.I p9dup
+to avoid name conflicts with the Unix function; see
+.IR intro (3).
diff --git a/man/man3/encode.3 b/man/man3/encode.3
index 1a93e37..44c6afd 100644
--- a/man/man3/encode.3
+++ b/man/man3/encode.3
@@ -80,6 +80,6 @@
.EE
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/u32.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/u32.c
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/u64.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/u64.c
diff --git a/man/man3/encrypt.3 b/man/man3/encrypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 50d00bf..0000000
--- a/man/man3/encrypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-.TH ENCRYPT 3
-.SH NAME
-encrypt, decrypt, netcrypt \- DES encryption
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <u.h>
-.br
-.B #include <libc.h>
-.PP
-.B
-int encrypt(void *key, void *data, int len)
-.PP
-.B
-int decrypt(void *key, void *data, int len)
-.PP
-.B
-int netcrypt(void *key, void *data)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Encrypt
-and
-.I decrypt
-perform DES encryption and decryption.
-.I Key
-is an array of
-.B DESKEYLEN
-(defined as 7 in
-.BR <auth.h> )
-bytes containing the encryption key.
-.I Data
-is an array of
-.I len
-bytes;
-it must be at least 8 bytes long.
-The bytes are encrypted or decrypted in place.
-.PP
-The DES algorithm encrypts an individual 8-byte block of data.
-.I Encrypt
-uses the following method to encrypt data longer than 8 bytes.
-The first 8 bytes are encrypted as usual.
-The last byte of the encrypted result
-is prefixed to the next 7 unencrypted bytes to make the next 8
-bytes to encrypt.
-This is repeated until fewer than 7 bytes remain unencrypted.
-Any remaining unencrypted bytes are encrypted with enough of the preceding
-encrypted bytes to make a full 8-byte block.
-.I Decrypt
-uses the inverse algorithm.
-.PP
-.I Netcrypt
-performs the same encryption as a SecureNet Key.
-.I Data
-points to an
-.SM ASCII
-string of decimal digits with numeric value between 0 and 10000.
-These digits are copied into an 8-byte buffer with trailing binary zero fill
-and encrypted as one DES block.
-The first four bytes are each formatted as two digit
-.SM ASCII
-hexadecimal numbers,
-and the string is copied into
-.IR data .
-.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-These routines return 1 if the data was encrypted,
-and 0 if the encryption fails.
-.I Encrypt
-and
-.I decrypt
-fail if the data passed is less than 8 bytes long.
-.I Netcrypt
-can fail if it is passed invalid data.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR securenet (8)
-.SH BUGS
-The implementation is broken in a way that makes
-it unsuitable for anything but authentication.
diff --git a/man/man3/errstr.3 b/man/man3/errstr.3
index 1a88897..a0e6d3f 100644
--- a/man/man3/errstr.3
+++ b/man/man3/errstr.3
@@ -73,13 +73,35 @@
The string returned from
.I errstr
is discarded.
+.PP
+The error string is maintained in parallel with the Unix
+error number
+.IR errno .
+Changing
+.I errno
+will reset the error string,
+and changing the error string via
+.I errstr
+or
+.I werrstr
+will reset
+.IR errno .
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/werrstr.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/errstr.c
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
.I Errstr
always returns 0.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
.IR perror (3)
+.SH BUGS
+The implementation sets
+.I errno
+to the (somewhat arbitrary)
+constant 0x19283745 when
+the error string is valid.
+When
+.I errno
+is set to other values, the error string
+is synthesized using
+.IR strerror (3).
diff --git a/man/man3/event.3 b/man/man3/event.3
index 7982b70..e029981 100644
--- a/man/man3/event.3
+++ b/man/man3/event.3
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@
.I Ekbd
returns the next rune from the queue, blocking until the
queue is non-empty.
-The characters are read in raw mode
-(see
-.IR cons (3)),
+The characters are read in raw mode,
+.\" (see
+.\" .IR cons (3)),
so they are available as soon as a complete rune is typed.
.PP
When the mouse moves or a mouse button is pressed or released,
@@ -380,5 +380,5 @@
.IR rio (1),
.IR graphics (3),
.IR plumb (3),
-.IR cons (3),
+.\" .IR cons (3),
.IR draw (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/exec.3 b/man/man3/exec.3
index 4886861..285af11 100644
--- a/man/man3/exec.3
+++ b/man/man3/exec.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH EXEC 3
.SH NAME
-exec, execl, _clock, _privates, _nprivates \- execute a file
+exec, execl \- execute a file
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -12,15 +12,6 @@
.PP
.B
int execl(char *name, ...)
-.PP
-.B
-long *_clock;
-.PP
-.B
-void **_privates;
-.PP
-.B
-int _nprivates;
.fi
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Exec
@@ -35,10 +26,8 @@
must allow the current user to execute it
(see
.IR stat (3)).
-It should also be a valid binary image, as defined in the
-.IR a.out (6)
-for the current machine architecture,
-or a shell script
+It should also be a valid binary image, as defined by the local
+operating system, or a shell script
(see
.IR rc (1)).
The first line of a
@@ -106,45 +95,17 @@
.IR open (3));
and the working directory and environment
(see
-.IR env (3))
+.IR getenv (3))
remain the same.
However, a newly
.I exec'ed
-process has no notification handler
+process has no notification handlers
(see
.IR notify (3)).
-.PP
-When the new program begins, the global cell
-.B _clock
-is set to the address of a cell that keeps approximate time
-expended by the process at user level.
-The time is measured in milliseconds but is updated at
-a system-dependent lower rate.
-This clock is typically used by the profiler but is available
-to all programs.
-.PP
-The global cell
-.B _privates
-points to an array of
-.B _nprivates
-elements of per-process private data.
-This storage is private for each process, even if the processes share data segments.
-.PP
-The above conventions apply to C programs; the raw system
-interface to the new image is as follows:
-the word pointed to by the stack pointer is
-.BR argc ;
-the words beyond that are the zeroth and subsequent elements
-of
-.BR argv ,
-followed by a terminating null pointer; and
-the return register (e.g.
-.B R0
-on the 68020) contains the address of the clock.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/exec.c
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/execl.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/execl.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR prof (1),
.IR intro (3),
@@ -157,3 +118,13 @@
or
.IR execl ;
the calling image is lost.
+.SH BUGS
+On Unix, unlike on Plan 9,
+.I exec
+and
+.I execl
+use the user's current path to locate
+.IR prog .
+This is a clumsy way to deal with Unix's lack of
+a union directory for
+.BR /bin .
diff --git a/man/man3/exits.3 b/man/man3/exits.3
index 2591ff1..95e2b93 100644
--- a/man/man3/exits.3
+++ b/man/man3/exits.3
@@ -22,7 +22,10 @@
.I Exits
is the conventional way to terminate a process.
.I _Exits
-is the underlying system call.
+also terminates a process but does not call the registered
+.I atexit
+handlers
+.RI ( q.v. ).
They
can never return.
.PP
@@ -75,7 +78,18 @@
.I Atexitdont
cancels a previous registration of an exit function.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/atexit.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/atexit.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/_exits.c
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR fork (3),
+.IR fork (2),
.IR wait (3)
+.SH BUGS
+Because of limitations of Unix, the exit status of a
+process can only be an 8-bit integer.
+Exit status 0 is used for empty exit messages, and 1 for
+non-empty messages.
+.PP
+Exit codes 97 through 99 are used by the thread library to signal
+internal synchronization errors between the main program
+and a proxy process that implements backgrounding.
diff --git a/man/man3/fcall.3 b/man/man3/fcall.3
index 2e09dda..1143217 100644
--- a/man/man3/fcall.3
+++ b/man/man3/fcall.3
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
.I buf
should include the second two-byte (16-bit) length field that precedes the entry when
formatted in a 9P message (see
-.IR stat (5));
+.IR stat (9p));
in other words,
.I nbuf
is 2 plus the sum of the sizes of the entry itself.
@@ -349,9 +349,9 @@
The return value is 0 for end of file, or -1 for error; it does not return
partial messages.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
.IR 9p (3),
.IR stat (3),
-.IR intro (5)
+.IR intro (9p)
diff --git a/man/man3/fmtinstall.3 b/man/man3/fmtinstall.3
index cc4884a..8a437f1 100644
--- a/man/man3/fmtinstall.3
+++ b/man/man3/fmtinstall.3
@@ -297,12 +297,12 @@
All these routines return zero for successful execution.
Conversion routines that call these functions will work properly
regardless of whether the output is bytes or runes.
-.PP
-.IR 2c (1)
-describes the C directive
-.B #pragma
-.B varargck
-that can be used to provide type-checking for custom print verbs and output routines.
+.\" .PP
+.\" .IR 2c (1)
+.\" describes the C directive
+.\" .B #pragma
+.\" .B varargck
+.\" that can be used to provide type-checking for custom print verbs and output routines.
.SH EXAMPLES
This function prints an error message with a variable
number of arguments and then quits.
@@ -362,10 +362,10 @@
}
.EE
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/fmt
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/fmt
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR print (3),
-.IR utf (6),
+.IR utf (7),
.IR errstr (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
These routines return negative numbers or nil for errors and set
diff --git a/man/man3/fork.3 b/man/man3/fork.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e17f0d6..0000000
--- a/man/man3/fork.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-.TH FORK 3
-.SH NAME
-fork, rfork \- manipulate process resources
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <u.h>
-.br
-.B #include <libc.h>
-.PP
-.nf
-.B
-int fork(void)
-.PP
-.B
-int rfork(int flags)
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Forking is the only way new processes are created.
-The
-.I flags
-argument to
-.I rfork
-selects which resources of the
-invoking process (parent) are shared
-by the new process (child) or initialized to
-their default values.
-The resources include
-the file name space,
-the open file descriptor table (which, when shared, permits processes
-to open and close files for other processes),
-the set of environment variables
-(see
-.IR env (3)),
-the note group
-(the set of processes that receive notes written to a member's
-.B notepg
-file;
-see
-.IR proc (3)),
-the set of rendezvous tags
-(see
-.IR rendezvous (3));
-and open files.
-.I Flags
-is the logical OR of some subset of
-.TF RFCNAMEG
-.TP
-.B RFPROC
-If set a new process is created; otherwise changes affect the
-current process.
-.TP
-.B RFNOWAIT
-If set, the child process will be dissociated from the parent. Upon
-exit the child will leave no
-.B Waitmsg
-(see
-.IR wait (3))
-for the parent to collect.
-.TP
-.B RFNAMEG
-If set, the new process inherits a copy of the parent's name space;
-otherwise the new process shares the parent's name space.
-Is mutually exclusive with
-.BR RFCNAMEG .
-.TP
-.B RFCNAMEG
-If set, the new process starts with a clean name space. A new
-name space must be built from a mount of an open file descriptor.
-Is mutually exclusive with
-.BR RFNAMEG .
-.TP
-.B RFNOMNT
-If set, subsequent mounts into the new name space and dereferencing
-of pathnames starting with
-.B #
-are disallowed.
-.TP
-.B RFENVG
-If set, the environment variables are copied;
-otherwise the two processes share environment variables.
-Is mutually exclusive with
-.BR RFCENVG .
-.TP
-.B RFCENVG
-If set, the new process starts with an empty environment.
-Is mutually exclusive with
-.BR RFENVG .
-.TP
-.B RFNOTEG
-Each process is a member of a group of processes that all
-receive notes when a note is written to any of their
-.B notepg
-files (see
-.IR proc (3)).
-The group of a new process is by default the same as its parent, but if
-.B RFNOTEG
-is set (regardless of
-.BR RFPROC ),
-the process becomes the first in a new group, isolated from
-previous processes.
-.TP
-.B RFFDG
-If set, the invoker's file descriptor table (see
-.IR intro (3))
-is copied; otherwise the two processes share a
-single table.
-.TP
-.B RFCFDG
-If set, the new process starts with a clean file descriptor table.
-Is mutually exclusive with
-.BR RFFDG .
-.TP
-.B RFREND
-If set, the process will be unable to
-.IR rendezvous (3)
-with any of its ancestors; its children will, however, be able to
-.B rendezvous
-with it. In effect,
-.B RFREND
-makes the process the first in a group of processes that share a space for
-.B rendezvous
-tags.
-.TP
-.B RFMEM
-If set, the child and the parent will share
-.B data
-and
-.B bss
-segments.
-Otherwise, the child inherits a copy of those segments.
-Other segment types, in particular stack segments, will be unaffected.
-May be set only with
-.BR RFPROC .
-.PD
-.PP
-File descriptors in a shared file descriptor table are kept
-open until either they are explicitly closed
-or all processes sharing the table exit.
-.PP
-If
-.B RFPROC
-is set, the
-value returned in the parent process
-is the process id
-of the child process; the value returned in the child is zero.
-Without
-.BR RFPROC ,
-the return value is zero.
-Process ids range from 1 to the maximum integer
-.RB ( int )
-value.
-.I Rfork
-will sleep, if necessary, until required process resources are available.
-.PP
-.I Fork
-is just a call of
-.BR rfork(RFFDG|RFREND|RFPROC) .
-.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/fork.c
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR intro (3),
-.IR proc (3),
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-These functions set
-.IR errstr .
diff --git a/man/man3/genrandom.3 b/man/man3/genrandom.3
index f8952e4..761df86 100644
--- a/man/man3/genrandom.3
+++ b/man/man3/genrandom.3
@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@
.B
void prng(uchar *buf, int nbytes)
.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
Most security software requires a source of random or, at the
very least, unguessable numbers.
.PP
diff --git a/man/man3/get9root.3 b/man/man3/get9root.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..134f305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/get9root.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.TH GET9ROOT 3
+.SH NAME
+get9root, unsharp \- get path to root of Plan 9 tree
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B
+char* get9root(void)
+.PP
+.B
+char* unsharp(char *path)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This tree of Plan 9 software is conventionally installed in
+.B /usr/local/plan9
+but may be installed in other places (for example, users without
+the ability to write to
+.B /usr/local
+may with to install it in their own home directories).
+The environment variable
+.B $PLAN9
+should contain the path to the root.
+.I Get9root
+returns a static pointer to the pathname of root, first checking
+.B $PLAN9
+and defaulting to
+.BR /usr/local/plan9 .
+.PP
+The lack of a fixed location for the Plan 9 tree
+makes it difficult to hard-code paths
+to files.
+.I Unsharp
+replaces a leading
+.B #9
+in
+.I path
+with the root of the tree.
+.I Unsharp
+also replaces a leading
+.B #d
+with the path to the underlying system's file descriptor dup device,
+typically
+.BR /dev/fd .
+The string returned from
+.IR unsharp ,
+if different from
+.IR path ,
+should be freed with
+.I free
+(see
+.IR malloc (3))
+when no longer needed.
+.PP
+As a convention, programs should never
+.I unsharp
+paths obtained from user input.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+The
+.IR plumber (4)
+uses this code to find unrooted file names included by plumb rules.
+.IP
+.EX
+snprint(buf, sizeof buf, "#9/plumb/%s", name);
+fd = open(unsharp(buf), OREAD);
+.EE
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/getns.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR intro (4)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Get9root
+could be smarter about finding the tree when
+.B $PLAN9
+is not set.
diff --git a/man/man3/getcallerpc.3 b/man/man3/getcallerpc.3
index c275fb5..8ad95a3 100644
--- a/man/man3/getcallerpc.3
+++ b/man/man3/getcallerpc.3
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
}
.EE
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/$objtype/getcallerpc.[cs]
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/
.SH BUGS
The
.I firstarg
diff --git a/man/man3/getenv.3 b/man/man3/getenv.3
index 315407c..4be92ec 100644
--- a/man/man3/getenv.3
+++ b/man/man3/getenv.3
@@ -15,10 +15,8 @@
.fi
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Getenv
-reads the contents of
-.BI /env/ name
-(see
-.IR env (3))
+fetches the environment value associated with
+.I name
into memory allocated with
.IR malloc (3),
0-terminates it,
@@ -27,18 +25,18 @@
is returned.
.PP
.I Putenv
-creates the file
-.BI /env/ name
-and writes the string
-.I val
-to it. The terminating
-.B 0
-is not written.
-If the file value cannot be written, \-1 is returned.
+sets the environment value associated with
+.I name
+to
+.IR val .
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR env (3)
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/getenv.c
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
Sets
.IR errstr .
+.SH BUGS
+Defined as macros for
+.I p9getenv
+and
+.I p9putenv
+to avoid name conflicts with Unix library calls.
diff --git a/man/man3/getfields.3 b/man/man3/getfields.3
index e39c775..7805290 100644
--- a/man/man3/getfields.3
+++ b/man/man3/getfields.3
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
.I delims
set to \f5"\et\er\en "\fP.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/tokenize.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/tokenize.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.I strtok
in
diff --git a/man/man3/getns.3 b/man/man3/getns.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc76f2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getns.3
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+.TH GETNS 3
+.SH NAME
+getns \- get path to name space directory
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B
+char* getns(void)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getns
+returns a pointer to a malloced string that contains the
+path to the name space directory for the current process.
+The name space directory is a clumsy substitute
+for Plan 9's per-process name spaces; see
+.IR intro (4)
+for details.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/getns.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR intro (4)
diff --git a/man/man3/getpid.3 b/man/man3/getpid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 44837f6..0000000
--- a/man/man3/getpid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETPID 3
-.SH NAME
-getpid, getppid \- get process ids
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <u.h>
-.br
-.B #include <libc.h>
-.PP
-.B
-int getpid(void)
-.PP
-.B
-int getppid(void)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getpid
-reads
-.B /dev/pid
-(see
-.IR cons (3))
-and converts it to get the process id of the current process,
-a number guaranteed to be unique among all running processes on the machine
-executing
-.IR getpid .
-.PP
-.I Getppid
-reads
-.B /dev/ppid
-(see
-.IR cons (3))
-and converts it to get the id of the parent of the current process.
-.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR intro (3),
-.IR cons (3),
-.IR proc (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Returns 0 and
-sets
-.I errstr
-if unsuccessful.
diff --git a/man/man3/getsnarf.3 b/man/man3/getsnarf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a90d595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getsnarf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+.TH GETSNARF 3
+.SH NAME
+getsnarf, putsnarf \- window system snarf (cut and paste) buffer
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <draw.h>
+.PP
+.B
+char *getsnarf(void)
+.PP
+.B
+void putsnarf(char *text)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getsnarf
+and
+.I putsnarf
+access the window system's snarf (cut and paste) buffer.
+.PP
+.I Getsnarf
+returns a copy of the current buffer;
+the returned pointer should be freed with
+.I free
+(see
+.IR malloc (3))
+when no longer needed.
+.PP
+.I Putsnarf
+sets the buffer to the text string
+.IR text .
+.PP
+Callers should assume that the snarf buffer is UTF.
+If the window system does not keep the buffer in UTF,
+.I getsnarf
+and
+.I putsnarf
+will convert as necessary.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw/x11-itrans.c
diff --git a/man/man3/getuser.3 b/man/man3/getuser.3
index e09c4a4..a7ada46 100644
--- a/man/man3/getuser.3
+++ b/man/man3/getuser.3
@@ -18,20 +18,35 @@
name of the user who
owns the current process.
.I Getuser
-reads
-.B /dev/user
-to find the name.
+calls
+.IR getuid (2)
+and then reads
+.B /etc/passwd
+to find the corresponding name.
.PP
.I Sysname
-provides the same service for the file
-.BR #c/sysname ,
-which contains the name of the machine.
+returns a pointer to static data which contains the name
+of the machine on which the current process is running.
+.I Sysname
+looks first for an environment variable
+.BR $sysname .
+If there is no such variable,
+.I sysname
+calls
+.IR gethostname (2)
+and truncates the returned name at the first dot.
+If
+.I gethostname
+fails,
+.I sysname
+returns the default name
+.LR gnot .
+.PP
Unlike
.IR getuser ,
.I sysname
-caches the string, reading the file only once.
+caches the string, deriving the host name only once.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/getuser.c
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR intro (3),
-.IR cons (3)
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/getuser.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/sysname.c
diff --git a/man/man3/getwd.3 b/man/man3/getwd.3
index 6b053fd..d9aa02b 100644
--- a/man/man3/getwd.3
+++ b/man/man3/getwd.3
@@ -21,17 +21,10 @@
.I size
bytes in the buffer provided.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/getwd.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/getwd.c
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR pwd (1),
-.IR fd2path (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
On error, zero is returned.
.IR Errstr (3)
may be consulted for more information.
-.SH BUGS
-Although the name returned by
-.I getwd
-is guaranteed to be the path used to reach the directory,
-if the name space has changed underfoot, the name may be
-incorrect.
diff --git a/man/man3/graphics.3 b/man/man3/graphics.3
index 6824537..971303e 100644
--- a/man/man3/graphics.3
+++ b/man/man3/graphics.3
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
A
.B Font
is a set of character images, indexed by runes (see
-.IR utf (6)).
+.IR utf (7)).
The images are organized into
.BR Subfonts ,
each containing the images for a small, contiguous set of runes.
@@ -376,24 +376,24 @@
.IR rio (1)
(see
.IR window (3)).
-.PP
-The function
-.I newwindow
-may be called before
-.I initdraw
-or
-.IR geninitdraw
-to cause the program to occupy a newly created window rather than take over the one in
-which it is running when it starts.
-The
-.I str
-argument, if non-null, is concatenated to the string \f5\&"new\ "\fP
-that is used to create the window (see
-.IR rio (4)).
-For example,
-.B newwindow("-hide -dy 100")
-will cause the program to run in a newly created, hidden window
-100 pixels high.
+.\" .PP
+.\" The function
+.\" .I newwindow
+.\" may be called before
+.\" .I initdraw
+.\" or
+.\" .IR geninitdraw
+.\" to cause the program to occupy a newly created window rather than take over the one in
+.\" which it is running when it starts.
+.\" The
+.\" .I str
+.\" argument, if non-null, is concatenated to the string \f5\&"new\ "\fP
+.\" that is used to create the window (see
+.\" .IR rio (4)).
+.\" For example,
+.\" .B newwindow("-hide -dy 100")
+.\" will cause the program to run in a newly created, hidden window
+.\" 100 pixels high.
.PP
.I Initdisplay
is part of
@@ -484,15 +484,15 @@
sophisticated clients may use
.B _screen
to make further subwindows.
-Programs desiring multiple independent windows
-may use the mechanisms of
-.IR rio (4)
-to create more windows (usually by a fresh mount of the window sytem
-in a directory other than
-.BR /dev ),
-then use
-.I gengetwindow
-to connect to them.
+.\" Programs desiring multiple independent windows
+.\" may use the mechanisms of
+.\" .IR rio (4)
+.\" to create more windows (usually by a fresh mount of the window sytem
+.\" in a directory other than
+.\" .BR /dev ),
+.\" then use
+.\" .I gengetwindow
+.\" to connect to them.
.IR Gengetwindow 's
extra arguments are the full path of the window's
.B winname
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
.I chantostr
convert between the channel descriptor strings
used by
-.IR image (6)
+.IR image (7)
and the internal
.B ulong
representation
@@ -630,9 +630,9 @@
.IR print (3),
.IR window (3),
.IR draw (3),
-.IR rio (4),
-.IR image (6),
-.IR font (6)
+.\" .IR rio (4),
+.IR image (7),
+.IR font (7)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
An error function may call
.IR errstr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ioproc.3 b/man/man3/ioproc.3
index ae21758..5c3ebda 100644
--- a/man/man3/ioproc.3
+++ b/man/man3/ioproc.3
@@ -8,7 +8,11 @@
ioopen,
ioproc,
ioread,
+ioread9pmsg,
ioreadn,
+iorecvfd,
+iosendfd,
+iosleep,
iowrite \- slave I/O processes for threaded programs
.SH SYNOPSIS
.PP
@@ -26,12 +30,16 @@
.sp
Ioproc* ioproc(void);
.XX
-int ioopen(Ioproc *io, char *file, int omode);
int ioclose(Ioproc *io, int fd);
-long ioread(Ioproc *io, int fd, void *a, long n);
-long ioreadn(Ioproc *io, int fd, void *a, long n);
-long iowrite(Ioproc *io, int fd, void *a, long n);
int iodial(Ioproc *io, char *addr, char *local, char *dir, char *cdfp);
+int ioopen(Ioproc *io, char *file, int omode);
+long ioread(Ioproc *io, int fd, void *a, long n);
+int ioread9pmsg(Ioproc *io, int fd, void *a, uint n);
+long ioreadn(Ioproc *io, int fd, void *a, long n);
+int iorecvfd(int socket);
+int iosendfd(int socket, int fd);
+int iosleep(int milli);
+long iowrite(Ioproc *io, int fd, void *a, long n);
.XX
void iointerrupt(Ioproc *io);
void closeioproc(Ioproc *io);
@@ -58,20 +66,28 @@
.I sysfatal
rather than return an error.
.PP
-.IR Ioopen ,
-.IR ioclose ,
+.IR Ioclose ,
+.IR iodial ,
+.IR ioopen ,
.IR ioread ,
+.IR ioread9pmsg ,
.IR ioreadn ,
-.IR iowrite ,
+.IR iorecvfd ,
+.IR iosendfd ,
+.IR iosleep ,
and
-.IR iodial
-are execute the
+.I iowrite
+execute the
similarly named library or system calls
(see
+.IR close (2),
+.IR dial (3),
.IR open (3),
.IR read (3),
+.IR fcall (3),
+.IR sendfd (3),
and
-.IR dial (3))
+.IR sleep (3))
in the slave process associated with
.IR io .
It is an error to execute more than one call
@@ -144,7 +160,6 @@
common access to
.I tot
would be unsafe.
-.EE
.PP
Implement
.IR ioread :
@@ -170,10 +185,12 @@
}
.EE
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libthread/io*.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libthread
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR dial (3),
.IR open (3),
.IR read (3),
.IR thread (3)
-
+.SH BUGS
+.I Iointerrupt
+is currently unimplemented.
diff --git a/man/man3/ip.3 b/man/man3/ip.3
index b133adf..c31c294 100644
--- a/man/man3/ip.3
+++ b/man/man3/ip.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH IP 3
.SH NAME
-eipfmt, parseip, parseipmask, v4parseip, v4parsecidr, parseether, myipaddr, myetheraddr, maskip, equivip, defmask, isv4, v4tov6, v6tov4, nhgetl, nhgets, hnputl, hnputs, ptclbsum, readipifc \- Internet protocol
+eipfmt, parseip, parseipmask, v4parseip, v4parsecidr, parseether, myipaddr, myetheraddr, maskip, equivip, defmask, isv4, v4tov6, v6tov4, nhgetl, nhgets, nhgetv, hnputl, hnputs, hnputv, ptclbsum, readipifc \- Internet protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -57,12 +57,18 @@
uint nhgetl(void *p)
.PP
.B
+uvlong nhgetv(void *p)
+.PP
+.B
void hnputs(void *p, ushort v)
.PP
.B
void hnputl(void *p, uint v)
.PP
.B
+void hnputv(void *p, uvlong v)
+.PP
+.B
ushort ptclbsum(uchar *a, int n)
.PP
.B
@@ -211,14 +217,16 @@
to a V4 address and puts the result in
.IR v4ip .
.PP
-.I Hnputs
+.IR Hnputs ,
+.IR hnputl ,
and
-.I hnputl
-are used to store 16-bit and 32-bit integers into IP big-endian form.
-.I Nhgets
+.I hnputv
+are used to store 16-, 32-, and 64-bit integers into IP big-endian form.
+.IR Nhgets ,
+.IR nhgetl ,
and
-.I nhgetl
-convert big-endian 2 and 4 byte quantities into integers.
+.I nhgetv
+convert big-endian 2-, 4-, and 8-byte quantities into integers.
.PP
.I Pctlbsum
returns the one's complement checksum used in IP protocols, typically invoked as
diff --git a/man/man3/isalpharune.3 b/man/man3/isalpharune.3
index 07d9955..78bc4e6 100644
--- a/man/man3/isalpharune.3
+++ b/man/man3/isalpharune.3
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
Unicode defines some characters as alphabetic and specifies three cases:
upper, lower, and title.
Analogously to
-.IR ctype (3)
+.IR isalpha (3)
for
.SM ASCII\c
,
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
.PP
The case-conversion routines return the character unchanged if it has no case.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/runetype.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/utf/runetype.c
.SH "SEE ALSO
-.IR ctype (3) ,
+.IR isalpha (3) ,
.IR "The Unicode Standard" .
diff --git a/man/man3/keyboard.3 b/man/man3/keyboard.3
index b90f18b..f341e50 100644
--- a/man/man3/keyboard.3
+++ b/man/man3/keyboard.3
@@ -53,16 +53,8 @@
.PP
The argument to
.I initkeyboard
-is a
-.I file
-naming the device file from which characters may be read,
-typically
-.BR /dev/cons .
-If
-.I file
-is nil,
-.B /dev/cons
-is assumed.
+is ignored
+(on Plan 9, it is the name of the keyboard device).
.PP
Once the
.B Keyboardctl
@@ -75,9 +67,9 @@
to report each character read from the device.
.PP
.I Ctlkeyboard
-is used to set the state of the interface, typically to turn raw mode on and off
-(see
-.IR cons (3)).
+is used to set the state of the interface, typically to turn raw mode on and off.
+.\" (see
+.\" .IR cons (3)).
It writes the string
.I msg
to the control file associated with the device, which is assumed to be the regular device file name
diff --git a/man/man3/lock.3 b/man/man3/lock.3
index d989d18..9034229 100644
--- a/man/man3/lock.3
+++ b/man/man3/lock.3
@@ -72,22 +72,16 @@
.B QLocks
and
.B RWLocks
-are different types of queueing rendezvous locks,
+are different types of queueing locks,
and
.B Rendezes
are rendezvous points.
.PP
-Locks and rendezvous points work in regular programs as
-well as programs that use the thread library
+Locks and rendezvous points have trivial implementations in programs
+not using the thread library
(see
-.IR thread (3)).
-The thread library replaces the
-.IR rendezvous (3)
-system call
-with its own implementation,
-.IR threadrendezvous ,
-so that threads as well as processes may be synchronized by locking calls
-in threaded programs.
+.IR thread (3)),
+since such programs have no concurrency.
.PP
Used carelessly, spin locks can be expensive and can easily generate deadlocks.
Their use is discouraged, especially in programs that use the
@@ -105,7 +99,7 @@
.B QLocks
have the same interface but are not spin locks; instead if the lock is taken
.I qlock
-will suspend execution of the calling task until it is released.
+will suspend execution of the calling thread until it is released.
.PP
Although
.B Locks
@@ -199,18 +193,39 @@
.B Ref
and returns zero if the resulting value is zero, non-zero otherwise.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/lock.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/qlock.c
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/qlock.c
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libthread/ref.c
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.I rfork
-in
-.IR fork (3)
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libthread
.SH BUGS
.B Locks
-are not strictly spin locks.
+are not always spin locks.
+Instead they are usually implemented using the
+.I pthreads
+library's
+.BR pthread_mutex_t ,
+whose implementation method is not defined.
+.PP
+On
+.IR pthreads -based
+systems, the implementation of
+.B Lock
+never calls
+.I pthread_mutex_destroy
+to free the
+.BR pthread_mutex_t 's.
+This leads to resource leaks on FreeBSD 5
+(though not on Linux 2.6, where
+.I pthread_mutex_destroy
+is a no-op).
+.BR
+.PP
+On systems that do not have a usable
+.I pthreads
+implementation, the
+.B Lock
+implementation provided by
+.I libthread
+is still not exactly a spin lock.
After each unsuccessful attempt,
.I lock
calls
diff --git a/man/man3/mach-cmd.3 b/man/man3/mach-cmd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..202ca39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mach-cmd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+.TH MACH-CMD 3
+.SH NAME
+attachargs, attachcore, attachdynamic, attachproc, proctextfile \- debugging processes and core files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.br
+.B #include <mach.h>
+.PP
+.ta +\w'\fLextern 'u +\w'\fLchar *'u
+.B
+int attachcore(Fhdr *hdr)
+.PP
+.B
+int attachproc(int pid)
+.PP
+.B
+int attachdynamic(void)
+.PP
+.B
+char* proctextfile(int pid)
+.PP
+.B
+int attachargs(int argc, char **argv, int omode)
+.PP
+.B
+.nf
+extern Fhdr* symhdr;
+extern char* symfil;
+extern Map* symmap;
+extern Fhdr* fhdrlist;
+.ift .sp .5
+.ifn .sp
+extern Fhdr* corhdr;
+extern char* corfil;
+extern Map* cormap;
+.ift .sp .5
+.ifn .sp
+extern int corpid;
+extern Regs* correg;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines provide access to the objects
+a typical debugger manipulates: an executable binary,
+some number of shared libraries, a memory image
+in the form of a core dump or active process,
+and a register set.
+.PP
+The maintained state is:
+.TP
+.I symhdr
+The file header for the main binary.
+.TP
+.I symfil
+The file name of the main binary.
+.TP
+.I symmap
+The memory map of the main binary.
+.TP
+.I fhdrlist
+A linked list (via the
+.B Fhdr.next
+fields) of all currently open headers
+(see
+.I symopen
+in
+.IR mach-symbol (3)).
+When dynamically linked objects have been attached,
+they are present in this linked list,
+and therefore included in searches by
+.IR indexsym ,
+.IR lookupsym ,
+and
+.I findsym
+(see
+.IR mach-symbol (3)).
+.TP
+.I corhdr
+The file header for the core dump, if any.
+.TP
+.I corfil
+The file name of the core dump, if any.
+.TP
+.I cormap
+The memory map of the core dump or attached process.
+.TP
+.I corpid
+The process id of the attached process, if any.
+.TP
+.I correg
+The register set of the core dump or attached process.
+.PD
+If these fields are not valid, they are zeroed.
+.PP
+.I Attachcore
+and
+.I attachproc
+attach to an opened core file or an executing process.
+They set
+.IR corhdr ,
+.IR corfil ,
+.IR cormap ,
+.IR corpid ,
+and
+.IR correg .
+.PP
+.I Proctextfile
+returns the name of the main binary for the process with id
+.IR pid .
+.PP
+.I Attachdynamic
+requires that the memory image already be attached.
+It reads the dynamic linker's internal run-time data structures
+and then opens all the dynamic objects that are currently
+loaded.
+.PP
+.I Attachargs
+uses all of these functions while
+parsing an argument vector as would be passed to
+a debugger like
+.IR db (1)
+or
+.IR acid (1).
+It expects a list of executable files, core dump files, or process ids,
+given in any order.
+If extra arguments are given (for example, more than one executable, or both
+a core dump and a process id), they are ignored and diagnostics are printed to
+standard error.
+If arguments are missing (for example, the process id is given without an
+executable file),
+.I attachargs
+fills them in as best it can.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libmach
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR mach (3),
+.IR mach-file (3),
+.IR mach-map (3)
+.SH BUGS
+The interface needs to be changed to support
+multiple threads, each with its own register set.
diff --git a/man/man3/mach-file.3 b/man/man3/mach-file.3
index f235815..17911ec 100644
--- a/man/man3/mach-file.3
+++ b/man/man3/mach-file.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH MACH-FILE 3
.SH NAME
-crackhdr, uncrackhdr, mapfile, mapproc, detachproc, ctlproc,
+crackhdr, uncrackhdr, mapfile, unmapfile, mapproc, unmapproc, detachproc, ctlproc,
procnotes \- machine-independent access to exectuable files and running processes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
@@ -16,9 +16,13 @@
void uncrackhdr(Fhdr *hdr)
.PP
.ft B
-int mapfile(Map *map, ulong base, Fhdr *hdr)
+int mapfile(Fhdr *hdr, ulong base, Map *map, Regs **regs)
.br
-int mapproc(Map *map, int pid)
+void unmapfile(Fhdr *hdr, Map *map)
+.br
+int mapproc(int pid, Map *map, Regs **regs)
+.br
+void unmapproc(Map *map)
.br
int detachproc(int pid)
.br
@@ -95,6 +99,12 @@
so this arrangement will use the core file for the segments it contains
but fall back to the executable for the rest.
.PP
+.I Unmapfile
+removes the mappings in
+.I map
+corresponding to
+.IR hdr .
+.PP
.I Mapproc
attaches to a running program and adds its segments to the given map.
It adds one segment for each contiguous section of
@@ -103,8 +113,14 @@
a single segment covering the entire address space.
Accessing areas of this segment that are actually not mapped
in the process address space will cause the get/put routines to return errors.
+.PP
+.I Unmapproc
+removes the mappings in
+.I map
+corresponding to
+.IR pid .
.I Detachproc
-detaches from a previously-attached program.
+detaches from all previously attached processes.
.PP
.I Ctlproc
manipulates the process with id
@@ -143,7 +159,9 @@
The memory at
.BI * notes
should be freed via
-.IR free (3)
+.I free
+(see
+.IR malloc (3))
when no longer needed.
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libmach
diff --git a/man/man3/mach-map.3 b/man/man3/mach-map.3
index 8175e13..2fc8cc7 100644
--- a/man/man3/mach-map.3
+++ b/man/man3/mach-map.3
@@ -4,10 +4,9 @@
addrtosegafter, removeseg, freemap,
get1, get2, get4, get8,
put1, put2, put4, put8,
-rget1, rget2, rget4, rget8,
-rput1, rput2, rput4, rput8,
-locaddr, locconst, locreg, locindir,
-loccmp, loceval, locfmt, locredir,
+rget, rput, fpformat,
+locnone, locaddr, locconst, locreg, locindir,
+loccmp, loceval, locfmt, locsimplify,
lget1, lget2, lget4, lget8,
lput1, lput2, lput4, lput8 \- machine-independent
access to address spaces and register sets
@@ -80,26 +79,16 @@
int put8(Map *map, ulong addr, u64int u)
.PP
.ft B
-int rget1(Map *map, char *reg, u8int *u)
-.br
-int rget2(Map *map, char *reg, u16int *u)
-.br
-int rget4(Map *map, char *reg, u32int *u)
-.br
-int rget8(Map *map, char *reg, u64int *u)
+int rget(Regs *regs, char *reg, ulong *u)
.br
int fpformat(Map *map, char *reg, char *a, uint n, char code);
.PP
.ft B
-int rput1(Map *map, char *reg, u8int u)
-.br
-int rput2(Map *map, char *reg, u16int u)
-.br
-int rput4(Map *map, char *reg, u32int u)
-.br
-int rput8(Map *map, char *reg, u64int u)
+int rput(Regs *regs, char *name, ulong u)
.PP
.ft B
+Loc locnone(void)
+.br
Loc locaddr(ulong addr)
.br
Loc locconst(ulong con)
@@ -115,7 +104,7 @@
.br
int locfmt(Fmt *fmt)
.br
-int locredir(Map *map, Loc *regs, Loc loc, Loc *newloc)
+int locsimplify(Map *map, Loc *regs, Loc loc, Loc *newloc)
.PP
.ft B
int lget1(Map *map, Loc loc, uchar *a, uint n)
@@ -297,20 +286,15 @@
.PP
When representing core files or running programs,
maps also provide access to the register set.
-.IR Rget1 ,
-.IR rget2 ,
-.IR rget4 ,
-.IR rget8 ,
-.IR rput1 ,
-.IR rput2 ,
-.IR rput4 ,
-and
-.IR rput8
-read or write the 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-byte register
+.IR Rget
+and
+.IR rput
+read or write the register
named by
.IR reg .
-If the register is not the requested size, the
-behavior is undefined.
+If the register is smaller than a
+.BR ulong ,
+the high bits are ignored.
.PP
.I Fpformat
converts the contents of a floating-point register to a string.
@@ -418,3 +402,8 @@
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
These routines set
.IR errstr .
+.SH BUGS
+This man page needs to describe
+.B Regs
+and
+.B Regdesc
diff --git a/man/man3/mach-stack.3 b/man/man3/mach-stack.3
index e17c6cb..caae6bf 100644
--- a/man/man3/mach-stack.3
+++ b/man/man3/mach-stack.3
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
.TH MACH-STACK 3
.SH NAME
-stacktrace,
-localaddr,
+stacktrace, localaddr, unwindframe, windindex, windreglocs \- stack traces
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -14,7 +13,16 @@
int stacktrace(Map *map, Rgetter rget, Tracer trace)
.PP
.ft B
-int localvar(Map *map, char *fn, char *val, Loc *loc)
+int localaddr(Map *map, Regs *regs, char *fn, char *val, ulong *val)
+.PP
+.ft B
+int unwindframe(Map *map, Regs *regs, ulong *next, Symbol *sym)
+.PP
+.ft B
+int windindex(char *regname)
+.PP
+.ft B
+Loc* windreglocs(void)
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Stacktrace
provides machine-independent
@@ -80,7 +88,7 @@
.IR lget4 ,
etc., when evaluating the locations of local variables.
.PP
-.I Localvar
+.I Localaddr
uses
.I stacktrace
to walk up the stack looking for the innermost instance of a function named
@@ -88,8 +96,46 @@
once it finds the function,
it looks for the parameter or local variable
.IR var ,
-storing the location of the variable in
-.IR loc .
+storing the address of the variable in
+.IR val .
+.PP
+.I Unwindframe
+is the low-level function on which
+.I stacktrace
+is built.
+Given the current memory image in
+.I map
+and the current register set in
+.I regs ,
+.I unwindframe
+fills in
+.I next
+with the values of the register set
+at the time of the call to the function in the current program counter.
+.I Sym
+should be the symbol corresponding to the current function,
+if available.
+.PP
+The
+.I next
+array holds only the
+.IR "winding registers" ,
+typically the caller-save registers and the program counter and stack pointer.
+The order of registers in the array is called the
+.IR "winding order" .
+The winding set can be found in the array
+.IB mach -> windreg \fR,
+which has
+.IB mach -> nwindreg
+entries.
+.I Windindex
+returns the index of the named register
+in the winding order.
+.I Windreglocs
+returns an array of
+.I Loc
+structures corresponding to the winding registers,
+in the winding order.
.SH EXAMPLE
The following code writes a simple stack trace to standard output,
stopping after at most 20 stack frames.
@@ -135,3 +181,5 @@
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libmach
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR mach (3)
+.SH BUGS
+Need to talk about Regs
diff --git a/man/man3/mach-symbol.3 b/man/man3/mach-symbol.3
index ad208ce..c74ae8e 100644
--- a/man/man3/mach-symbol.3
+++ b/man/man3/mach-symbol.3
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
.TH MACH-SYMBOL 3
.SH NAME
-symopen, symclose, indexsym, lookupsym, findsym,
+symopen, symclose, findhdr, indexsym, lookupsym, findsym,
+findexsym, flookupsym, ffindsym,
lookuplsym, indexlsym, findlsym,
symoff, pc2file, file2pc, line2pc, fnbound, fileline,
pc2line \- symbol table access functions
@@ -11,11 +12,15 @@
.br
.B #include <mach.h>
.PP
-.ta \w'\fBxxxxxx'u +\w'\fBxxxxxx'u
+.ta \w'\fBxxxxxxxx'u +\w'\fBxxxxxx'u
.ft B
int symopen(Fhdr *hdr)
.br
void symclose(Fhdr *hdr)
+.br
+Fhdr *findhdr(char *name)
+.br
+extern Fhdr* fhdrlist;
.PP
.ft B
int indexsym(uint n, Symbol *s)
@@ -25,6 +30,13 @@
int findsym(Loc loc, uint class, Symbol *s)
.PP
.ft B
+int findexsym(Fhdr *hdr, uint n, Symbol *s)
+.br
+Symbol *flookupsym(Fhdr *hdr, char *name)
+.br
+Symbol *ffindsym(Fhdr *hdr, Loc loc, uint class)
+.PP
+.ft B
int indexlsym(Symbol *s1, uint n, Symbol *s2)
.br
int lookuplsym(Symbol *s1, char *name, Symbol *s2)
@@ -70,6 +82,25 @@
The rest of the functions described here access a composite
symbol table made up of all currently open tables.
.PP
+The set of all currently open
+.BR Fhdr s
+is maintained as a linked list starting at
+.I fhdrlist
+(chained via
+.BR Fhdr.next ).
+.PP
+.I Findhdr
+searches the currently open
+.BR Fhdr s
+for one whose file name ends with the path
+.I name
+(that is,
+.B libc.so
+matches
+.B /usr/lib/libc.so
+but not
+.BR mylibc.so ).
+.PP
The
.B Symbol
data structure:
@@ -190,10 +221,28 @@
.B CANY
searches the text table first, then the global table.
.PP
+.IR Findexsym ,
+.IR flookupsym ,
+and
+.I ffindsym
+are similar to
+.IR indexsym ,
+.IR lookupsym ,
+and
+.IR findsym ,
+but operate only on the symbols from
+.IR hdr .
+.I Flookupsym
+and
+.I ffindsym
+return pointers to data stored in the
+.IR hdr ,
+which must not be modified or freed.
+.PP
.IR Indexlsym ,
.IR lookuplsym ,
and
-.IR findlsym
+.I findlsym
are similar to
.IR indexsym ,
.IR lookupsym ,
diff --git a/man/man3/mach.3 b/man/man3/mach.3
index 3891852..1814789 100644
--- a/man/man3/mach.3
+++ b/man/man3/mach.3
@@ -54,24 +54,37 @@
information in the binary files themselves and adjust
accordingly.
.PP
+The supported architectures are
+.B 386
+(Intel 32-bit x86)
+386 and later)
+and
+.B power
+(IBM PowerPC, typically running
+Mac OS X).
+.PP
Other manual pages
describe the library functions in detail.
.PP
-.I Mach-file (3)
+.IR Mach-cmd (3)
+describes some convenience routines for attaching to
+processes and core files.
+.PP
+.IR Mach-file (3)
describes the manipulation of binary files.
.PP
-.I Mach-map (3)
+.IR Mach-map (3)
describes the interface to address spaces and register sets
in executable files and executing programs.
.PP
-.I Mach-stack (3)
+.IR Mach-stack (3)
describes support for unwinding the stack.
.PP
-.I Mach-swap (3)
+.IR Mach-swap (3)
describes helper functions for accessing data
in a particular byte order.
.PP
-.I Mach-symbol (3)
+.IR Mach-symbol (3)
describes the interface to debugging symbol information.
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libmach
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc.3 b/man/man3/malloc.3
index 54e9ecc..01493c7 100644
--- a/man/man3/malloc.3
+++ b/man/man3/malloc.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH MALLOC 3
.SH NAME
-malloc, mallocz, free, realloc, calloc, msize, setmalloctag, setrealloctag, getmalloctag, getrealloctag, malloctopoolblock \- memory allocator
+malloc, mallocz, free, realloc, calloc, setmalloctag, setrealloctag, getmalloctag, getrealloctag \- memory allocator
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -23,23 +23,16 @@
void* calloc(ulong nelem, ulong elsize)
.PP
.B
-ulong msize(void *ptr)
-.PP
-.B
void setmalloctag(void *ptr, ulong tag)
.PP
.B
-ulong getmalloctag(void *ptr, ulong tag)
+ulong getmalloctag(void *ptr)
.PP
.B
void setrealloctag(void *ptr, ulong tag)
.PP
.B
-ulong getrealloctag(void *ptr, ulong tag)
-.PP
-.B
-void* malloctopoolblock(void*)
-.PP
+ulong getrealloctag(void *ptr)
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Malloc
and
@@ -109,12 +102,7 @@
.I Free
frees such a block.
.PP
-When a block is allocated, sometimes there is some extra unused space at the end.
-.I Msize
-grows the block to encompass this unused space and returns the new number
-of bytes that may be used.
-.PP
-The memory allocator maintains two word-sized fields
+The memory allocator on Plan 9 maintains two word-sized fields
associated with each block, the ``malloc tag'' and the ``realloc tag''.
By convention, the malloc tag is the PC that allocated the block,
and the realloc tag the PC that last reallocated the block.
@@ -137,24 +125,15 @@
.IR setmalloctag )
to provide more useful information about
the source of allocation.
-.PP
-.I Malloctopoolblock
-takes the address of a block returned by
-.I malloc
-and returns the address of the corresponding
-block allocated by the
-.IR pool (3)
-routines.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/malloc.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/malloc.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/malloctag.c
.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR leak (1),
.I trump
(in
.IR acid (1)),
-.IR brk (3),
-.IR getcallerpc (3),
-.IR pool (3)
+.IR getcallerpc (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
.I Malloc, realloc
and
@@ -169,22 +148,6 @@
return
.BR ~0 .
.PP
-After including
-.BR pool.h ,
-the call
-.B poolcheck(mainmem)
-can be used to scan the storage arena for inconsistencies
-such as data written beyond the bounds of allocated blocks.
-It is often useful to combine this with with setting
-.EX
- mainmem->flags |= POOL_NOREUSE;
-.EE
-at the beginning of your program.
-This will cause malloc not to reallocate blocks even
-once they are freed;
-.B poolcheck(mainmem)
-will then detect writes to freed blocks.
-.PP
The
.I trump
library for
@@ -198,7 +161,7 @@
.PP
User errors can corrupt the storage arena.
The most common gaffes are (1) freeing an already freed block,
-(3) storing beyond the bounds of an allocated block, and (3)
+(2) storing beyond the bounds of an allocated block, and (3)
freeing data that was not obtained from the allocator.
When
.I malloc
diff --git a/man/man3/matrix.3 b/man/man3/matrix.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87ba34c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/matrix.3
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+.TH MATRIX 3
+.SH NAME
+ident, matmul, matmulr, determinant, adjoint, invertmat, xformpoint, xformpointd, xformplane, pushmat, popmat, rot, qrot, scale, move, xform, ixform, persp, look, viewport \- Geometric transformations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.PP
+.B
+#include <draw.h>
+.PP
+.B
+#include <geometry.h>
+.PP
+.B
+void ident(Matrix m)
+.PP
+.B
+void matmul(Matrix a, Matrix b)
+.PP
+.B
+void matmulr(Matrix a, Matrix b)
+.PP
+.B
+double determinant(Matrix m)
+.PP
+.B
+void adjoint(Matrix m, Matrix madj)
+.PP
+.B
+double invertmat(Matrix m, Matrix inv)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 xformpoint(Point3 p, Space *to, Space *from)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 xformpointd(Point3 p, Space *to, Space *from)
+.PP
+.B
+Point3 xformplane(Point3 p, Space *to, Space *from)
+.PP
+.B
+Space *pushmat(Space *t)
+.PP
+.B
+Space *popmat(Space *t)
+.PP
+.B
+void rot(Space *t, double theta, int axis)
+.PP
+.B
+void qrot(Space *t, Quaternion q)
+.PP
+.B
+void scale(Space *t, double x, double y, double z)
+.PP
+.B
+void move(Space *t, double x, double y, double z)
+.PP
+.B
+void xform(Space *t, Matrix m)
+.PP
+.B
+void ixform(Space *t, Matrix m, Matrix inv)
+.PP
+.B
+int persp(Space *t, double fov, double n, double f)
+.PP
+.B
+void look(Space *t, Point3 eye, Point3 look, Point3 up)
+.PP
+.B
+void viewport(Space *t, Rectangle r, double aspect)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines manipulate 3-space affine and projective transformations,
+represented as 4\(mu4 matrices, thus:
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta 6n
+typedef double Matrix[4][4];
+.EE
+.PP
+.I Ident
+stores an identity matrix in its argument.
+.I Matmul
+stores
+.I a\(mub
+in
+.IR a .
+.I Matmulr
+stores
+.I b\(mua
+in
+.IR b .
+.I Determinant
+returns the determinant of matrix
+.IR m .
+.I Adjoint
+stores the adjoint (matrix of cofactors) of
+.I m
+in
+.IR madj .
+.I Invertmat
+stores the inverse of matrix
+.I m
+in
+.IR minv ,
+returning
+.IR m 's
+determinant.
+Should
+.I m
+be singular (determinant zero),
+.I invertmat
+stores its
+adjoint in
+.IR minv .
+.PP
+The rest of the routines described here
+manipulate
+.I Spaces
+and transform
+.IR Point3s .
+A
+.I Point3
+is a point in three-space, represented by its
+homogeneous coordinates:
+.IP
+.EX
+typedef struct Point3 Point3;
+struct Point3{
+ double x, y, z, w;
+};
+.EE
+.PP
+The homogeneous coordinates
+.RI ( x ,
+.IR y ,
+.IR z ,
+.IR w )
+represent the Euclidean point
+.RI ( x / w ,
+.IR y / w ,
+.IR z / w )
+if
+.IR w ≠0,
+and a ``point at infinity'' if
+.IR w =0.
+.PP
+A
+.I Space
+is just a data structure describing a coordinate system:
+.IP
+.EX
+typedef struct Space Space;
+struct Space{
+ Matrix t;
+ Matrix tinv;
+ Space *next;
+};
+.EE
+.PP
+It contains a pair of transformation matrices and a pointer
+to the
+.IR Space 's
+parent. The matrices transform points to and from the ``root
+coordinate system,'' which is represented by a null
+.I Space
+pointer.
+.PP
+.I Pushmat
+creates a new
+.IR Space .
+Its argument is a pointer to the parent space. Its result
+is a newly allocated copy of the parent, but with its
+.B next
+pointer pointing at the parent.
+.I Popmat
+discards the
+.B Space
+that is its argument, returning a pointer to the stack.
+Nominally, these two functions define a stack of transformations,
+but
+.B pushmat
+can be called multiple times
+on the same
+.B Space
+multiple times, creating a transformation tree.
+.PP
+.I Xformpoint
+and
+.I Xformpointd
+both transform points from the
+.B Space
+pointed to by
+.I from
+to the space pointed to by
+.IR to .
+Either pointer may be null, indicating the root coordinate system.
+The difference between the two functions is that
+.B xformpointd
+divides
+.IR x ,
+.IR y ,
+.IR z ,
+and
+.I w
+by
+.IR w ,
+if
+.IR w ≠0,
+making
+.RI ( x ,
+.IR y ,
+.IR z )
+the Euclidean coordinates of the point.
+.PP
+.I Xformplane
+transforms planes or normal vectors. A plane is specified by the
+coefficients
+.RI ( a ,
+.IR b ,
+.IR c ,
+.IR d )
+of its implicit equation
+.IR ax+by+cz+d =0.
+Since this representation is dual to the homogeneous representation of points,
+.B libgeometry
+represents planes by
+.B Point3
+structures, with
+.RI ( a ,
+.IR b ,
+.IR c ,
+.IR d )
+stored in
+.RI ( x ,
+.IR y ,
+.IR z ,
+.IR w ).
+.PP
+The remaining functions transform the coordinate system represented
+by a
+.BR Space .
+Their
+.B Space *
+argument must be non-null \(em you can't modify the root
+.BR Space .
+.I Rot
+rotates by angle
+.I theta
+(in radians) about the given
+.IR axis ,
+which must be one of
+.BR XAXIS ,
+.B YAXIS
+or
+.BR ZAXIS .
+.I Qrot
+transforms by a rotation about an arbitrary axis, specified by
+.B Quaternion
+.IR q .
+.PP
+.I Scale
+scales the coordinate system by the given scale factors in the directions of the three axes.
+.IB Move
+translates by the given displacement in the three axial directions.
+.PP
+.I Xform
+transforms the coordinate system by the given
+.BR Matrix .
+If the matrix's inverse is known
+.I a
+.IR priori ,
+calling
+.I ixform
+will save the work of recomputing it.
+.PP
+.I Persp
+does a perspective transformation.
+The transformation maps the frustum with apex at the origin,
+central axis down the positive
+.I y
+axis, and apex angle
+.I fov
+and clipping planes
+.IR y = n
+and
+.IR y = f
+into the double-unit cube.
+The plane
+.IR y = n
+maps to
+.IR y '=-1,
+.IR y = f
+maps to
+.IR y '=1.
+.PP
+.I Look
+does a view-pointing transformation. The
+.B eye
+point is moved to the origin.
+The line through the
+.I eye
+and
+.I look
+points is aligned with the y axis,
+and the plane containing the
+.BR eye ,
+.B look
+and
+.B up
+points is rotated into the
+.IR x - y
+plane.
+.PP
+.I Viewport
+maps the unit-cube window into the given screen viewport.
+The viewport rectangle
+.I r
+has
+.IB r .min
+at the top left-hand corner, and
+.IB r .max
+just outside the lower right-hand corner.
+Argument
+.I aspect
+is the aspect ratio
+.RI ( dx / dy )
+of the viewport's pixels (not of the whole viewport).
+The whole window is transformed to fit centered inside the viewport with equal
+slop on either top and bottom or left and right, depending on the viewport's
+aspect ratio.
+The window is viewed down the
+.I y
+axis, with
+.I x
+to the left and
+.I z
+up. The viewport
+has
+.I x
+increasing to the right and
+.I y
+increasing down. The window's
+.I y
+coordinates are mapped, unchanged, into the viewport's
+.I z
+coordinates.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libgeometry/matrix.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR arith3 (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/memdraw.3 b/man/man3/memdraw.3
index 78c4859..4b59428 100644
--- a/man/man3/memdraw.3
+++ b/man/man3/memdraw.3
@@ -231,9 +231,9 @@
.B Memdata
points back at the
.B Memdata
-structure, so that the
+structure, so that in the Plan 9 kernel, the
memory allocator (see
-.IR pool (3))
+Plan 9's \fIpool\fR(3))
can compact image memory
using
.IR memimagemove .
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@
to file descriptor
.IR fd .
For more on bitmap formats, see
-.IR image (6).
+.IR image (7).
.I Freememimage
frees images returned by any of these routines.
The
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
.I iprint
prints to a serial line rather than the screen, for obvious reasons.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libmemdraw
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR addpt (3),
.IR color (3),
@@ -442,9 +442,14 @@
.IR memlayer (3),
.IR stringsize (3),
.IR subfont (3),
-.IR color (6),
-.IR utf (6)
+.IR color (7),
+.IR utf (7)
.SH BUGS
.I Memimagestring
is unusual in using a subfont rather than a font,
and in having no parameter to align the source.
+.PP
+.I Libmemdraw
+is archived into
+.IR libdraw .
+
diff --git a/man/man3/memlayer.3 b/man/man3/memlayer.3
index 523253a..90e63e5 100644
--- a/man/man3/memlayer.3
+++ b/man/man3/memlayer.3
@@ -294,12 +294,16 @@
.I buf
are in compressed image format
(see
-.IR image (6)).
+.IR image (7)).
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libmemlayer
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR graphics (3),
.IR memdraw (3),
.IR stringsize (3),
.IR window (3),
.IR draw (3)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Libmemlayer
+is archived into
+.IR libdraw .
diff --git a/man/man3/memory.3 b/man/man3/memory.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..746dc7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memory.3
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.TH MEMORY 3
+.SH NAME
+memccpy, memchr, memcmp, memcpy, memmove, memset \- memory operations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.ta \w'\fLvoid* 'u
+.B
+void* memccpy(void *s1, void *s2, int c, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+void* memchr(void *s, int c, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+int memcmp(void *s1, void *s2, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+void* memcpy(void *s1, void *s2, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+void* memmove(void *s1, void *s2, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+void* memset(void *s, int c, long n)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions operate efficiently on memory areas
+(arrays of bytes bounded by a count, not terminated by a zero byte).
+They do not check for the overflow of any receiving memory area.
+.PP
+.I Memccpy
+copies bytes from memory area
+.I s2
+into
+.IR s1 ,
+stopping after the first occurrence of byte
+.I c
+has been copied, or after
+.I n
+bytes have been copied, whichever comes first.
+It returns a pointer to the byte after
+the copy of
+.I c
+in
+.IR s1 ,
+or zero if
+.I c
+was not found in the first
+.I n
+bytes of
+.IR s2 .
+.PP
+.I Memchr
+returns a pointer to the first
+occurrence of byte
+.I c
+in the first
+.I n
+bytes of memory area
+.IR s,
+or zero if
+.I c
+does not occur.
+.PP
+.I Memcmp
+compares its arguments, looking at the first
+.I n
+bytes only, and returns an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than 0,
+according as
+.I s1
+is lexicographically less than, equal to, or
+greater than
+.IR s2 .
+The comparison is bytewise unsigned.
+.PP
+.I Memcpy
+copies
+.I n
+bytes from memory area
+.I s2
+to
+.IR s1 .
+It returns
+.IR s1 .
+.PP
+.I Memmove
+works like
+.IR memcpy ,
+except that it is guaranteed to work if
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2
+overlap.
+.PP
+.I Memset
+sets the first
+.I n
+bytes in memory area
+.I s
+to the value of byte
+.IR c .
+It returns
+.IR s .
+.SH SOURCE
+All these routines have portable C implementations in
+.BR /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9 .
+.\" Most also have machine-dependent assembly language implementations in
+.\" .BR /usr/local/plan9/lib9/$objtype .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR strcat (3)
+.SH BUGS
+ANSI C does not require
+.I memcpy
+to handle overlapping source and destination; on Plan 9, it does, so
+.I memmove
+and
+.I memcpy
+behave identically.
+.PP
+If
+.I memcpy
+and
+.I memmove
+are handed a negative count, they abort.
diff --git a/man/man3/mousescrollsize.3 b/man/man3/mousescrollsize.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..915a6bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mousescrollsize.3
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.TH MOUSESCROLLSIZE 3
+.SH NAME
+mousescrollsize \- compute mouse scroll increment
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <draw.h>
+.PP
+int mousescrollsize(int maxlines)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Mousescrollsize
+computes the number of lines of text that should be scrolled
+in response to a mouse scroll wheel click.
+.I Maxlines
+is the number of lines visible in the text window.
+.PP
+The default scroll increment is one line.
+This default can be overridden by setting the
+.B $mousescrollsize
+environment variable to an integer, which specifies
+a constant number of lines, or to a real number
+followed by a percent character, indicating that the
+scroll increment should be a percentage of the total
+number of lines in the window.
+For example, setting
+.B $mousescrollsize
+to
+.B 50%
+causes a half-window scroll increment.
+.PP
+.I Mousescrollsize
+is used by
+.IR 9term (1)
+and
+.IR acme (1)
+to set their scrolling behavior.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw/scroll.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR 9term (1),
+.IR acme (1)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Libdraw
+expects up and down scroll wheel events to be expressed as clicks of mouse buttons 4 and 5,
+but the XFree86 default is to ignore the scroll wheel.
+To enable the scroll wheel, change your
+.B InputDevice
+section of
+.B XF86Config-4
+to look like:
+.IP
+.EX
+Section "InputDevice"
+ Identifier "Mouse0"
+ Driver "mouse"
+ Option "Device" "/dev/psaux"
+
+ # next four lines enable scroll wheel as buttons 4 and 5
+ Option "Buttons" "5"
+ Option "Emulate3Buttons" "off"
+ Option "Protocol" "ImPS/2"
+ Option "ZAxisMapping" "4 5"
+EndSection
+.EE
diff --git a/man/man3/mp.3 b/man/man3/mp.3
index 420f0ba..9a4ed84 100644
--- a/man/man3/mp.3
+++ b/man/man3/mp.3
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
.TH MP 3
.SH NAME
-
-mpsetminbits, mpnew, mpfree, mpbits, mpnorm, mpcopy, mpassign, mprand, strtomp, mpfmt,mptoa, betomp, mptobe, letomp, mptole, mptoui, uitomp, mptoi, itomp, uvtomp, mptouv, vtomp, mptov, mpdigdiv, mpadd, mpsub, mpleft, mpright, mpmul, mpexp, mpmod, mpdiv, mpcmp, mpextendedgcd, mpinvert, mpsignif, mplowbits0, mpvecdigmuladd, mpvecdigmulsub, mpvecadd, mpvecsub, mpveccmp, mpvecmul, mpmagcmp, mpmagadd, mpmagsub, crtpre, crtin, crtout, crtprefree, crtresfree \- extended precision arithmetic
+mpsetminbits, mpnew, mpfree, mpbits, mpnorm, mpcopy, mpassign, mprand, strtomp, mpfmt,mptoa, betomp, mptobe, letomp, mptole, mptoui, uitomp, mptoi, itomp, uvtomp, mptouv, vtomp, mptov, mpdigdiv, mpadd, mpsub, mpleft, mpright, mpmul, mpexp, mpmod, mpdiv, mpcmp, mpextendedgcd, mpinvert, mpsignif, mplowbits0, mpvecdigmuladd, mpvecdigmulsub, mpvecadd, mpvecsub, mpveccmp, mpvecmul, mpmagcmp, mpmagadd, mpmagsub, crtpre, crtin, crtout, crtprefree, crtresfree, mpfactorial \- extended precision arithmetic
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -163,6 +162,9 @@
void crtresfree(CRTres *res)
.PP
.B
+mpint* mpfactorial(ulong n)
+.PP
+.B
mpint *mpzero, *mpone, *mptwo
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
@@ -573,5 +575,9 @@
and
.I CRTres
structures respectively.
+.PP
+.I Mpfactorial
+returns the factorial of
+.IR n .
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libmp
diff --git a/man/man3/mux.3 b/man/man3/mux.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc8de4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mux.3
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+.TH MUX 3
+.SH NAME
+Mux, muxinit, muxrpc, muxthreads \- protocol multiplexor
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <mux.h>
+.PP
+.nf
+.B
+.ta +4n
+struct Mux
+{
+ uint mintag;
+ uint maxtag;
+ int (*settag)(Mux *mux, void *msg, uint tag);
+ int (*gettag)(Mux *mux, void *msg);
+ int (*send)(Mux *mux, void *msg);
+ void *(*recv)(Mux *mux);
+ void *aux;
+
+ \&... /* private fields follow */
+};
+.ta +\w'\fLvoid* 'u
+.PP
+.B
+void muxinit(Mux *mux);
+.PP
+.B
+void* muxrpc(Mux *mux, void *request);
+.PP
+.B
+void muxprocs(Mux *mux);
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Libmux
+is a generic protocol multiplexor.
+A client program initializes a
+.B Mux
+structure with information about the protocol
+(mainly in the form of helper functions)
+and can then use
+.I muxrpc
+to execute individual RPCs without worrying
+about details of multiplexing requests
+and demultiplexing responses.
+.PP
+.I Libmux
+assumes that the protocol messages contain a
+.I tag
+(or message ID) field that exists for the sole purpose of demultiplexing messages.
+.I Libmux
+chooses the tags and then calls a helper function
+to put them in the outgoing messages.
+.I Libmux
+calls another helper function to retrieve tags
+from incoming messages.
+It also calls helper functions to send and receive packets.
+.PP
+A client should allocate a
+.B Mux
+structure and then call
+.I muxinit
+to initialize the library's private elements.
+The client must initialize the following elements:
+.TP
+.I mintag\fR, \fPmaxtag
+The range of valid tags;
+.I maxtag
+is the maximum valid tag plus one, so that
+.IR maxtag \- mintag
+is equal to the number of valid tags.
+If
+.I libmux
+runs out of tags
+(all tags are being used for RPCs currently in progress),
+a new call to
+.IR muxrpc
+will block until an executing call finishes.
+.TP
+.I settag\fR, \fPgettag
+Set or get the tag value in a message.
+.TP
+.I send\fR, \fPrecv
+Send or receive protocol messages on the connection.
+.I Recv
+should block until a message is available and
+should return nil if the connection is closed.
+.I Libmux
+will arrange that only one call to
+.I recv
+is active at a time.
+.TP
+.I aux
+An auxiliary pointer for use by the client.
+.PD
+Once a client has initialized the
+.B Mux
+structure, it can call
+.I muxrpc
+to execute RPCs.
+The
+.I request
+is the message passed to
+.I settag
+and
+.IR send .
+The return value is the response packet,
+as provided by
+.IR recv ,
+or
+nil if an error occurred.
+.I Muxprocs
+allocates new procs
+(see
+.IR thread (3))
+in which to run
+.I send
+and
+.IR recv .
+After a call to
+.IR muxprocs ,
+.I muxrpc
+will run
+.I send
+and
+.I recv
+in these procs instead of in the calling proc.
+This is useful if the implementation of
+either (particularly
+.IR recv )
+blocks an entire proc
+and there are other threads in the calling proc
+that need to remain active.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+See
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9pclient/fs.c
+for an example of using
+.I libmux
+with
+9P
+(see
+.IR intro (9p)).
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libmux
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR thread (3),
+.IR intro (9p)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Libmux
+does not know how to free protocol messages,
+so message arriving with unexpected or invalid
+tags are leaked.
+.PP
+Using
+.I mintag
+other than zero is not well tested and probably buggy.
diff --git a/man/man3/nan.3 b/man/man3/nan.3
index 2c77af0..69777e5 100644
--- a/man/man3/nan.3
+++ b/man/man3/nan.3
@@ -41,4 +41,4 @@
returns true if its first argument is infinity
with the same sign as the second argument.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/nan.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/nan.c
diff --git a/man/man3/needstack.3 b/man/man3/needstack.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31588f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/needstack.3
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.TH NEEDSTACK 3
+.SH NAME
+needstack \- check for execution stack overflow
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B
+#include <u.h>
+.PP
+.B
+#include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B
+int needstack(int n)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Stack overflow in the thread library leads to bugs that are
+difficult to diagnose.
+The Plan 9 libraries are careful about not allocating
+large structures on the stack, so typically four or eight kilobytes is plenty of stack
+for a thread.
+Other libraries are not always as careful.
+Calling
+.I needstack
+indicates to the thread library that an external routine is about
+to be called that will require
+.I n
+bytes of stack space.
+If there is not enough space left on the stack,
+the thread library prints an error and terminates
+the program.
+The call
+.B needstack(0)
+can be used to check whether the stack is
+currently overflowed.
+.PP
+.I Needstack
+is defined in
+.B libc.h
+so that library functions used in threaded and non-threaded contexts
+can call it.
+The implementation of
+.I needstack
+in
+.B lib9
+is a no-op.
+.PP
+.I Needstack
+should be thought of as a comment checked at run time,
+like
+.IR assert (3).
+.SH EXAMPLE
+The X Window library implementation of
+.I XLookupString
+allocates some very large buffers on the stack, so
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw/x11-itrans.c
+calls
+.B needstack(20*1024)
+before making calls to
+.IR XLookupString .
+If a thread (in this case, the keyboard-reading thread used
+inside the
+.IR draw (3)
+library)
+does not allocate a large enough stack, the problem is diagnosed
+immediately rather than left to corrupt memory.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/needstack.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libthread
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR thread (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/notify.3 b/man/man3/notify.3
index 0286ea8..41b8452 100644
--- a/man/man3/notify.3
+++ b/man/man3/notify.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH NOTIFY 3
.SH NAME
-notify, noted, atnotify \- handle asynchronous process notification
+notify, noted, atnotify, noteenable, notedisable, notifyon, notifyoff \- handle asynchronous process notification
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -14,36 +14,34 @@
.PP
.B
int atnotify(int (*f)(void*, char*), int in)
+.PP
+.B
+int noteenable(char *msg)
+.br
+.B
+int notedisable(char *msg)
+.PP
+.B
+int notifyon(char *msg)
+.br
+.B
+int notifyoff(char *msg)
.SH DESCRIPTION
When a process raises an exceptional condition such as dividing by zero
or writing on a closed pipe, a
.I note
is posted to communicate the exception.
-A note may also be posted by a
-.I write
-(see
-.IR read (3))
-to the process's
-.BI /proc/ n /note
-file or to the
-.BI /proc/ m /notepg
-file of a process in the same process group (see
-.IR proc (3)).
-When the note is received
-the behavior of the process depends on the origin of the note.
-If the note was posted by an external process,
-the process receiving the note exits;
-if generated by the system the note string,
-preceded by the name
-and id of the process and the string
-\fL"suicide: "\fP,
-is printed on the process's standard error file
-and the
-process is suspended in the
-.B Broken
-state for debugging.
+A note may also be posted by another process
+via
+.IR postnote (3).
+On Unix, notes are implemented as signals.
.PP
-These default actions may be overridden.
+When a note is received, the action taken depends on the note.
+See
+.IR signal (7)
+for the full description of the defaults.
+.PP
+The default actions may be overridden.
The
.I notify
function registers a
@@ -55,7 +53,7 @@
An argument of zero cancels a previous handler,
restoring the default action.
A
-.IR fork (3)
+.IR fork (2)
system call leaves the handler registered in
both the parent and the child;
.IR exec (3)
@@ -64,20 +62,19 @@
.PP
After a note is posted,
the handler is called with two arguments:
-the first is a pointer to a
+the first is unimplemented and should not be used
+(on Plan 9
+it is a
.B Ureg
-structure (defined in
-.BR /$objtype/include/ureg.h )
-giving the current values of registers;
+structure
+giving the current values of registers);
the second is a pointer to the note itself,
-a null-terminated string with no more than
-.L ERRLEN
-characters in it including the terminal NUL.
-The
-.B Ureg
-argument is usually not needed; it is provided to help recover from traps such
-as floating point exceptions.
-Its use and layout are machine- and system-specific.
+a null-terminated string.
+.\" The
+.\" .B Ureg
+.\" argument is usually not needed; it is provided to help recover from traps such
+.\" as floating point exceptions.
+.\" Its use and layout are machine- and system-specific.
.PP
A notification handler must finish either by exiting the program or by calling
.IR noted ;
@@ -115,14 +112,32 @@
using the
.I notejmp
function (see
-.IR setjmp (3)),
-which is implemented by modifying the saved state and calling
-.BR noted(NCONT) .
+.IR setjmp (3)).
+.PP
+Unix provides a fixed set of notes (typically there are 32) called
+.IR signals .
+It also allows a process to block certain notes from being delivered
+(see
+.IR sigprocmask (2))
+and to ignore certain notes by setting the signal hander to the special value
+.B SIG_IGN
+(see
+.IR signal (2)).
+.I Noteenable
+and
+.I notedisable
+enable or disable receipt of a particular note by changing the current process's blocked signal mask.
+Receipt of a disabled note will be postponed until it is reenabled.
+.I Notifyon
+and
+.I notifyoff
+enable or disable whether the notification handler
+is called upon receipt of the note; if the handler is not called, the note is discarded.
.PP
Regardless of the origin of the note or the presence of a handler,
if the process is being debugged
(see
-.IR proc (3))
+.IR ptrace (2))
the arrival of a note puts the process in the
.B Stopped
state and awakens the debugger.
@@ -158,87 +173,67 @@
.I noted
with argument
.BR NDFLT .
-.PP
-.I Noted
-has two other possible values for its argument.
-.B NSAVE
-returns from the handler and clears the note, enabling the receipt of another,
-but does not return to the program.
-Instead it starts a new handler with the same stack, stack pointer,
-and arguments as the
-original, at the address recorded in the program counter of the
-.B Ureg
-structure. Typically, the program counter will be overridden by the
-first note handler to be the address of a separate function;
-.B NSAVE
-is then a `trampoline' to that handler.
-That handler may executed
-.B noted(NRSTR)
-to return to the original program, usually after restoring the original program
-counter.
-.B NRSTR
-is identical to
-.BR NCONT
-except that it can only be executed after an
-.BR NSAVE .
-.B NSAVE
-and
-.B NRSTR
-are designed to improve the emulation of signals by the ANSI C/POSIX
-environment; their use elsewhere is discouraged.
+.\" .PP
+.\" .I Noted
+.\" has two other possible values for its argument.
+.\" .B NSAVE
+.\" returns from the handler and clears the note, enabling the receipt of another,
+.\" but does not return to the program.
+.\" Instead it starts a new handler with the same stack, stack pointer,
+.\" and arguments as the
+.\" original, at the address recorded in the program counter of the
+.\" .B Ureg
+.\" structure. Typically, the program counter will be overridden by the
+.\" first note handler to be the address of a separate function;
+.\" .B NSAVE
+.\" is then a `trampoline' to that handler.
+.\" That handler may executed
+.\" .B noted(NRSTR)
+.\" to return to the original program, usually after restoring the original program
+.\" counter.
+.\" .B NRSTR
+.\" is identical to
+.\" .BR NCONT
+.\" except that it can only be executed after an
+.\" .BR NSAVE .
+.\" .B NSAVE
+.\" and
+.\" .B NRSTR
+.\" are designed to improve the emulation of signals by the ANSI C/POSIX
+.\" environment; their use elsewhere is discouraged.
.PP
The set of notes a process may receive is system-dependent, but there
is a common set that includes:
.PP
.RS 3n
.nf
-.ta \w'\fLsys: write on closed pipe \fP'u
-\fINote\fP \fIMeaning\fP
-\fLinterrupt\fP user interrupt (DEL key)
-\fLhangup\fP I/O connection closed
-\fLalarm\fP alarm expired
-\fLsys: breakpoint\fP breakpoint instruction
-\fLsys: bad address\fP system call address argument out of range
-\fLsys: odd address\fP system call address argument unaligned
-\fLsys: bad sys call\fP system call number out of range
-\fLsys: odd stack\fP system call user stack unaligned
-\fLsys: write on closed pipe\fP write on closed pipe
-\fLsys: fp: \fIfptrap\f1 floating point exception
-\fLsys: trap: \fItrap\f1 other exception (see below)
+.ta \w'\fLsys: write on closed pipe \fP'u \w'system call address argument out of range 'u
+\fINote\fP \fIMeaning\fP \fIUnix signal\fP
+\fLinterrupt\fP user interrupt (DEL key) SIGINTR
+\fLhangup\fP I/O connection closed SIGHUP
+\fLalarm\fP alarm expired SIGLARM
+\fLquit\fP quit from keyboard SIGQUIT
+\fLkill\fP process requested to exit SIGTERM
+\fLsys: kill\fP process forced to exit SIGKILL
+\fLsys: bus error\fP bus error SIGBUS
+\fLsys: segmentation violation\fP segmentation violation SIGSEGV
.fi
.RE
.PP
+See
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/await.c
+(sic)
+for the full list.
+.PP
The notes prefixed
.B sys:
-are generated by the operating system.
-They are suffixed by the user program counter in format
-.BR pc=0x1234 .
-If the note is due to a floating point exception, just before the
-.BR pc
-is the address of the offending instruction in format
-.BR fppc=0x1234 .
-Notes are limited to
-.B ERRLEN
-bytes; if they would be longer they are truncated but the
-.B pc
-is always reported correctly.
-.PP
-The types and syntax of the
-.I trap
-and
-.I fptrap
-portions of the notes are machine-dependent.
+are usually generated by the operating system.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/notify.c
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/atnotify.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/atnotify.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
.I notejmp
in
.IR setjmp (3)
-.SH BUGS
-Since
-.IR exec (3)
-discards the notification handler, there is a window
-of vulnerability to notes in a new process.
diff --git a/man/man3/open.3 b/man/man3/open.3
index 46b4fe5..b964cc9 100644
--- a/man/man3/open.3
+++ b/man/man3/open.3
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Exclusive-use files may be open for I/O by only one client at a time,
but the file descriptor may become invalid if no I/O is done
for an extended period; see
-.IR open (5).
+.IR open (9p).
.PP
.I Create
fails if the path up to the last element of
@@ -106,12 +106,12 @@
of if there there are no free file descriptors.
In the last case, the file may be created even when
an error is returned.
-If the file is new and the directory in which it is created is
-a union directory (see
-.IR intro (3))
-then the constituent directory where the file is created
-depends on the structure of the union: see
-.IR bind (3).
+.\" If the file is new and the directory in which it is created is
+.\" a union directory (see
+.\" .IR intro (3))
+.\" then the constituent directory where the file is created
+.\" depends on the structure of the union: see
+.\" .IR bind (3).
.PP
Since
.I create
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
.IR create,
the call succeeds only if the file does not already exist;
see
-.IR open (5)
+.IR open (9p)
for details.
.PP
.I Close
@@ -138,10 +138,9 @@
.I close
allows the file descriptor to be reused.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
-.IR bind (3),
.IR stat (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
These functions set
diff --git a/man/man3/opentemp.3 b/man/man3/opentemp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23e77d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/opentemp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.TH OPENTEMP 3
+.SH NAME
+opentemp \- create a uniquely-named file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B
+int opentemp(char *template)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Opentemp
+replaces
+.I template
+by a unique file name, and returns the
+address of the template.
+The template should look like a file name with eleven trailing
+.LR X s.
+The
+.LR X s
+are replaced by a letter followed by the current process id.
+Letters from
+.L a
+to
+.L z
+are tried until the name of a file that does not yet exist
+(see
+.IR access (2))
+is generated.
+.I Opentemp
+then creates the file for reading and writing
+and returns the file descriptor.
+.PP
+If no such name can be generated,
+.I opentemp
+returns \-1.
+.PP
+.I Opentemp
+avoids races.
+Two simultaneous calls to
+.I opentemp
+will never return the same name.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/opentemp.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.I create
+in
+.IR open (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/pipe.3 b/man/man3/pipe.3
index 06d3769..993e33a 100644
--- a/man/man3/pipe.3
+++ b/man/man3/pipe.3
@@ -25,50 +25,76 @@
After the pipe has been established,
cooperating processes
created by subsequent
-.IR fork (3)
+.IR fork (2)
calls may pass data through the
pipe with
.I read
and
.I write
calls.
-The bytes placed on a pipe
-by one
-.I write
-are contiguous even if many processes are writing.
-Write boundaries are preserved: each read terminates
-when the read buffer is full or after reading the last byte
-of a write, whichever comes first.
-.PP
-The number of bytes available to a
-.IR read (3)
-is reported
-in the
-.B Length
-field returned by
-.I fstat
-or
-.I dirfstat
-on a pipe (see
-.IR stat (3)).
+.\" The bytes placed on a pipe
+.\" by one
+.\" .I write
+.\" are contiguous even if many processes are writing.
+.\" Write boundaries are preserved: each read terminates
+.\" when the read buffer is full or after reading the last byte
+.\" of a write, whichever comes first.
+.\" .PP
+.\" The number of bytes available to a
+.\" .IR read (3)
+.\" is reported
+.\" in the
+.\" .B Length
+.\" field returned by
+.\" .I fstat
+.\" or
+.\" .I dirfstat
+.\" on a pipe (see
+.\" .IR stat (3)).
.PP
When all the data has been read from a pipe and the writer has closed the pipe or exited,
.IR read (3)
will return 0 bytes. Writes to a pipe with no reader will generate a note
.BR "sys: write on closed pipe" .
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/pipe.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
-.IR read (3),
-.IR pipe (3)
+.IR read (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
Sets
.IR errstr .
.SH BUGS
If a read or a write of a pipe is interrupted, some unknown
number of bytes may have been transferred.
-.br
-When a read from a pipe returns 0 bytes, it usually means end of file
-but is indistinguishable from reading the result of an explicit
-write of zero bytes.
+.PP
+.I Pipe
+is a macro defined as
+.I p9pipe
+to avoid name conflicts with Unix's
+.I pipe
+system call.
+.PP
+Unix pipes are not guaranteed to be bidirectional.
+In order to ensure a bidirectional channel,
+.I p9pipe
+creates Unix domain sockets via the
+.IR socketpair (2)
+instead of Unix pipes.
+.PP
+The implementation of pipes as Unix domain sockets
+causes problems with some Unix implementations of
+.BR /dev/fd ,
+Unix's dup device. If a Unix domain socket is open as file
+descriptor 0, some implementations disallow the opening of
+.BR /dev/fd/0 ;
+instead one must
+.IR connect (2)
+to it.
+If this functionality is important
+(as it is for
+.IR rc (1)),
+one must
+.B #undef
+.B pipe
+and fall back on the (possibly unidirectional) Unix pipes.
diff --git a/man/man3/plumb.3 b/man/man3/plumb.3
index f75acb3..c988bba 100644
--- a/man/man3/plumb.3
+++ b/man/man3/plumb.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH PLUMB 3
.SH NAME
-eplumb, plumbfree, plumbopen, plumbsend, plumbsendtext, plumblookup, plumbpack, plumbpackattr, plumbaddattr, plumbdelattr, plumbrecv, plumbunpack, plumbunpackpartial, plumbunpackattr, Plumbmsg \- plumb messages
+eplumb, plumbfree, plumbopen, plumbopenfid, plumbsend, plumbsendtofid, plumbsendtext, plumblookup, plumbpack, plumbpackattr, plumbaddattr, plumbdelattr, plumbrecv, plumbrecvfid, plumbunpack, plumbunpackpartial, plumbunpackattr, Plumbmsg \- plumb messages
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -51,9 +51,21 @@
.PP
.B
int eplumb(int key, char *port)
+.PP
+.B
+#include <9pclient.h>
+.PP
+.B
+CFid *plumbopenfid(char *port, int omode)
+.PP
+.B
+Plumbmsg* plumbrecvfid(CFid *fid)
+.PP
+.B
+int plumbsendtofid(CFid *fid, Plumbmsg *m)
.SH DESCRIPTION
These routines manipulate
-.IR plumb (6)
+.IR plumb (7)
messages, transmitting them, receiving them, and
converting them between text and these data structures:
.IP
@@ -141,7 +153,7 @@
encodes message
.I m
as a character string in the format of
-.IR plumb (6) ,
+.IR plumb (7) ,
setting
.BI * np
to the length in bytes of the string.
@@ -226,15 +238,49 @@
and deletes it from the list, returning the resulting list.
.I Plumbdelattr
is a no-op if no such attribute exists.
+.PP
+The file descriptor returned by
+.I plumbopen
+is created with
+.I fsopenfd
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3)),
+which masks information about read and write errors.
+This is acceptable for use in
+.I plumbrecv
+but not for
+.IR plumbsend ,
+which depends on seeing details of write errors.
+.IR Plumbopenfid ,
+.IR plumbrecvfid ,
+and
+.IR plumbsendtofid
+provide an explicit interface to
+.I lib9pclient
+that preserves the exact error details.
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libplumb
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR plumb (1),
.IR event (3),
.IR plumber (4),
-.IR plumb (6)
+.IR plumb (7)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
When appropriate, including when a
.I plumbsend
fails, these routine set
.IR errstr .
+.SH BUGS
+To avoid rewriting clients that use
+.IR plumbsend ,
+the call
+.B plumbopen("send",
+.B OWRITE)
+returns a useless file descriptor
+(it is opened to
+.BR /dev/null ).
+.I Plumbsend
+looks for this particular file descriptor
+and uses a static copy of the
+.B CFid
+instead.
diff --git a/man/man3/post9pservice.3 b/man/man3/post9pservice.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74404c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/post9pservice.3
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+.TH POST9PSERVICE 3
+.SH NAME
+post9pservice \- post 9P service for use by clients
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B
+int post9pservice(int fd, char *name)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Post9pservice
+invokes
+.IR 9pserve (4)
+to post a new 9P service in the current
+``name space''
+(see
+.IR intro (4))
+named
+.IR name .
+Clients connecting to the posted service
+are multiplexed onto a single 9P conversation with the server
+on file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR intro (4),
+.IR 9pserve (4)
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/post9p.c
diff --git a/man/man3/postnote.3 b/man/man3/postnote.3
index fed339b..535c7e6 100644
--- a/man/man3/postnote.3
+++ b/man/man3/postnote.3
@@ -19,17 +19,16 @@
.BR PNPROC ,
then
.I note
-is written to
-.BI /proc/ pid /note\f1.
+is sent to the process with id
+.IR pid .
If
.I who
is
.BI PNGROUP ,
the note is delivered to the
-process group by writing
-.I note
-to
-.BI /proc/ pid /notepg\f1.
+process group which has the process with id
+.I pid
+as a member.
For
.B PNGROUP
only, if the calling process is in the target group, the note is
@@ -39,11 +38,10 @@
If the write is successful, zero is returned.
Otherwise \-1 is returned.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/postnote.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/postnote.c
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IR notify (3),
-.IR intro (3),
-.IR proc (3)
+.IR intro (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
Sets
.IR errstr .
diff --git a/man/man3/print.3 b/man/man3/print.3
index 1fab0ad..b1c8545 100644
--- a/man/man3/print.3
+++ b/man/man3/print.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.ft R
..
.SH NAME
-print, fprint, sprint, snprint, seprint, smprint, vfprint, vsnprint, vseprint, vsmprint \- print formatted output
+print, fprint, sprint, snprint, seprint, smprint, runesprint, runesnprint, runeseprint, runesmprint, vfprint, vsnprint, vseprint, vsmprint, runevsnprint, runevseprint, runevsmprint \- print formatted output
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <utf.h>
.PP
diff --git a/man/man3/proto.3 b/man/man3/proto.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab8d304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/proto.3
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+.TH PROTO 3
+.SH NAME
+rdproto \- parse and process a proto file listing
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft L
+#include <u.h>
+#include <libc.h>
+#include <disk.h>
+.ft
+.PP
+.B
+typedef void Protoenum(char *new, char *old, Dir *d, void *a)
+.PP
+.B
+typedef void Protowarn(char *msg, void *a)
+.PP
+.B
+int rdproto(char *proto, char *root, Protoenum *enm,
+.br
+.B
+ Protowarn *warn, void *a)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Rdproto
+reads and interprets the named
+.I proto
+file relative to the
+root directory
+.IR root .
+.PP
+Each line of the
+.I proto
+file specifies a file to copy.
+Blank lines and lines beginning with
+.B #
+are ignored.
+Indentation (usually tabs) is significant,
+with each level of indentation corresponding to a level in the file tree.
+Fields within a line are separated by white space.
+The first field is the last path element in the destination file tree.
+The second field specifies the permissions.
+The third field is the owner of the file,
+and the fourth is the group owning the file.
+The fifth field is the name of the file from which to copy;
+this file is read from the current name space,
+not the source file tree.
+All fields except the first are optional.
+Specifying
+.B -
+for permissions, owner, or group
+causes
+.I rdproto
+to fetch the corresponding information
+from the file rather than override it.
+(This is the default behavior when the fields
+are not present; explicitly specifying
+.B -
+is useful when one wishes to set, say,
+the file owner without setting the permissions.)
+.PP
+Names beginning with a
+.L $
+are expanded as environment variables.
+If the first file specified in a directory is
+.LR * ,
+all of the files in that directory are considered listed.
+If the first file is
+.LR + ,
+all of the files are copied, and all subdirectories
+are recursively considered listed.
+All files are considered relative to
+.IR root .
+.PP
+For each file named by the
+.IR proto ,
+.I enm
+is called with
+.I new
+pointing at the name of the file (without the root prefix),
+.I old
+pointing at the name of the source file (with the root prefix,
+when applicable),
+and
+.I Dir
+at the desired directory information for the new file.
+Only the
+.BR name ,
+.BR uid ,
+.BR gid ,
+.BR mode ,
+.BR mtime ,
+and
+.B length
+fields are guaranteed to be valid.
+The argument
+.I a
+is the same argument passed to
+.IR rdproto ;
+typically it points at some extra state
+used by the enumeration function.
+.PP
+When files or directories do not exist or
+cannot be read by
+.IR rdproto ,
+it formats a warning message, calls
+.IR warn ,
+and continues processing;
+if
+.I warn
+is nil,
+.I rdproto
+prints the warning message to standard error.
+.PP
+.I Rdproto
+returns zero
+if
+.I proto
+was processed, \-1 if it could not be opened.
+.SH FILES
+.TF /sys/lib/sysconfig/proto/portproto
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/sysconfig/proto/
+directory of prototype files.
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/sysconfig/proto/portproto
+generic prototype file.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdisk/proto.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR mk9660 (8),
+Plan 9's \fImkfs\fR(8)
diff --git a/man/man3/pushtls.3 b/man/man3/pushtls.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b92dcb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pushtls.3
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+.TH PUSHTLS 3
+.SH NAME
+pushtls, tlsClient, tlsServer, initThumbprints, freeThumbprints, okThumbprint, readcert, readcertchain \- attach TLS1 or SSL3 encryption to a communication channel
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B
+int pushtls(int fd, char *hashalg, char *encalg,
+.br
+.B
+ int isclient, char *secret, char *dir)
+.PP
+.B #include <mp.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libsec.h>
+.PP
+.B
+int tlsClient(int fd, TLSconn *conn)
+.PP
+.B
+int tlsServer(int fd, TLSconn *conn)
+.PP
+.B
+uchar *readcert(char *filename, int *pcertlen)
+.PP
+.B
+PEMchain *readcertchain(char *filename)
+.PP
+.B
+Thumbprint* initThumbprints(char *ok, char *crl)
+.PP
+.B
+void freeThumbprints(Thumbprint *table)
+.PP
+.B
+int okThumbprint(uchar *hash, Thumbprint *table)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Transport Layer Security (TLS) comprises a record layer protocol,
+doing message digesting and encrypting in the kernel,
+and a handshake protocol,
+doing initial authentication and secret creation at
+user level and then starting a data channel in the record protocol.
+TLS is nearly the same as SSL 3.0, and the software should interoperate
+with implementations of either standard.
+.PP
+To use just the record layer, as described in Plan 9's
+\fItls\fR(3),
+call
+.I pushtls
+to open the record layer device, connect to the communications channel
+.IR fd ,
+and start up encryption and message authentication as specified
+in
+.IR hashalg ,
+.IR encalg ,
+and
+.IR secret .
+These parameters must have been arranged at the two ends of the
+conversation by other means.
+For example,
+.I hashalg
+could be
+.BR sha1 ,
+.I encalg
+could be
+.BR rc4_128 ,
+and
+.I secret
+could be the base-64 encoding of two (client-to-server and server-to-client)
+20-byte digest keys and two corresponding 16-byte encryption keys.
+.I Pushtls
+returns a file descriptor for the TLS data channel. Anything written to this
+descriptor will get encrypted and authenticated and then written to the
+file descriptor,
+.IR fd .
+If
+.I dir
+is non-zero, the path name of the connection directory is copied into
+.IR dir .
+This path name is guaranteed to be less than 40 bytes long.
+.PP
+Alternatively, call
+.I tlsClient
+to speak the full handshake protocol,
+negotiate the algorithms and secrets,
+and return a new data file descriptor for the data channel.
+.I Conn
+points to a (caller-allocated) struct
+.EX
+ typedef struct TLSconn{
+ char dir[40]; // OUT connection directory
+ uchar *cert; // IN/OUT certificate
+ uchar *sessionID; // IN/OUT sessionID
+ int certlen, sessionIDlen;
+ void (*trace)(char*fmt, ...);
+ PEMChain *chain;
+ } TLSconn;
+.EE
+defined in
+.IR tls.h .
+On input, the caller can provide options such as
+.IR cert ,
+the local certificate, and
+.IR sessionID ,
+used by a client to resume a previously negotiated security association.
+On output, the connection directory is set, as with
+.B listen
+(see
+.IR dial (3)).
+The input
+.I cert
+is freed and a freshly allocated copy of the remote's certificate
+is returned in
+.IR conn ,
+to be checked by the caller
+according to its needs. One mechanism is supplied by
+.I initThumbprints
+and
+.I freeThumbprints
+which allocate and free, respectively, a table of hashes
+from files of known trusted and revoked certificates.
+.I okThumbprint
+confirms that a particular hash is in the table, as computed by
+.PP
+.EX
+ uchar hash[SHA1dlen];
+ conn = (TLSconn*)mallocz(sizeof *conn, 1);
+ fd = tlsClient(fd, conn);
+ sha1(conn->cert, conn->certlen, hash, nil);
+ if(!okThumbprint(hash,table))
+ exits("suspect server");
+ ...application begins...
+.EE
+.PP
+Call
+.I tlsServer
+to perform the corresponding function on the server side:
+.PP
+.EX
+ fd = accept(lcfd, ldir);
+ conn = (TLSconn*)mallocz(sizeof *conn, 1);
+ conn->cert = readcert("cert.pem", &conn->certlen);
+ fd = tlsServer(fd, conn);
+ ...application begins...
+.EE
+The private key corresponding to
+.I cert.pem
+should have been previously loaded into factotum.
+(See
+.IR rsa (3)
+.\" XXX should be rsa(8)
+for more about key generation.)
+By setting
+.EX
+ conn->chain = readcertchain("intermediate-certs.pem");
+.EE
+the server can present extra certificate evidence
+to establish the chain of trust to a root authority
+known to the client.
+.PP
+.I Conn
+is not required for the ongoing conversation and may
+be freed by the application whenever convenient.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/tls
+thumbprints of trusted services
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/ssl
+PEM certificate files
+.SH SOURCE
+.\" .B /sys/src/libc/9sys/pushtls.c
+.\" .br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libsec/port
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR dial (3),
+.IR thumbprint (7);
+Plan 9's
+\fIfactotum\fR(4)
+and
+\fItls\fR(3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+return \-1 on failure.
+.SH BUGS
+.I Pushtls
+is not implemented.
+.PP
+Client certificates and client sessionIDs are not yet
+implemented.
+.PP
+Note that in the TLS protocol
+.I sessionID
+itself is public; it is used as a pointer to
+secrets stored in factotum.
diff --git a/man/man3/qball.3 b/man/man3/qball.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d27f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/qball.3
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+.TH QBALL 3
+.SH NAME
+qball \- 3-d rotation controller
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.PP
+.B
+#include <draw.h>
+.PP
+.B
+#include <geometry.h>
+.PP
+.B
+void qball(Rectangle r, Mouse *mousep,
+.br
+.B
+ Quaternion *orientation,
+.br
+.B
+ void (*redraw)(void), Quaternion *ap)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Qball
+is an interactive controller that allows arbitrary 3-space rotations to be specified with
+the mouse. Imagine a sphere with its center at the midpoint of rectangle
+.IR r ,
+and diameter the smaller of
+.IR r 's
+dimensions. Dragging from one point on the sphere to another specifies the endpoints of a
+great-circle arc. (Mouse points outside the sphere are projected to the nearest point
+on the sphere.) The axis of rotation is normal to the plane of the arc, and the
+angle of rotation is twice the angle of the arc.
+.PP
+Argument
+.I mousep
+is a pointer to the mouse event that triggered the interaction. It should
+have some button set.
+.I Qball
+will read more events into
+.IR mousep ,
+and return when no buttons are down.
+.PP
+While
+.I qball
+is reading mouse events, it calls out to the caller-supplied routine
+.IR redraw ,
+which is expected to update the screen to reflect the changing orientation.
+Argument
+.I orientation
+is the orientation that
+.I redraw
+should examine, represented as a unit Quaternion (see
+.IR quaternion(9.2)).
+The caller may set it to any orientation.
+It will be updated before each call to
+.I redraw
+(and on return) by multiplying by the rotation specified with the mouse.
+.PP
+It is possible to restrict
+.I qball's
+attention to rotations about a particular axis.
+If
+.I ap
+is null, the rotation is unconstrained.
+Otherwise, the rotation will be about the same axis as
+.IR *ap .
+This is accomplished by projecting points on the sphere to
+the nearest point also on the plane through the sphere's center
+and normal to the axis.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libgeometry/qball.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR quaternion (3)
+.br
+Ken Shoemake,
+``Animating Rotation with Quaternion Curves'',
+.I
+SIGGRAPH '85 Conference Proceedings.
diff --git a/man/man3/quaternion.3 b/man/man3/quaternion.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31f4ab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/quaternion.3
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+.TH QUATERNION 3
+.SH NAME
+qtom, mtoq, qadd, qsub, qneg, qmul, qdiv, qunit, qinv, qlen, slerp, qmid, qsqrt \- Quaternion arithmetic
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.PP
+.B
+#include <draw.h>
+.PP
+.B
+#include <geometry.h>
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qadd(Quaternion q, Quaternion r)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qsub(Quaternion q, Quaternion r)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qneg(Quaternion q)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qmul(Quaternion q, Quaternion r)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qdiv(Quaternion q, Quaternion r)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qinv(Quaternion q)
+.PP
+.B
+double qlen(Quaternion p)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qunit(Quaternion q)
+.PP
+.B
+void qtom(Matrix m, Quaternion q)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion mtoq(Matrix mat)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion slerp(Quaternion q, Quaternion r, double a)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qmid(Quaternion q, Quaternion r)
+.PP
+.B
+Quaternion qsqrt(Quaternion q)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The Quaternions are a non-commutative extension field of the Real numbers, designed
+to do for rotations in 3-space what the complex numbers do for rotations in 2-space.
+Quaternions have a real component
+.I r
+and an imaginary vector component \fIv\fP=(\fIi\fP,\fIj\fP,\fIk\fP).
+Quaternions add componentwise and multiply according to the rule
+(\fIr\fP,\fIv\fP)(\fIs\fP,\fIw\fP)=(\fIrs\fP-\fIv\fP\v'-.3m'.\v'.3m'\fIw\fP, \fIrw\fP+\fIvs\fP+\fIv\fP×\fIw\fP),
+where \v'-.3m'.\v'.3m' and × are the ordinary vector dot and cross products.
+The multiplicative inverse of a non-zero quaternion (\fIr\fP,\fIv\fP)
+is (\fIr\fP,\fI-v\fP)/(\fIr\^\fP\u\s-22\s+2\d-\fIv\fP\v'-.3m'.\v'.3m'\fIv\fP).
+.PP
+The following routines do arithmetic on quaternions, represented as
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta 6n
+typedef struct Quaternion Quaternion;
+struct Quaternion{
+ double r, i, j, k;
+};
+.EE
+.TF qunit
+.TP
+Name
+Description
+.TP
+.B qadd
+Add two quaternions.
+.TP
+.B qsub
+Subtract two quaternions.
+.TP
+.B qneg
+Negate a quaternion.
+.TP
+.B qmul
+Multiply two quaternions.
+.TP
+.B qdiv
+Divide two quaternions.
+.TP
+.B qinv
+Return the multiplicative inverse of a quaternion.
+.TP
+.B qlen
+Return
+.BR sqrt(q.r*q.r+q.i*q.i+q.j*q.j+q.k*q.k) ,
+the length of a quaternion.
+.TP
+.B qunit
+Return a unit quaternion
+.RI ( length=1 )
+with components proportional to
+.IR q 's.
+.PD
+.PP
+A rotation by angle \fIθ\fP about axis
+.I A
+(where
+.I A
+is a unit vector) can be represented by
+the unit quaternion \fIq\fP=(cos \fIθ\fP/2, \fIA\fPsin \fIθ\fP/2).
+The same rotation is represented by \(mi\fIq\fP; a rotation by \(mi\fIθ\fP about \(mi\fIA\fP is the same as a rotation by \fIθ\fP about \fIA\fP.
+The quaternion \fIq\fP transforms points by
+(0,\fIx',y',z'\fP) = \%\fIq\fP\u\s-2-1\s+2\d(0,\fIx,y,z\fP)\fIq\fP.
+Quaternion multiplication composes rotations.
+The orientation of an object in 3-space can be represented by a quaternion
+giving its rotation relative to some `standard' orientation.
+.PP
+The following routines operate on rotations or orientations represented as unit quaternions:
+.TF slerp
+.TP
+.B mtoq
+Convert a rotation matrix (see
+.IR matrix (3))
+to a unit quaternion.
+.TP
+.B qtom
+Convert a unit quaternion to a rotation matrix.
+.TP
+.B slerp
+Spherical lerp. Interpolate between two orientations.
+The rotation that carries
+.I q
+to
+.I r
+is \%\fIq\fP\u\s-2-1\s+2\d\fIr\fP, so
+.B slerp(q, r, t)
+is \fIq\fP(\fIq\fP\u\s-2-1\s+2\d\fIr\fP)\u\s-2\fIt\fP\s+2\d.
+.TP
+.B qmid
+.B slerp(q, r, .5)
+.TP
+.B qsqrt
+The square root of
+.IR q .
+This is just a rotation about the same axis by half the angle.
+.PD
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libgeometry/quaternion.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR matrix (3),
+.IR qball (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/quote.3 b/man/man3/quote.3
index 286cdd9..5a4c8d1 100644
--- a/man/man3/quote.3
+++ b/man/man3/quote.3
@@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
.IR print (3)
format strings.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/quote.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/quote.c
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/fmt/fmtquote.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/fmt/fmtquote.c
.SH "SEE ALSO
.IR rc (1),
.IR malloc (3),
diff --git a/man/man3/rand.3 b/man/man3/rand.3
index 3f3e006..25ea8a4 100644
--- a/man/man3/rand.3
+++ b/man/man3/rand.3
@@ -156,18 +156,12 @@
.IR x ,
.RI 0≤ x < val ≤ 2\u\s732\s10\d-1.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/*rand.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/truerand.c
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libsec/port/genrandom.c
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libsec/port/prng.c
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libsec/port/*fastrand.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libsec/port/
.SH "SEE ALSO
-.IR cons (3),
-.IR mp (3),
+.\" .IR cons (3),
+.IR mp (3)
.SH BUGS
.I Truerand
and
diff --git a/man/man3/read.3 b/man/man3/read.3
index aa35c65..34e65c6 100644
--- a/man/man3/read.3
+++ b/man/man3/read.3
@@ -75,21 +75,18 @@
By combining the operations in a single atomic call, they more closely
match the 9P protocol
(see
-.IR intro (5))
+.IR intro (9p))
and, more important,
permit multiprocess programs to execute multiple concurrent
read and write operations on the same file descriptor
without interference.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/readn.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/readn.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
.IR open (3),
.IR dup (3),
-.IR pipe (3),
-.IR readv (3)
+.IR pipe (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
These functions set
.IR errstr .
diff --git a/man/man3/readcolmap.3 b/man/man3/readcolmap.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51753c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/readcolmap.3
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+.TH READCOLMAP 3
+.SH NAME
+RGB, readcolmap, writecolmap \- access display color map
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.br
+.B #include <draw.h>
+.PP
+.PP
+.ta \w'\fLvoid 'u
+.PP
+.B
+int readcolmap(Display *d, RGB *map)
+.PP
+.B
+int writecolmap(Display *d, RGB *map)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Colors are described by their red, green, and blue
+light intensities, in an
+.B RGB
+datum:
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta 6n
+typedef
+struct RGB {
+ ulong red;
+ ulong green;
+ ulong blue;
+} RGB;
+.EE
+.PP
+Black is represented by zero in all three positions and
+white has the maximum
+.B unsigned
+.B long
+value in all three positions.
+.PP
+A color map is an array of
+.BR RGB s,
+of length
+.if t \x'-.8n'2\u\s-1\fIdepth\fP\s+1\d,
+.if n 2^\fIdepth\fP,
+giving the colors for pixels 0, 1, 2, etc.
+On displays with color mapped pixels
+(typically 8-bit displays),
+one retrieves RGB color information
+by treating the pixel data as an offset
+into the color map.
+.PP
+.I Readcolmap
+reads the color map for the given display into the provided
+.IR map ,
+which must have enough space to hold it.
+.I Writecolmap
+associates the given color map with the given display, if possible.
+(The hardware might not allow this.)
+Both return 0 on success, or \-1 on error, setting
+.IR errstr .
+.PP
+Changing the hardware color map does not change
+the color map used by the
+.IR draw (3)
+operator to convert between
+mapped and true color or greyscale images,
+which is described in
+.IR color (7).
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR graphics (3),
+.IR draw (3),
+.IR color (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/regexp.3 b/man/man3/regexp.3
index 92f0701..2d3c1a2 100644
--- a/man/man3/regexp.3
+++ b/man/man3/regexp.3
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
and may be released by
.IR free .
Regular expressions are exactly as in
-.IR regexp (6).
+.IR regexp (7).
.PP
.I Regcomplit
is like
diff --git a/man/man3/regexp9.3 b/man/man3/regexp9.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc5e434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/regexp9.3
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+.TH REGEXP9 3
+.SH NAME
+regcomp, regcomplit, regcompnl, regexec, regsub, rregexec, rregsub, regerror \- regular expression
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.br
+.B #include <regexp.h>
+.PP
+.ta \w'\fLRegprog 'u
+.B
+Reprog *regcomp(char *exp)
+.PP
+.B
+Reprog *regcomplit(char *exp)
+.PP
+.B
+Reprog *regcompnl(char *exp)
+.PP
+.nf
+.B
+int regexec(Reprog *prog, char *string, Resub *match, int msize)
+.PP
+.nf
+.B
+void regsub(char *source, char *dest, int dlen, Resub *match, int msize)
+.PP
+.nf
+.B
+int rregexec(Reprog *prog, Rune *string, Resub *match, int msize)
+.PP
+.nf
+.B
+void rregsub(Rune *source, Rune *dest, int dlen, Resub *match, int msize)
+.PP
+.B
+void regerror(char *msg)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Regcomp
+compiles a
+regular expression and returns
+a pointer to the generated description.
+The space is allocated by
+.IR malloc (3)
+and may be released by
+.IR free .
+Regular expressions are exactly as in
+.IR regexp9 (7).
+.PP
+.I Regcomplit
+is like
+.I regcomp
+except that all characters are treated literally.
+.I Regcompnl
+is like
+.I regcomp
+except that the
+.B .
+metacharacter matches all characters, including newlines.
+.PP
+.I Regexec
+matches a null-terminated
+.I string
+against the compiled regular expression in
+.IR prog .
+If it matches,
+.I regexec
+returns
+.B 1
+and fills in the array
+.I match
+with character pointers to the substrings of
+.I string
+that correspond to the
+parenthesized subexpressions of
+.IR exp :
+.BI match[ i ].sp
+points to the beginning and
+.BI match[ i ].ep
+points just beyond
+the end of the
+.IR i th
+substring.
+(Subexpression
+.I i
+begins at the
+.IR i th
+left parenthesis, counting from 1.)
+Pointers in
+.B match[0]
+pick out the substring that corresponds to
+the whole regular expression.
+Unused elements of
+.I match
+are filled with zeros.
+Matches involving
+.LR * ,
+.LR + ,
+and
+.L ?
+are extended as far as possible.
+The number of array elements in
+.I match
+is given by
+.IR msize .
+The structure of elements of
+.I match
+is:
+.IP
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+ union {
+ char *sp;
+ Rune *rsp;
+ };
+ union {
+ char *ep;
+ Rune *rep;
+ };
+} Resub;
+.EE
+.LP
+If
+.B match[0].sp
+is nonzero on entry,
+.I regexec
+starts matching at that point within
+.IR string .
+If
+.B match[0].ep
+is nonzero on entry,
+the last character matched is the one
+preceding that point.
+.PP
+.I Regsub
+places in
+.I dest
+a substitution instance of
+.I source
+in the context of the last
+.I regexec
+performed using
+.IR match .
+Each instance of
+.BI \e n\f1,
+where
+.I n
+is a digit, is replaced by the
+string delimited by
+.BI match[ n ].sp
+and
+.BI match[ n ].ep\f1.
+Each instance of
+.L &
+is replaced by the string delimited by
+.B match[0].sp
+and
+.BR match[0].ep .
+The substitution will always be null terminated and
+trimmed to fit into dlen bytes.
+.PP
+.IR Regerror ,
+called whenever an error is detected in
+.IR regcomp ,
+writes the string
+.I msg
+on the standard error file and exits.
+.I Regerror
+can be replaced to perform
+special error processing.
+If the user supplied
+.I regerror
+returns rather than exits,
+.I regcomp
+will return 0.
+.PP
+.I Rregexec
+and
+.I rregsub
+are variants of
+.I regexec
+and
+.I regsub
+that use strings of
+.B Runes
+instead of strings of
+.BR chars .
+With these routines, the
+.I rsp
+and
+.I rep
+fields of the
+.I match
+array elements should be used.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libregexp
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR grep (1)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Regcomp
+returns
+.B 0
+for an illegal expression
+or other failure.
+.I Regexec
+returns 0
+if
+.I string
+is not matched.
+.SH BUGS
+There is no way to specify or match a NUL character; NULs terminate patterns and strings.
diff --git a/man/man3/rendezvous.3 b/man/man3/rendezvous.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97128ce..0000000
--- a/man/man3/rendezvous.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-.TH RENDEZVOUS 3
-.SH NAME
-rendezvous \- user level process synchronization
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <u.h>
-.br
-.B #include <libc.h>
-.PP
-.B
-ulong rendezvous(ulong tag, ulong value)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The rendezvous system call allows two processes to synchronize and
-exchange a value.
-In conjunction with the shared memory system calls
-(see
-.IR segattach (3)
-and
-.IR fork (3)),
-it enables parallel programs to control their scheduling.
-.PP
-Two processes wishing to synchronize call
-.I rendezvous
-with a common
-.IR tag ,
-typically an address in
-memory they share.
-One process will arrive at the rendezvous first;
-it suspends execution until a second arrives.
-When a second process meets the rendezvous
-the
-.I value
-arguments are exchanged between the processes and returned
-as the result of the respective
-.I rendezvous
-system calls.
-Both processes are awakened when
-the rendezvous succeeds.
-.PP
-The set of tag values which two processes may use to rendezvous\(emtheir tag space\(emis
-inherited when a process forks, unless
-.B RFREND
-is set in the argument to
-.BR rfork ;
-see
-.IR fork (3).
-.PP
-If a rendezvous is interrupted the return value is
-.BR ~0 ,
-so that value should not be used in normal communication.
-.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR segattach (3),
-.IR fork (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Sets
-.IR errstr .
diff --git a/man/man3/rfork.3 b/man/man3/rfork.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12cedda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rfork.3
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+.TH RFORK 3
+.SH NAME
+rfork \- manipulate process state
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.nf
+.B
+int rfork(int flags)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Rfork
+is a partial implementation of the Plan 9 system call.
+It can be used to manipulate some process state and to create
+new processes a la
+.IR fork (2).
+It cannot be used to create shared-memory processes
+(Plan 9's
+.B RFMEM
+flag); for that functionality use
+.I proccreate
+(see
+.IR thread (3)).
+.PP
+The
+.I flags
+argument to
+.I rfork
+selects which resources of the
+invoking process (parent) are shared
+by the new process (child) or initialized to
+their default values.
+.I Flags
+is the logical OR of some subset of
+.TF RFCNAMEG
+.TP
+.B RFPROC
+If set a new process is created; otherwise changes affect the
+current process.
+.TP
+.B RFNOWAIT
+If set, the child process will be dissociated from the parent. Upon
+exit the child will leave no
+.B Waitmsg
+(see
+.IR wait (3))
+for the parent to collect.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B RFNAMEG
+.\" If set, the new process inherits a copy of the parent's name space;
+.\" otherwise the new process shares the parent's name space.
+.\" Is mutually exclusive with
+.\" .BR RFCNAMEG .
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B RFCNAMEG
+.\" If set, the new process starts with a clean name space. A new
+.\" name space must be built from a mount of an open file descriptor.
+.\" Is mutually exclusive with
+.\" .BR RFNAMEG .
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B RFNOMNT
+.\" If set, subsequent mounts into the new name space and dereferencing
+.\" of pathnames starting with
+.\" .B #
+.\" are disallowed.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B RFENVG
+.\" If set, the environment variables are copied;
+.\" otherwise the two processes share environment variables.
+.\" Is mutually exclusive with
+.\" .BR RFCENVG .
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B RFCENVG
+.\" If set, the new process starts with an empty environment.
+.\" Is mutually exclusive with
+.\" .BR RFENVG .
+.TP
+.B RFNOTEG
+Each process is a member of a group of processes that all
+receive notes when a note is sent to the group
+(see
+.IR postnote (3)
+and
+.IR signal (2)).
+The group of a new process is by default the same as its parent, but if
+.B RFNOTEG
+is set (regardless of
+.BR RFPROC ),
+the process becomes the first in a new group, isolated from
+previous processes.
+In Plan 9, a process can call
+.B rfork(RFNOTEG)
+and then be sure that it will no longer receive console interrupts
+or other notes.
+Unix job-control shells put each command in its own process group
+and then relay notes to the current foreground command, making
+the idiom less useful.
+.TP
+.B RFFDG
+If set, the invoker's file descriptor table (see
+.IR intro ( ))
+is copied; otherwise the two processes share a
+single table.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B RFCFDG
+.\" If set, the new process starts with a clean file descriptor table.
+.\" Is mutually exclusive with
+.\" .BR RFFDG .
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B RFREND
+.\" If set, the process will be unable to
+.\" .IR rendezvous (3)
+.\" with any of its ancestors; its children will, however, be able to
+.\" .B rendezvous
+.\" with it. In effect,
+.\" .B RFREND
+.\" makes the process the first in a group of processes that share a space for
+.\" .B rendezvous
+.\" tags.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B RFMEM
+.\" If set, the child and the parent will share
+.\" .B data
+.\" and
+.\" .B bss
+.\" segments.
+.\" Otherwise, the child inherits a copy of those segments.
+.\" Other segment types, in particular stack segments, will be unaffected.
+.\" May be set only with
+.\" .BR RFPROC .
+.PD
+.PP
+File descriptors in a shared file descriptor table are kept
+open until either they are explicitly closed
+or all processes sharing the table exit.
+.PP
+If
+.B RFPROC
+is set, the
+value returned in the parent process
+is the process id
+of the child process; the value returned in the child is zero.
+Without
+.BR RFPROC ,
+the return value is zero.
+Process ids range from 1 to the maximum integer
+.RB ( int )
+value.
+.I Rfork
+will sleep, if necessary, until required process resources are available.
+.PP
+Calling
+.B rfork(RFFDG|RFPROC)
+is equivalent to calling
+.IR fork (2).
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/rfork.c
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Rfork
+sets
+.IR errstr .
diff --git a/man/man3/rsa.3 b/man/man3/rsa.3
index 56ad4c7..c0b0fe9 100644
--- a/man/man3/rsa.3
+++ b/man/man3/rsa.3
@@ -3,8 +3,10 @@
asn1dump,
asn1toRSApriv,
decodepem,
+decodepemchain,
rsadecrypt,
rsaencrypt,
+rsafill,,
rsagen,
rsaprivalloc,
rsaprivfree,
@@ -12,7 +14,9 @@
rsapuballoc,
rsapubfree,
X509toRSApub,
+X509dump,
X509gen,
+X509req,
X509verify \- RSA encryption algorithm
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
@@ -24,9 +28,13 @@
.B #include <libsec.h>
.PP
.B
+.ta +\w'\fLPEMChain* 'u
RSApriv* rsagen(int nlen, int elen, int nrep)
.PP
.B
+RSApriv* rsafill(mpint *n, mpint *ek, mpint *dk, mpint *p, mpint *q)
+.PP
+.B
mpint* rsaencrypt(RSApub *k, mpint *in, mpint *out)
.PP
.B
@@ -60,6 +68,12 @@
uchar* decodepem(char *s, char *type, int *len)
.PP
.B
+PEMChain* decodepemchain(char *s, char *type)
+.PP
+.B
+void X509dump(uchar *cert, int ncert)
+.PP
+.B
uchar* X509gen(RSApriv *priv, char *subj, ulong valid[2], int *certlen);
.PP
.B
@@ -113,6 +127,22 @@
returns a newly allocated copy of the public key
corresponding to the private key.
.PP
+.I Rsafill
+takes as input the bare minimum pieces of an RSA private key
+and computes the rest
+.RB ( kp ,
+.BR kq ,
+and
+.BR c2 ).
+It returns a new private key.
+All the
+.BR mpint s
+in the key,
+even the ones that correspond directly to
+.IR rsafill 's
+input parameters,
+are freshly allocated,
+.PP
The routines
.IR rsaalloc ,
.IR rsafree ,
@@ -148,6 +178,9 @@
.IR cert .
It returns nil if successful, else an error string.
.PP
+.I X509dump
+prints an X.509 certificate to standard ouptut.
+.PP
.I X509gen
creates a self-signed X.509 certificate, given an RSA keypair
.IR priv ,
@@ -162,7 +195,12 @@
"C=US ST=NJ L=07922 O=Lucent OU='Bell Labs' CN=Eric"
.EE
using the quoting conventions of
-.IR tokenize (3).
+.I tokenize
+(see
+.IR getfields (3)).
+.PP
+.I X509req
+creates an X.509 certification request.
.PP
.I Asn1toRSApriv
converts an ASN1 formatted RSA private key into the corresponding
@@ -186,6 +224,20 @@
and
.BI * len
is undefined.
+.PP
+.I Decodepemchain
+is similar but expects a sequence of PEM-formatted sections
+and returns a linked list of the decodings:
+.IP
+.EX
+typedef struct PEMChain PEMChain
+struct PEMChain
+{
+ PEMChain *next;
+ uchar *pem;
+ int pemlen;
+};
+.EE
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libsec
.SH SEE ALSO
@@ -198,5 +250,5 @@
.IR rc4 (3),
.IR sechash (3),
.IR prime (3),
-.IR rand (3),
-.IR x509 (8)
+.IR rand (3)
+.\" .IR pem (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/rune.3 b/man/man3/rune.3
index 4689530..bc3dbe8 100644
--- a/man/man3/rune.3
+++ b/man/man3/rune.3
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@
returns
.IR s1 .
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/rune.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/utf/rune.c
.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port/utfrune.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/utf/utfrune.c
.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR utf (6),
+.IR utf (7),
.IR tcs (1)
diff --git a/man/man3/runestrcat.3 b/man/man3/runestrcat.3
index f5210c2..dadcbcd 100644
--- a/man/man3/runestrcat.3
+++ b/man/man3/runestrcat.3
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
the corresponding functions in
.IR strcat (3).
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR memory (3),
.IR rune (3),
diff --git a/man/man3/scsi.3 b/man/man3/scsi.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b6f24c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scsi.3
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+.TH SCSI 3
+.SH NAME
+openscsi, scsiready, scsi, scsicmd, scsierror \- SCSI device operations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft L
+#include <u.h>
+#include <libc.h>
+#include <disk.h>
+.ft
+.PP
+.ft L
+typedef struct Scsi {
+ char *inquire;
+ int rawfd;
+ int nchange;
+ ulong changetime;
+};
+.ft
+.PP
+.B
+Scsi* openscsi(char *devdir)
+.PP
+.B
+void closescsi(Scsi *s)
+.PP
+.B
+int scsiready(Scsi *s)
+.PP
+.B
+int scsi(Scsi *s, uchar *cmd, int ncmd,
+.br
+ void *data, int ndata, int dir)
+.PP
+.B
+int scsicmd(Scsi *s, uchar *cmd, int ncmd,
+.br
+ void *data, int ndata, int dir)
+.PP
+.B
+char* scsierror(int asc, int ascq)
+.PP
+.B
+int scsiverbose;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines provide an interface
+to a SCSI or ATAPI device via Plan 9's
+\fIsd\fR(3).
+.PP
+.I Openscsi
+attempts to open the file
+.IB devdir /raw
+and use it to send raw SCSI commands.
+On success, it reads the device's inquiry
+string and stores it in in returned
+.B Scsi
+structure.
+.I Closescsi
+closes the connection and frees the
+.B Scsi
+structure.
+.PP
+.I Scsiready
+sends the ``unit ready'' command up to three times,
+returning zero if the unit responds that it is ready,
+or \-1 on error.
+.PP
+.I Scsierror
+returns a textual description of the SCSI status
+denoted by the ASC and ASCQ sense codes.
+The description is found by consulting
+.BR /sys/lib/scsicodes .
+The returned string will be overwritten by
+the next call to
+.IR scsierror .
+.PP
+.I Scsi
+and
+.I scsicmd
+execute a single SCSI command on the named device.
+There should be
+.I ncmd
+bytes of
+command data in
+.IR cmd ;
+if
+.I dir
+is
+.BR Sread ,
+a successful operation
+will store up to
+.I ndata
+bytes into
+.IR data ,
+returning the number of bytes stored.
+If
+.I dir
+is
+.BR Swrite ,
+the
+.I ndata
+bytes beginning at
+.I data
+are transmitted as the data argument to
+the command, and the
+number of bytes written is returned.
+If
+.I dir
+is
+.BR Snone ,
+.I data
+and
+.I ndata
+are ignored.
+On error,
+.I scsi
+and
+.I scsicmd
+return \-1.
+.I Scsicmd
+simply issues the command and
+returns the result;
+.I scsi
+works a bit harder and
+is the more commonly used routine.
+.I Scsi
+attempts to send the command;
+if it is successful,
+.I scsi
+returns what
+.I scsicmd
+returned.
+Otherwise,
+.I scsi
+sends a request sense command to
+obtain the reason for the failure,
+sends a unit ready command in
+an attempt to bring the unit out of any
+inconsistent states, and tries again.
+If the second try fails,
+.I scsi
+sends the request
+sense and unit ready commands
+again
+and then uses
+.I scsierror
+to set
+.I errstr
+with a reason for failure.
+.PP
+The
+.B nchange
+and
+.B changetime
+fields
+in the
+.B Scsi
+structure
+record the number of times a media
+change has been detected, and the
+time when the current media was
+inserted into the drive (really the
+first time a SCSI command was issued
+after it was inserted).
+They are maintained by
+.IR scsi .
+.PP
+If
+.I scsiverbose
+is set,
+these commands will produce a fair
+amount of debugging output on file descriptor 2
+when SCSI commands fail.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/scsicodes
+List of textual messages corresponding to SCSI error codes;
+consulted by
+.BR scsierror .
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdisk/scsi.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+Plan 9's
+\fIsd\fR(3) and
+\fIscuzz\fR(8)
+.SH BUGS
+SCSI devices on Unix do not present the interface expected by
+these routines.
diff --git a/man/man3/seek.3 b/man/man3/seek.3
index 3396638..2ce4cff 100644
--- a/man/man3/seek.3
+++ b/man/man3/seek.3
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
Seeking in a directory is not allowed.
Seeking in a pipe is a no-op.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/seek.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
.IR open (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/sendfd.3 b/man/man3/sendfd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8090dfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sendfd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+.TH SENDFD 3
+.SH NAME
+sendfd, recvfd \- pass file descriptors along Unix domain sockets
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B
+#include <u.h>
+.PP
+.B
+#include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B
+int sendfd(int socket, int fd)
+.PP
+.B
+int recvfd(int socket)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Recvfd
+and
+.I sendfd
+can be used to pass an open file descriptor over
+a Unix domain socket from one process to another.
+Since
+.IR pipe (3)
+is implemented with
+.IR socketpair (2)
+instead of
+.IR pipe (2),
+.I socket
+can be a file descriptor obtained from
+.IR pipe (3).
+.PP
+.I Sendfd
+sends the file descriptor
+.I fd
+along the socket to a process calling
+.I recvfd
+on the other end.
+.PP
+It is assumed that the two sides have coordinated
+and agreed to transfer a file descriptor already, so
+that the
+.I sendfd
+is met with a
+.I recvfd
+instead of an ordinary
+.IR read .
+.PP
+The file descriptor number may change on its way
+between processes, but the kernel structure it represents
+will not.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/sendfd.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR socketpair (2),
+.I sendmsg
+in
+.IR send (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/setjmp.3 b/man/man3/setjmp.3
index b451c29..0ed7845 100644
--- a/man/man3/setjmp.3
+++ b/man/man3/setjmp.3
@@ -86,9 +86,7 @@
}
.EE
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/$objtype/setjmp.s
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/$objtype/notejmp.c
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/jmp.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR notify (3)
.SH BUGS
diff --git a/man/man3/sleep.3 b/man/man3/sleep.3
index 1872ab5..da2e695 100644
--- a/man/man3/sleep.3
+++ b/man/man3/sleep.3
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
The return value is the amount of time previously remaining in
the alarm clock.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/sleep.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
diff --git a/man/man3/stat.3 b/man/man3/stat.3
index a815550..03f3abe 100644
--- a/man/man3/stat.3
+++ b/man/man3/stat.3
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
are the system calls; they deal with machine-independent
.IR "directory entries" .
Their format is defined by
-.IR stat (5).
+.IR stat (9p).
.I Stat
and
.I fstat
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
.IR edir .
The data returned from the kernel includes its leading 16-bit length field
as described in
-.IR intro (5).
+.IR intro (9p).
For symmetry, this field must also be present when passing data to the kernel in a call to
.I wstat
and
@@ -242,19 +242,15 @@
by the group leader of the file's current group
if also leader of the new group
(see
-.IR intro (5)
-for more information about permissions and
-.IR users (6)
-for users and groups).
+.IR intro (9p)
+for more information about permissions, users, and groups).
The
.B length
can be changed by anyone with write permission, provided the operation
is implemented by the server.
(See
-.IR intro (5)
-for permission information, and
-.IR users (6)
-for user and group information).
+.IR intro (9p)
+for permission, user, and group information).
.PP
Special values in the fields of the
.B Dir
@@ -281,21 +277,12 @@
.I stat
to retrieve the initial values first.
.SH SOURCE
-.TF /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
-.TP
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
-for the
-.RB non- dir
-routines
-.TP
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys
-for the routines prefixed
-.B dir
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/dirstat.c
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
.IR fcall (3),
.IR dirread (3),
-.IR stat (5)
+.IR stat (9p)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
The
.I dir
diff --git a/man/man3/strcat.3 b/man/man3/strcat.3
index 6e16158..8fcf2ca 100644
--- a/man/man3/strcat.3
+++ b/man/man3/strcat.3
@@ -242,11 +242,7 @@
.I Cistrstr
operates analogously, but ignores ASCII case differences when comparing strings.
.SH SOURCE
-All these routines have portable C implementations in
-.BR /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/port .
-Many also have machine-dependent assembly language
-implementations in
-.BR /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/$objtype .
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR memory (3),
.IR rune (3),
diff --git a/man/man3/string.3 b/man/man3/string.3
index 0782b26..0b39d5c 100644
--- a/man/man3/string.3
+++ b/man/man3/string.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH STRING 3
.SH NAME
-s_alloc, s_append, s_array, s_copy, s_error, s_free, s_incref, s_memappend, s_nappend, s_new, s_newalloc, s_parse, s_reset, s_restart, s_terminate, s_tolower, s_putc, s_unique, s_grow, s_read, s_read_line, s_getline \- extensible strings
+s_alloc, s_append, s_array, s_copy, s_error, s_free, s_incref, s_memappend, s_nappend, s_new, s_newalloc, s_parse, s_reset, s_restart, s_terminate, s_tolower, s_putc, s_unique, s_grow, s_read, s_read_line, s_getline, s_allocinstack, s_freeinstack, s_rdinstack \- extensible strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
.br
.B #include <String.h>
.PP
+.ta +\w'\fLSinstack* 'u
.B
String* s_new(void)
.br
@@ -61,6 +62,15 @@
String* s_unique(String *s)
.PP
.B
+Sinstack* s_allocinstack(char *file)
+.br
+.B
+void s_freeinstack(Sinstack *stack)
+.br
+.B
+char* s_rdinstack(Sinstack *stack, String *s)
+.PP
+.B
#include <bio.h>
.PP
.B
@@ -222,14 +232,39 @@
The string is null terminated.
.PP
.I S_getline
-reads up to the next newline and returns
+reads up to the next newline, appends the input to
+.IR s ,
+and returns
a pointer to the beginning of the bytes read. Leading
spaces and tabs and the trailing newline are all discarded.
.I S_getline
-will recursively read through files included with
+discards blank lines and lines beginning with
+.LR # .
+.I S_getline
+ignores
+newlines escaped by immediately-preceding backslashes.
+.PP
+.I S_allocinstack
+allocates an input stack with the single file
+.I file
+open for reading.
+.I S_freeinstack
+frees an input stack.
+.I S_rdinstack
+reads a line from an input stack.
+It follows the same rules as
+.I s_getline
+except that when it encounters a line of the form
.B #include
-and discard all other lines beginning with
-.BR # .
+.IR newfile ,
+.I s_getline
+pushes
+.I newfile
+onto the input stack, postponing further reading of the current
+file until
+.I newfile
+has been read.
+The input stack has a maximum depth of 32 nested include files.
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libString
.SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man/man3/stringsize.3 b/man/man3/stringsize.3
index ac57f4a..448df99 100644
--- a/man/man3/stringsize.3
+++ b/man/man3/stringsize.3
@@ -62,8 +62,8 @@
.IR subfont (3),
.IR draw (3),
.IR draw (3),
-.IR image (6),
-.IR font (6)
+.IR image (7),
+.IR font (7)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
Because strings are loaded dynamically, these routines may generate I/O
to the server and produce calls to the graphics error function.
diff --git a/man/man3/subfont.3 b/man/man3/subfont.3
index 980b93b..4933c0d 100644
--- a/man/man3/subfont.3
+++ b/man/man3/subfont.3
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
may be substituted by the application to provide a less file-oriented subfont naming scheme.
.PP
The format of a subfont file is described in
-.IR font (6).
+.IR font (7).
Briefly, it contains a image with all the characters in it,
followed by a subfont header, followed by character information.
.I Readsubfont
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@
.IR allocimage (3),
.IR draw (3),
.IR cachechars (3),
-.IR image (6),
-.IR font (6)
+.IR image (7),
+.IR font (7)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
All of the functions use the graphics error function (see
.IR graphics (3)).
diff --git a/man/man3/sysfatal.3 b/man/man3/sysfatal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea1a3df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sysfatal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.TH SYSFATAL 3
+.SH NAME
+sysfatal \- system error messages
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.br
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B
+void sysfatal(char *fmt, ...)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Sysfatal
+prints to standard error the name of the running program,
+a colon and a space,
+the message described by the
+.IR print (3)
+format string
+.I fmt
+and subsequent arguments, and a newline.
+It then calls
+.IR exits (3)
+with the formatted message as argument.
+The program's name is the value of
+.BR argv0 ,
+which will be set if the program uses the
+.IR arg (3)
+interface to process its arguments.
+If
+.B argv0
+is null, it is ignored and the following colon and space are suppressed.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/sysfatal.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR intro (3),
+.IR errstr (3),
+the
+.B %r
+format in
+.IR print (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/thread.3 b/man/man3/thread.3
index 84ca69f..05c1902 100644
--- a/man/man3/thread.3
+++ b/man/man3/thread.3
@@ -5,12 +5,10 @@
chanfree,
chaninit,
chanprint,
+chansetname,
mainstacksize,
proccreate,
procdata,
-procexec,
-procexecl,
-procrfork,
recv,
recvp,
recvul,
@@ -25,6 +23,8 @@
nbsendul,
threadcreate,
threaddata,
+threadexec,
+threadexecl,
threadexits,
threadexitsall,
threadgetgrp,
@@ -33,12 +33,15 @@
threadintgrp,
threadkill,
threadkillgrp,
+threadlinklibrary,
threadmain,
threadnotify,
threadid,
threadpid,
threadsetgrp,
threadsetname,
+threadsetstate,
+threadspawn,
threadwaitchan,
yield \- thread and proc management
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -71,6 +74,7 @@
int op;
Channel **tag;
int entryno;
+ char *name;
};
.fi
.de XX
@@ -126,8 +130,9 @@
int nbsendul(Channel *c, ulong v)
int chanprint(Channel *c, char *fmt, ...)
.XX
-int procexecl(Channel *cpid, char *file, ...)
-int procexec(Channel *cpid, char *file, char *args[])
+int threadspawn(int fd[3], char *file, char *args[])
+int threadexecl(Channel *cpid, int fd[3], char *file, ...)
+int threadexec(Channel *cpid, int fd[3], char *file, char *args[])
Channel* threadwaitchan(void)
.XX
int threadnotify(int (*f)(void*, char*), int in)
@@ -179,31 +184,31 @@
.IR stacksize .
Thread stacks are allocated in shared memory, making it valid to pass
pointers to stack variables between threads and procs.
-.I Procrfork
+.I Proccreate
creates a new proc, and inside that proc creates
a single thread as
.I threadcreate
would,
returning the id of the created thread.
-.I Procrfork
-creates the new proc by calling
-.B rfork
-(see
-.IR fork (3))
-with flags
-.BR RFPROC|RFMEM|RFNOWAIT| \fIrforkflag\fR.
-(The thread library depends on all its procs
-running in the same rendezvous group.
-Do not include
-.B RFREND
-in
-.IR rforkflag .)
-.I Proccreate
-is identical to
-.I procrfork
-with
-.I rforkflag
-set to zero.
+.\" .I Procrfork
+.\" creates the new proc by calling
+.\" .B rfork
+.\" (see
+.\" .IR fork (3))
+.\" with flags
+.\" .BR RFPROC|RFMEM|RFNOWAIT| \fIrforkflag\fR.
+.\" (The thread library depends on all its procs
+.\" running in the same rendezvous group.
+.\" Do not include
+.\" .B RFREND
+.\" in
+.\" .IR rforkflag .)
+.\" .I Proccreate
+.\" is identical to
+.\" .I procrfork
+.\" with
+.\" .I rforkflag
+.\" set to zero.
Be aware that the calling thread may continue
execution before
the newly created proc and thread
@@ -226,6 +231,11 @@
.I status
as the exit status.
.PP
+When the last thread in
+.IR threadmain 's
+proc exits, the program will appear to its parent to have exited.
+The remaining procs will still run together, but as a background program.
+.PP
The threads in a proc are coroutines, scheduled nonpreemptively
in a round-robin fashion.
A thread must explicitly relinquish control of the processor
@@ -233,9 +243,10 @@
Calls that do this are
.IR yield ,
.IR proccreate ,
-.IR procexec ,
-.IR procexecl ,
+.IR threadexec ,
+.IR threadexecl ,
.IR threadexits ,
+.IR threadspawn ,
.IR alt ,
.IR send ,
and
@@ -307,6 +318,17 @@
is only valid until the next call to
.IR threadsetname .
.PP
+Also for debugging,
+threads have a string state associated with them.
+.I Threadsetstate
+sets the state string.
+There is no
+.IR threadgetstate ;
+since the thread scheduler resets the state to
+.B Running
+every time it runs the thread,
+it is only useful for debuggers to inspect the state.
+.PP
.I Threaddata
returns a pointer to a per-thread pointer
that may be modified by threaded programs for
@@ -315,9 +337,9 @@
.I procdata
returns a pointer to a per-proc pointer.
.PP
-.I Procexecl
+.I Threadexecl
and
-.I procexec
+.I threadexec
are threaded analogues of
.I exec
and
@@ -325,30 +347,67 @@
(see
.IR exec (3));
on success,
-they replace the calling thread (which must be the only thread in its proc)
+they replace the calling thread
and invoke the external program, never returning.
+(Unlike on Plan 9, the calling thread need not be the only thread in its proc\(emthe other
+threads will continue executing.)
On error, they return \-1.
If
.I cpid
is not null, the pid of the invoked program
will be sent along
.I cpid
+(using
+.IR sendul )
once the program has been started, or \-1 will be sent if an
error occurs.
-.I Procexec
+.I Threadexec
and
-.I procexecl
+.I threadexecl
will not access their arguments after sending a result
along
.IR cpid .
Thus, programs that malloc the
.I argv
passed to
-.I procexec
+.I threadexec
can safely free it once they have
received the
.I cpid
response.
+.PP
+.I Threadexecl
+and
+.I threadexec
+will duplicate
+(see
+.IR dup (3))
+the three file descriptors in
+.I fd
+onto standard input, output, and error for the external program
+and then close them in the calling thread.
+Beware of code that sets
+.IP
+.EX
+fd[0] = 0;
+fd[1] = 1;
+fd[2] = 2;
+.EE
+to use the current standard files. The correct code is
+.IP
+.EX
+fd[0] = dup(0, -1);
+fd[1] = dup(1, -1);
+fd[2] = dup(2, -1);
+.EE
+.PP
+.I Threadspawn
+is like
+.I threadexec
+but does not replace the current thread.
+It returns the pid of the invoked program on success, or
+\-1 on error.
+.PP
.I Threadwaitchan
returns a channel of pointers to
.B Waitmsg
@@ -398,6 +457,14 @@
.I chanfree
returns immediately).
.PP
+The
+.B name
+element in the
+.B Channel
+structure is a description intended for use in debugging.
+.I Chansetname
+sets the name.
+.PP
.I Send
sends the element pointed at by
.I v
@@ -536,49 +603,97 @@
.IR notify (3)).
.PP
It is safe to use
-.B sysfatal
-(see
-.IR perror (3))
+.IR sysfatal (3)
in threaded programs.
.I Sysfatal
will print the error string and call
.IR threadexitsall .
.PP
-It is safe to use
+It is not safe to call
.IR rfork
-(see
-.IR fork (3))
-to manage the namespace, file descriptors, note group, and environment of a
-single process.
-That is, it is safe to call
-.I rfork
-with the flags
-.BR RFNAMEG ,
-.BR RFFDG ,
-.BR RFCFDG ,
-.BR RFNOTEG ,
-.BR RFENVG ,
-and
-.BR RFCENVG.
-(To create new processes, use
-.I proccreate
-and
-.IR procrfork .)
-As mentioned above,
-the thread library depends on all procs being in the
-same rendezvous group; do not change the rendezvous
-group with
-.IR rfork .
+in a threaded program, except to call
+.B rfork(RFNOTEG)
+from the main proc before any other procs have been created.
+To create new processes, use
+.IR proccreate .
+.\" .PP
+.\" It is safe to use
+.\" .IR rfork
+.\" (see
+.\" .IR fork (3))
+.\" to manage the namespace, file descriptors, note group, and environment of a
+.\" single process.
+.\" That is, it is safe to call
+.\" .I rfork
+.\" with the flags
+.\" .BR RFNAMEG ,
+.\" .BR RFFDG ,
+.\" .BR RFCFDG ,
+.\" .BR RFNOTEG ,
+.\" .BR RFENVG ,
+.\" and
+.\" .BR RFCENVG.
+.\" (To create new processes, use
+.\" .I proccreate
+.\" and
+.\" .IR procrfork .)
+.\" As mentioned above,
+.\" the thread library depends on all procs being in the
+.\" same rendezvous group; do not change the rendezvous
+.\" group with
+.\" .IR rfork .
.SH FILES
.B /usr/local/plan9/acid/thread
contains useful
.IR acid (1)
functions for debugging threaded programs.
.PP
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libthread/example.c
-contains a full example program.
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libthread/test
+contains some example programs.
.SH SOURCE
.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libthread
.SH SEE ALSO
.IR intro (3),
.IR ioproc (3)
+.SH BUGS
+A program that intends to use the thread library
+but does not call any of its functions will not cause Unix linkers
+to link the thread library, resulting in the unintelligible error:
+.IP
+.EX
+/usr/local/plan9/lib/lib9.a(main.o)(.text+0x17): In function `main':
+/usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/main.c:10: undefined reference to `p9main'
+.EE
+.LP
+or similar. To force the thread library to be linked properly in such cases,
+insert a call to the no-op function
+.I threadlinklibrary
+somewhere in your program.
+.PP
+To avoid name conflicts,
+.IR alt ,
+.IR nbrecv ,
+.IR nbrecvp ,
+.IR nbrecvul ,
+.IR nbsend ,
+.IR nbsendp ,
+.IR nbsendul ,
+.IR recv ,
+.IR recvp ,
+.IR recvul ,
+.IR send ,
+.IR sendp ,
+and
+.IR sendul
+are defined as macros that expand to
+.IR chanalt ,
+.IR channbrecv ,
+and so on.
+Similarly,
+.I yield
+is defined as a macro that expands to
+.IR threadyield .
+.PP
+The implementation of
+.I threadnotify
+may not be correct.
diff --git a/man/man3/time.3 b/man/man3/time.3
index 90ec731..6f3cbcd 100644
--- a/man/man3/time.3
+++ b/man/man3/time.3
@@ -26,20 +26,8 @@
is not zero then
.BI * tp
is also set to the answer.
-.PP
-These functions work by reading
-.BR /dev/bintime ,
-opening that file when
-.I they
-are first called.
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/time.c
-.br
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9sys/nsec.c
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR cons (3)
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/time.c
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Sets
+These functions set
.IR errstr .
-.SH BUGS
-These routines maintain a static file descriptor.
diff --git a/man/man3/udpread.3 b/man/man3/udpread.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a0a7ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/udpread.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+.TH UDPREAD 3
+.SH NAME
+udpread, udpwrite \- read and write UDP packets
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <u.h>
+.PP
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B #include <ip.h>
+.PP
+.B
+.nf
+.ta +4n +8n
+typedef struct Udphdr Udphdr;
+struct Udphdr
+{
+ uchar raddr[IPaddrlen]; /* remote address and port */
+ uchar laddr[IPaddrlen]; /* local address and port */
+ uchar rport[2];
+ uchar lport[2];
+};
+.PP
+.B
+long udpread(int fd, Udphdr *hdr, void *data, long n)
+.PP
+.B
+long udpwrite(int fd, Udphdr *hdr, void *data, long n)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Udpread
+and
+.I udpwrite
+read and write UDP packets from the UDP network connection
+established on file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+.PP
+.I Udpread
+reads at most
+.I n
+bytes of packet body into
+.I data ,
+stores the header in
+.IR hdr ,
+and returns the number of bytes stored in
+.IR data .
+.PP
+.I Udpwrite
+writes the
+.I n
+bytes stored in
+.I data
+in a UDP packet with header
+.IR hdr .
+.PP
+Note that the
+.B Udphdr
+frames the addresses as local and remote
+instead of source and destination.
+Thus the
+.I hdr
+filled in for a packet read by
+.I udpread
+can be used unchanged in
+.I udpwrite
+to send a response back to the sender of the original packet.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/udp.c
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ip (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wait.3 b/man/man3/wait.3
index b8b5c7f..03b55bf 100644
--- a/man/man3/wait.3
+++ b/man/man3/wait.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH WAIT 3
.SH NAME
-await, wait, waitpid \- wait for a process to exit
+await, awaitnohang, awaitfor, wait, waitnohang, waitfor, waitpid \- wait for a process to exit
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B #include <u.h>
.br
@@ -10,14 +10,28 @@
Waitmsg* wait(void)
.PP
.B
+Waitmsg* waitnohang(void)
+.PP
+.B
+Waitmsg* waitfor(int pid)
+.PP
+.B
int waitpid(void)
.PP
.B
int await(char *s, int n)
+.PP
+.B
+int awaitnohang(char *s, int n)
+.PP
+.B
+int awaitfor(int pid, char *s, int n)
.SH DESCRIPTION
.I Wait
causes a process to wait for any child process (see
-.IR fork (3))
+.IR fork (2)
+and
+.IR rfork (3))
to exit.
It returns a
.B Waitmsg
@@ -70,16 +84,33 @@
.I waitpid
returns just the pid and discards the rest of the information.
.PP
-The underlying system call is
+.I Waitnohang
+is like
+.I wait
+but does not block if there are no more children to wait for.
+Instead it returns immediately and sets
+.IR errstr .
+.PP
+.I Waitfor
+is like
+.I wait
+but waits for a particular
+.IR pid .
+.PP
+The underlying calls are
.IR await ,
-which fills in the n-byte buffer
+.IR awaitnohang ,
+and
+.IR awaitfor ,
+which fill in the
+.IR n -byte
+buffer
.I s
with a textual representation of the pid, times, and exit string.
There is no terminal NUL.
The return value is the length, in bytes, of the data.
.PP
-The buffer filled in by
-.I await
+The filled-in buffer
may be parsed (after appending a NUL) using
.IR tokenize
(see
@@ -104,14 +135,12 @@
returns
.BR -1 .
.SH SOURCE
-.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libc/9syscall
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/wait.c
+.PP
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/lib9/await.c
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR fork (3),
+.IR rfork (3),
.IR exits (3),
-the
-.B wait
-file in
-.IR proc (3)
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
These routines set
.IR errstr .
diff --git a/man/man3/wctl.3 b/man/man3/wctl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfed6fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wctl.3
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.TH WCTL 3
+.SH NAME
+drawresizewindow, drawsetlabel, drawtopwindow \- window management
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <draw.h>
+.PP
+.B
+void drawresizewindow(Rectangle r)
+.PP
+.B
+int drawsetlabel(Display *d, char *name)
+.PP
+.B
+void drawtopwindow(void)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines interact with a window manager
+to set the properties of the window running the current program.
+They substitute for interacting directly with the Plan 9
+.IR rio 's
+.BR /dev/wctl .
+.PP
+.I Drawresizewindow
+requests that the program's window be resized to have the
+width and height of the rectangle
+.IR r .
+Only the width and height
+are important; the offset is ignored.
+.PP
+.I Drawsetlabel
+requests that the program's window title be set to
+.IR name .
+.PP
+.I Drawtopwindow
+requests that the program's window be moved
+above all other windows and given the input focus.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw/x11-init.c
+.br
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw/x11-wsys.c
diff --git a/man/man3/window.3 b/man/man3/window.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f14060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/window.3
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+.TH WINDOW 3
+.SH NAME
+Screen, allocscreen, publicscreen, freescreen, allocwindow, bottomwindow, bottomnwindows, topwindow, topnwindows, originwindow \- window management
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B
+#include <u.h>
+.B
+#include <libc.h>
+.B
+#include <draw.h>
+.PP
+.ft L
+.nf
+typedef
+struct Screen
+{
+ Display *display; /* display holding data */
+ int id; /* id of system-held Screen */
+ Image *image; /* unused; for reference only */
+ Image *fill; /* color to paint behind windows */
+} Screen;
+.fi
+.ta \w'\fLScreen* 'u
+.PP
+.B
+Screen* allocscreen(Image *image, Image *fill, int public)
+.PP
+.B
+Screen* publicscreen(Display *d, int id, ulong chan)
+.PP
+.B
+int freescreen(Screen *s)
+.PP
+.B
+Image* allocwindow(Screen *s, Rectangle r, int ref, int val)
+.PP
+.B
+void bottomwindow(Image *w)
+.PP
+.B
+void bottomnwindows(Image **wp, int nw)
+.PP
+.B
+void topwindow(Image *w)
+.PP
+.B
+void topnwindows(Image **wp, int nw)
+.PP
+.B
+int originwindow(Image *w, Point log, Point scr)
+.PP
+.ft L
+.nf
+enum
+{
+ /* refresh methods */
+ Refbackup = 0,
+ Refnone = 1,
+ Refmesg = 2
+};
+.fi
+.ft P
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Windows are represented as
+.B Images
+and may be treated as regular images for all drawing operations.
+The routines discussed here permit the creation, deletion, and shuffling
+of windows, facilities that do not apply to regular images.
+.PP
+To create windows, it is first necessary to allocate a
+.B Screen
+data structure to gather them together.
+A
+.B Screen
+turns an arbitrary image into something that may have windows upon it.
+It is created by
+.BR allocscreen ,
+which takes an
+.I image
+upon which to place the windows (typically
+.BR display->image ),
+a
+.I fill
+image to paint the background behind all the windows on the image,
+and a flag specifying whether the result should be publicly visible.
+If it is public, an arbitrary other program connected to the same
+display may acquire a pointer to the same screen by calling
+.B publicscreen
+with the
+.B Display
+pointer and the
+.I id
+of the published
+.BR Screen ,
+as well as the expected channel descriptor, as a safety check.
+It will usually require some out-of-band coordination for programs to share a screen profitably.
+.B Freescreen
+releases a
+.BR Screen ,
+although it may not actually disappear from view until all the windows upon it have also been deallocated.
+.PP
+Unlike
+.BR allocwindow ,
+.B allocscreen
+does
+.I not
+initialize the appearance of the
+.BR Screen .
+.PP
+Windows are created by
+.BR allocwindow ,
+which takes a pointer to the
+.B Screen
+upon which to create the window, a rectangle
+.I r
+defining its geometry, an integer pixel value
+.I val
+to color the window initially, and a refresh method
+.BR ref .
+The refresh methods are
+.BR Refbackup ,
+which provides backing store and is the method used by
+.IR rio (1)
+for its clients;
+.BR Refnone ,
+which provides no refresh and is designed for temporary uses
+such as sweeping a display rectangle, for windows that are
+completely covered by other windows, and for windows that
+are already protected by backing store; and
+.BR Refmesg ,
+which causes messages to be delivered to the owner of the window
+when it needs to be repainted.
+.B Refmesg
+is not fully implemented.
+.PP
+The result of
+.B allocwindow
+is an
+.B Image
+pointer that may be treated like any other image.
+In particular, it is freed by calling
+.B freeimage
+(see
+.IR allocimage (3)).
+The following functions, however, apply only to windows, not regular images.
+.PP
+.B Bottomwindow
+pushes window
+.I w
+to the bottom of the stack of windows on its
+.BR Screen ,
+perhaps obscuring it.
+.B Topwindow
+pulls window
+.I w
+to the top, making it fully visible on its
+.BR Screen .
+(This
+.B Screen
+may itself be within a window that is not fully visible;
+.B topwindow
+will not affect the stacking of this parent window.)
+.B Bottomnwindows
+and
+.B Topnwindows
+are analogous, but push or pull a group of
+.I nw
+windows listed in the array
+.IR wp .
+The order within
+.IR wp
+is unaffected.
+.PP
+Each window is created as an
+.B Image
+whose
+.B Rectangle
+.B r
+corresponds to the rectangle given to
+.B allocwindow
+when it was created. Thus, a newly created window
+.I w
+resides on its
+.B Screen->image
+at
+.IB w ->r
+and has internal coordinates
+.IB w ->r .
+Both these may be changed by a call to
+.BR originwindow .
+The two
+.B Point
+arguments to
+.B originwindow
+define the upper left corner of the logical coordinate system
+.RI ( log )
+and screen position
+.RI ( scr ).
+Their usage is shown in the Examples section.
+.PP
+.IR Rio (1)
+creates its client windows with backing store,
+.BR Refbackup .
+The graphics initialization routine,
+.B initdraw
+(see
+.IR graphics (3)),
+builds a
+.B Screen
+upon this, and then allocates upon that another window indented
+to protect the border. That window is created
+.BR Refnone ,
+since the backing store created by
+.B rio
+protects its contents. That window is the one known in the
+library by the global name
+.B screen
+(a historic but confusing choice).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+To move a window to the upper left corner of the display,
+.EX
+ originwindow(w, w->r.min, Pt(0, 0));
+.EE
+To leave a window where it is on the screen but change its internal
+coordinate system so (0,\ 0) is the upper left corner of the window,
+.EX
+ originwindow(w, Pt(0, 0), w->r.min);
+.EE
+After this is done,
+.B w->r
+is translated to the origin and there will be no way to discover the
+actual screen position of the window unless it is recorded separately.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/libdraw
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR graphics (3),
+.IR draw (3),
+.IR cachechars (3),
+.IR draw (3)
+.SH BUGS
+The refresh method
+.B Refmesg
+should be finished.
diff --git a/man/man4/0intro.4 b/man/man4/0intro.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e4c81d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man4/0intro.4
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+.TH INTRO 4
+.SH NAME
+intro \- introduction to file servers
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A Plan 9
+.I "file server"
+provides a file tree to processes.
+This section of the manual describes servers that can be
+mounted in a name space to give a file-like interface to interesting services.
+A file server may be a provider of a conventional file system,
+with files maintained on permanent storage,
+or it may also be a process that synthesizes files in some manner.
+.PP
+In Plan 9, the kernel mount device
+\fImnt\fR(3)
+acts as a client to the 9P servers mounted in the current name space,
+translating system calls such as
+.IR open (2)
+into 9P transactions such as
+.IR open (9p).
+The kernel also multiplexes the potentially many processes onto a single 9P conversation
+with each server.
+Finally, the kernel provides each process with its own private
+.I name space
+which it can customize at will.
+Modern Unix systems do not provide these niceties, so
+the Unix port of these Plan 9 file servers provides them via other means.
+.PP
+On Unix, 9P clients do not access servers via the traditional
+file system call interface. Only the Unix name space can be accessed
+that way.
+Instead, 9P clients use the
+.IR 9pclient (3)
+library to connect and interact directly with particular 9P servers.
+The
+.IR 9p (1)
+command-line client is useful for interactive use and in shell scripts.
+.PP
+To preserve the façade of a single 9P conversation with each server,
+9P servers invoke
+.IR 9pserve (4),
+typically via
+.IR post9pservice (3).
+.I 9pserve
+announces a 9P service at a particular
+network address and multiplexes the clients that connect to
+that address onto a single 9P conversation with the server.
+.PP
+Each ported program operates in a pseudo-name space
+that determines which 9P servers it is using.
+The name space of a ported program is represented by a
+directory containing Unix domain sockets, one for each 9P server.
+The directory defaults to
+.BR /tmp/ns.$USER.$DISPLAY ,
+meaning that all programs in an X Windows login session
+share a single name space.
+Setting the
+.B $NAMESPACE
+environment variable overrides this default.
+The
+.IR namespace (1)
+command prints the current name space directory.
+.PP
+Occasionally it is useful to be able to connect the input or output
+of a standard Unix program to a file served by a 9P server.
+The new
+.IR openfd (9p)
+9P transaction, which depends on file descriptor passing,
+provides a sufficient workaround in many cases.
+.IR 9pserve 's
+implementation of
+.I openfd
+(see also
+.I fsopenfd
+in
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+returns the read or write end of a pipe;
+a helper process transfers data between the other end of the pipe
+and the 9P server.
+Note that since the data is being transferred via a pipe,
+9P read and write errors cannot be passed on to the Unix program.
+The Unix program sees only end-of-file or a closed pipe.
diff --git a/man/man4/9pserve.4 b/man/man4/9pserve.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81cfc26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man4/9pserve.4
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.TH 9PSERVE 4
+.SH NAME
+9pserve \- announce and multiplex 9P service
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B 9pserve
+[
+.B -v
+]
+.I addr
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+On Plan 9, when a user-level file server mounts itself into a name space
+or posts itself in
+.BR /srv ,
+the Plan 9 kernel multiplexes the potentially many processes
+accessing the server into a single 9P conversation.
+The user-level server need not concern itself with how many
+processes are accessing it or with cleaning up after a process when it
+exits unexpectedly.
+On Unix,
+.I 9pserve
+takes the place of the Plan 9 kernel, multiplexing clients onto
+a single server conversation and cleaning up after clients when
+they hang up unexpectedly.
+.PP
+.I 9pserve
+announces a 9P service on
+.I addr
+and multiplexes any 9P clients connecting to
+.I addr
+into a single conversation with a 9P server on
+.IR 9pserve 's
+standard input and output.
+When a client hangs up,
+.I 9pserve
+flushes any outstanding 9P transactions
+and clunks any outstanding fids belonging to the client.
+.PP
+.I 9pserve
+is typically not invoked directly; use
+.IR post9pservice (3)
+instead.
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR intro (4),
+.IR intro (9p)
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9pserve.c
diff --git a/man/man4/INDEX b/man/man4/INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd0f7bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man4/INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+0intro 0intro.4
+intro 0intro.4
+9pserve 9pserve.4
+acme acme.4
+plumber plumber.4
+ramfs ramfs.4
diff --git a/man/man4/acme.4 b/man/man4/acme.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6a4853
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man4/acme.4
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+.TH ACME 4
+.SH NAME
+acme \- control files for text windows
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B acme
+[
+.B -f
+.I varfont
+] [
+.B -F
+.I fixfont
+]
+[
+.I file
+\&... ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The text window system
+.IR acme (1)
+serves a variety of files for reading, writing, and controlling
+windows.
+Some of them are virtual versions of system files for dealing
+with the virtual console; others control operations
+of
+.I acme
+itself.
+When a command is run under
+.IR acme ,
+a directory holding these files is mounted on
+.B /mnt/acme
+(also bound to
+.BR /mnt/wsys )
+and also
+.BR /dev ;
+the files mentioned here
+appear in both those directories.
+.PP
+Some of these files supply virtual versions of services available from the underlying
+environment, in particular the character terminal files in Plan 9's
+\fIcons\fR(3).
+(Unlike in Plan 9's \fIrio\fR(1),
+each command under
+.I acme
+sees the same set of files; there is not a distinct
+.B /dev/cons
+for each window.)
+Other files are unique to
+.IR acme .
+.TP
+.B acme
+is a subdirectory used by
+.B win
+(see
+.IR acme (1))
+as a mount point for the
+.I acme
+files associated with the window in which
+.B win
+is running.
+It has no specific function under
+.I acme
+itself.
+.TP
+.B cons
+is the standard and diagnostic output file for all commands
+run under
+.IR acme .
+(Input for commands is redirected to
+.BR /dev/null .)
+Text written to
+.B cons
+appears in a window labeled
+.IB dir /+Errors\f1,
+where
+.I dir
+is the directory in which the command
+was run.
+The window is created if necessary, but not until text is actually written.
+.TP
+.B consctl
+Is an empty unwritable file present only for compatibility; there is no way
+to turn off `echo', for example, under
+.IR acme .
+.TP
+.B index
+holds a sequence of lines of text, one per window. Each line has 5 decimal numbers,
+each formatted in 11 characters plus a blank\(emthe window ID;
+number of characters (runes) in the tag;
+number of characters in the body;
+a 1 if the window is a directory, 0 otherwise;
+and a 1 if the window is modified, 0
+otherwise\(emfollowed by the tag up to a newline if present.
+Thus at character position 5×12 starts the name of the window.
+If a file has multiple zeroxed windows open,
+only the most recently used will appear in the
+.B index
+file.
+.TP
+.B label
+is an empty file, writable without effect, present only for compatibility with
+.BR rio .
+.TP
+.B new
+A directory analogous to the numbered directories
+.RI ( q.v. ).
+Accessing any
+file in
+.B new
+creates a new window. Thus to cause text to appear in a new window,
+write it to
+.BR /dev/new/body .
+For more control, open
+.BR /dev/new/ctl
+and use the interface described below.
+.LP
+.PP
+Each
+.I acme
+window has associated a directory numbered by its ID.
+Window IDs are chosen sequentially and may be discovered by the
+.B ID
+command, by
+reading the
+.B ctl
+file, or
+indirectly through the
+.B index
+file. The files in the numbered directories are as follows.
+.TP
+.B addr
+may be written with any textual address (line number, regular expression, etc.),
+in the format understood by button 3 but without the initial colon, including compound addresses,
+to set the address for text accessed through the
+.B data
+file.
+When read, it returns the value of the address that would next be read
+or written through the
+.B data
+file, in the format
+.BI # m ,# n
+where
+.I m
+and
+.I n
+are character (not byte) offsets. If
+.I m
+and
+.I n
+are identical, the format is just
+.BI # m\f1.
+Thus a regular expression may be evaluated by writing it to
+.B addr
+and reading it back.
+The
+.B addr
+address has no effect on the user's selection of text.
+.TP
+.B body
+holds contents of the window body. It may be read at any byte offset.
+Text written to
+.B body
+is always appended; the file offset is ignored.
+.TP
+.B ctl
+may be read to recover the five numbers as held in the
+.B index
+file, described above, plus two more fields: the width of the
+window in pixels and the name of the font used in the window.
+Text messages may be written to
+.B ctl
+to affect the window.
+Each message is terminated by a newline and multiple
+messages may be sent in a single write.
+.RS .5i
+.TF limit=addr
+.TP
+.B addr=dot
+Set the
+.B addr
+address to that of the user's selected text in the window.
+.TP
+.B clean
+Mark the window clean as though it has just been written.
+.TP
+.B dirty
+Mark the window dirty, the opposite of clean.
+.TP
+.B cleartag
+Remove all text in the tag after the vertical bar.
+.TP
+.B del
+Equivalent to the
+.B Del
+interactive command.
+.TP
+.B delete
+Equivalent to the
+.B Delete
+interactive command.
+.TP
+.B dot=addr
+Set the user's selected text in the window to the text addressed by the
+.B addr
+address.
+.TP
+.BI dump " command
+Set the command string to recreate the window from a dump file.
+.TP
+.BI dumpdir " directory
+Set the directory in which to run the command to recreate the window from a dump file.
+.TP
+.B get
+Equivalent to the
+.B Get
+interactive command with no arguments; accepts no arguments.
+.TP
+.B limit=addr
+When the
+.B ctl
+file is first opened, regular expression context searches in
+.B addr
+addresses examine the whole file; this message restricts subsequent
+searches to the current
+.B addr
+address.
+.TP
+.B mark
+Cancel
+.BR nomark ,
+returning the window to the usual state wherein each modification to the
+body must be undone individually.
+.TP
+.BI name " name
+Set the name of the window to
+.IR name .
+.TP
+.B nomark
+Turn off automatic `marking' of changes, so a set of related changes
+may be undone in a single
+.B Undo
+interactive command.
+.TP
+.B noscroll
+Turn off automatic `scrolling' of the window to show text written to the body.
+.TP
+.B put
+Equivalent to the
+.B Put
+interactive command with no arguments; accepts no arguments.
+.TP
+.B scroll
+Cancel a
+.B noscroll
+message, returning the window to the default state wherein each write
+to the
+.B body
+file causes the window to `scroll' to display the new text.
+.TP
+.B show
+Guarantee at least some of the selected text is visible on the display.
+.RE
+.PD
+.TP
+.B data
+is used in conjunction with
+.B addr
+for random access to the contents of the body.
+The file offset is ignored when writing the
+.B data
+file; instead the location of the data to be read or written is determined by the state of the
+.B addr
+file.
+Text, which must contain only whole characters (no `partial runes'),
+written to
+.B data
+replaces the characters addressed by the
+.B addr
+file and sets the address to the null string at the end of the written text.
+A read from
+.B data
+returns as many whole characters as the read count will permit starting
+at the beginning of the
+.B addr
+address (the end of the address has no effect)
+and sets the address to the null string at the end of the returned
+characters.
+.TP
+.B event
+When a window's
+.B event
+file is open, changes to the window occur as always but the
+actions are also reported as
+messages to the reader of the file. Also, user actions with buttons 2 and 3
+(other than chorded
+.B Cut
+and
+.BR Paste ,
+which behave normally) have no immediate effect on the window;
+it is expected that the program reading the
+.B event
+file will interpret them.
+The messages have a fixed format:
+a character indicating the origin or cause of the action,
+a character indicating the type of the action,
+four free-format blank-terminated decimal numbers,
+optional text, and a newline.
+The first and second numbers are the character addresses of the action,
+the third is a flag,
+and the final is a count of the characters in the optional text, which
+may itself contain newlines.
+The origin characters are
+.B E
+for writes to the
+.B body
+or
+.B tag
+file,
+.B F
+for actions through the window's other files,
+.B K
+for the keyboard, and
+.B M
+for the mouse.
+The type characters are
+.B D
+for text deleted from the body,
+.B d
+for text deleted from the tag,
+.B I
+for text inserted to the body,
+.B i
+for text inserted to the tag,
+.B L
+for a button 3 action in the body,
+.B l
+for a button 3 action in the tag,
+.B X
+for a button 2 action in the body, and
+.B x
+for a button 2 action in the tag.
+.IP
+If the relevant text has less than 256 characters, it is included in the message;
+otherwise it is elided, the fourth number is 0, and the program must read
+it from the
+.B data
+file if needed. No text is sent on a
+.B D
+or
+.B d
+message.
+.IP
+For
+.BR D ,
+.BR d ,
+.BR I ,
+and
+.BR i
+the flag is always zero.
+For
+.BR X
+and
+.BR x ,
+the flag is a bitwise OR (reported decimally) of the following:
+1 if the text indicated is recognized as an
+.I acme
+built-in command;
+2 if the text indicated is a null string that has a non-null expansion;
+if so, another complete message will follow describing the expansion
+exactly as if it had been indicated explicitly (its flag will always be 0);
+8 if the command has an extra (chorded) argument; if so,
+two more complete messages will follow reporting the argument (with
+all numbers 0 except the character count) and where it originated, in the form of
+a fully-qualified button 3 style address.
+.IP
+For
+.B L
+and
+.BR l ,
+the flag is the bitwise OR of the following:
+1 if
+.I acme
+can interpret the action without loading a new file;
+2 if a second (post-expansion) message follows, analogous to that with
+.B X
+messages;
+4 if the text is a file or window name (perhaps with address) rather than
+plain literal text.
+.IP
+For messages with the 1 bit on in the flag,
+writing the message back to the
+.B event
+file, but with the flag, count, and text omitted,
+will cause the action to be applied to the file exactly as it would
+have been if the
+.B event
+file had not been open.
+.TP
+.B tag
+holds contents of the window tag. It may be read at any byte offset.
+Text written to
+.B tag
+is always appended; the file offset is ignored.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/acme
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR rio (1),
+.IR acme (1)
diff --git a/man/man4/plumber.4 b/man/man4/plumber.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..681bd5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man4/plumber.4
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+.TH PLUMBER 4
+.SH NAME
+plumber \- file system for interprocess messaging
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B plumber
+[
+.B -p
+.I plumbing
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I plumber
+is a user-level file server that receives, examines, rewrites, and dispatches
+.IR plumb (7)
+messages between programs.
+Its behavior is programmed by a
+.I plumbing
+file (default
+.BR /usr/$user/lib/plumbing )
+in the format of
+.IR plumb (7).
+.PP
+Its services are posted via
+.IR 9pserve (4)
+as
+.BR plumb .
+and consist of two
+pre-defined files,
+.B plumb/send
+and
+.BR plumb/rules ,
+and a set of output
+.I ports
+for dispatching messages to applications.
+.PP
+Programs use
+.B fswrite
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+to deliver messages to the
+.B send
+file, and
+.I fsread
+to receive them from the corresponding port.
+For example,
+.IR sam (1)'s
+.B plumb
+menu item or the
+.B B
+command cause a message to be sent to
+.BR plumb/send ;
+.B sam
+in turn reads from, by convention,
+.B plumb/edit
+to receive messages about files to open.
+.PP
+A copy of each message is sent to each client that has the corresponding port open.
+If none has it open, and the rule has a
+.B plumb
+.B client
+or
+.B plumb
+.B start
+rule, that rule is applied.
+A
+.B plumb
+.B client
+rule causes the specified command to be run
+and the message to be held for delivery when the port is opened.
+A
+.B plumb
+.B start
+rule runs the command but discards the message.
+If neither
+.B start
+or
+.B client
+is specified and the port is not open,
+the message is discarded and a write error is returned to the sender.
+.PP
+The set of output ports is determined dynamically by the
+specification in the plumbing rules file: a port is created for each unique
+destination of a
+.B plumb
+.B to
+rule.
+.PP
+The set of rules currently active may be examined by reading the file
+.BR plumb/rules ;
+appending to this file adds new rules to the set, while
+creating it (opening it with
+.BR OTRUNC )
+clears the rule set.
+Thus the rule set may be edited dynamically with a traditional text editor.
+However, ports are never deleted dynamically; if a new set of rules does not
+include a port that was defined in earlier rules, that port will still exist (although
+no new messages will be delivered there).
+.SH FILES
+.TF /usr/$user/lib/plumbing
+.TP
+.B /usr/$user/lib/plumbing
+default rules file
+.TP
+.B /usr/local/plan9/plumb
+directory to search for files in
+.B include
+statements
+.TP
+.B plumb
+mount name for
+.IR plumber (4).
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/plumb
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR plumb (1),
+.IR plumb (3),
+.IR plumb (7)
+.\" .SH BUGS
+.\" .IR Plumber 's
+.\" file name space is fixed, so it is difficult to plumb
+.\" messages that involve files in newly mounted services.
diff --git a/man/man4/ramfs.4 b/man/man4/ramfs.4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32405de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man4/ramfs.4
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.TH RAMFS 4
+.SH NAME
+ramfs \- memory file system
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B ramfs
+[
+.B -i
+]
+[
+.B -S
+.I service
+]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Ramfs
+starts a 9P file server
+keeping all files in memory.
+Initially the file tree is empty.
+.PP
+By default
+.I ramfs
+posts its service as
+.B ramfs
+using
+.IR 9pserve (4).
+.PP
+The
+.B -S
+flag specifies an alternate service name for ramfs to use.
+.PP
+The
+.B -i
+flag tells
+.I ramfs
+to use file descriptors 0 and 1 for its communication channel
+rather than create a pipe.
+This makes it possible to use
+.I ramfs
+as a file server on a remote machine: the file descriptors 0
+and 1 will be the network channel from
+.I ramfs
+to the client machine.
+.PP
+This program is useful mainly as an example of how
+to write a user-level file server.
+It can also be used to provide high-performance temporary files.
+.SH SOURCE
+.B /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/ramfs.c
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR 9p (3),
+.IR 9pserve (4)
diff --git a/man/man5/INDEX b/man/man5/INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f51523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man5/INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+[a-z0-9:]* [a-z0-9:]*
diff --git a/man/man7/INDEX b/man/man7/INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7930266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+color color.7
+face face.7
+font font.7
+subfont font.7
+image image.7
+man man.7
+map map.7
+ms ms.7
+plot plot.7
+plumb plumb.7
+regexp regexp.7
+regexp9 regexp9.7
+thumbprint thumbprint.7
+ASCII utf.7
+UTF utf.7
+Unicode utf.7
+rune utf.7
+utf utf.7
diff --git a/man/man7/color.7 b/man/man7/color.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8b536a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/color.7
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+.TH COLOR 7
+.SH NAME
+color \- representation of pixels and colors
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+To address problems of consistency and portability among applications,
+Plan 9 uses a fixed color map, called
+.BR rgbv ,
+on 8-bit-per-pixel displays.
+Although this avoids problems caused by multiplexing color maps between
+applications, it requires that the color map chosen be suitable for most purposes
+and usable for all.
+Other systems that use fixed color maps tend to sample the color cube
+uniformly, which has advantages\(emmapping from a (red, green, blue) triple
+to the color map and back again is easy\(embut ignores an important property
+of the human visual system: eyes are
+much more sensitive to small changes in intensity than
+to changes in hue.
+Sampling the color cube uniformly gives a color map with many different
+hues, but only a few shades of each.
+Continuous tone images converted into such maps demonstrate conspicuous
+artifacts.
+.PP
+Rather than dice the color cube into subregions of
+size 6\(mu6\(mu6 (as in Netscape Navigator) or 8\(mu8\(mu4
+(as in previous releases of Plan 9), picking 1 color in each,
+the
+.B rgbv
+color map uses a 4\(mu4\(mu4 subdivision, with
+4 shades in each subcube.
+The idea is to reduce the color resolution by dicing
+the color cube into fewer cells, and to use the extra space to increase the intensity
+resolution.
+This results in 16 grey shades (4 grey subcubes with
+4 samples in each), 13 shades of each primary and secondary color (3 subcubes
+with 4 samples plus black) and a reasonable selection of colors covering the
+rest of the color cube.
+The advantage is better representation of
+continuous tones.
+.PP
+The following function computes the 256 3-byte entries in the color map:
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta 6n +6n +6n +6n
+void
+setmaprgbv(uchar cmap[256][3])
+{
+ uchar *c;
+ int r, g, b, v;
+ int num, den;
+ int i, j;
+
+ for(r=0,i=0; r!=4; r++)
+ for(v=0; v!=4; v++,i+=16)
+ for(g=0,j=v-r; g!=4; g++)
+ for(b=0; b!=4; b++,j++){
+ c = cmap[i+(j&15)];
+ den = r;
+ if(g > den)
+ den = g;
+ if(b > den)
+ den = b;
+ if(den == 0) /* would divide check; pick grey shades */
+ c[0] = c[1] = c[2] = 17*v;
+ else{
+ num = 17*(4*den+v);
+ c[0] = r*num/den;
+ c[1] = g*num/den;
+ c[2] = b*num/den;
+ }
+ }
+}
+.EE
+.PP
+There are 4 nested loops to pick the (red,green,blue) coordinates of the subcube,
+and the value (intensity) within the subcube, indexed by
+.BR r ,
+.BR g ,
+.BR b ,
+and
+.BR v ,
+whence
+the name
+.IR rgbv .
+The peculiar order in which the color map is indexed is designed to distribute the
+grey shades uniformly through the map\(emthe
+.IR i 'th
+grey shade,
+.RI 0<= i <=15
+has index
+.IR i ×17,
+with black going to 0 and white to 255.
+Therefore, when a call to
+.B draw
+converts a 1, 2 or 4 bit-per-pixel picture to 8 bits per pixel (which it does
+by replicating the pixels' bits), the converted pixel values are the appropriate
+grey shades.
+.PP
+The
+.B rgbv
+map is not gamma-corrected, for two reasons. First, photographic
+film and television are both normally under-corrected, the former by an
+accident of physics and the latter by NTSC's design.
+Second, we require extra color resolution at low intensities because of the
+non-linear response and adaptation of the human visual system.
+Properly
+gamma-corrected displays with adequate low-intensity resolution pack the
+high-intensity parts of the color cube with colors whose differences are
+almost imperceptible.
+Either reason suggests concentrating
+the available intensities at the low end of the range.
+.PP
+On `true-color' displays with separate values for the red, green, and blue
+components of a pixel, the values are chosen so 0 represents no intensity (black) and the
+maximum value (255 for an 8-bit-per-color display) represents full intensity (e.g., full red).
+Common display depths are 24 bits per pixel, with 8 bits per color in order
+red, green, blue, and 16 bits per pixel, with 5 bits of red, 6 bits of green, and 5 bits of blue.
+.PP
+Colors may also be created with an opacity factor called
+.BR alpha ,
+which is scaled so 0 represents fully transparent and 255 represents opaque color.
+The alpha is
+.I premultiplied
+into the other channels, as described in the paper by Porter and Duff cited in
+.IR draw (3).
+The function
+.B setalpha
+(see
+.IR allocimage (3))
+aids the initialization of color values with non-trivial alpha.
+.PP
+The packing of pixels into bytes and words is odd.
+For compatibility with VGA frame buffers, the bits within a
+pixel byte are in big-endian order (leftmost pixel is most
+significant bits in byte), while bytes within a pixel are packed in little-endian
+order. Pixels are stored in contiguous bytes. This results
+in unintuitive pixel formats. For example, for the RGB24 format,
+the byte ordering is blue, green, red.
+.PP
+To maintain a constant external representation,
+the
+.IR draw (3)
+interface
+as well as the
+various graphics libraries represent colors
+by 32-bit numbers, as described in
+.IR color (3).
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR color (3),
+.IR graphics (3),
+.IR draw (3)
diff --git a/man/man7/face.7 b/man/man7/face.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08b04a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/face.7
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+.TH FACE 7
+.SH NAME
+face \- face files
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The directories
+.B /usr/$user/lib/face
+and
+.B /lib/face
+contain a hierarchy of images of people.
+In those directories are subdirectories named by the sizes of
+the corresponding image files:
+.B 48x48x1
+(48 by 48 pixels, one bit per pixel);
+.B 48x48x2
+(48 by 48 pixels, two (grey) bits per pixel);
+.B 48x48x4
+(48 by 48 pixels, four (grey) bits per pixel);
+.B 48x48x8
+(48 by 48 pixels, eight (color-mapped) bits per pixel);
+.B 512x512x8
+(512 by 512 pixels, eight (color-mapped) bits per pixel);
+.B 512x512x24
+(512 by 512 pixels, twenty-four bits per pixel (3 times 8 bits
+per color)).
+The large files serve no special purpose; they are stored
+as images
+(see
+.IR image (7)).
+The small files are the `icons' displayed by
+.B faces
+and
+.B seemail
+(see Plan 9's
+\fIfaces\fR(1));
+for depths less than 4, their format is special.
+.PP
+One- and two-bit deep icons are stored as text, one line of the file to one scan line
+of display.
+Each line is divided into 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit big-endian words,
+stored as a list of comma-separated hexadecimal C constants,
+such as:
+.IP
+.EX
+0x9200, 0x1bb0, 0x003e,
+.EE
+.PP
+This odd format is historical and the programs that read it
+are somewhat forgiving about blanks and the need for commas.
+.PP
+The files
+.BR lib/face/*/.dict
+hold a correspondence between users at machines
+and face files.
+The format is
+.IP
+.EX
+.I machine\fB/\fPuser directory\fB/\fPfile\fB.\fPver
+.EE
+.PP
+The
+.I machine
+is the domain name of the machine sending the message,
+and
+.I user
+the name of the user sending it.
+The
+.I directory
+is a further subdirectory of (say)
+.BR /lib/face/48x48x1 ,
+named by a single letter corresponding to the first character
+of the user names. The
+.I file
+is the name of the file, typically but not always the user name,
+and
+.I ver
+is a number to distinguish different images, for example to
+distinguish the image for Bill Gates from the image for Bill Joy,
+both of which might otherwise be called
+.BR b/bill .
+For example, Bill Gates might be represented by the line
+.IP
+.EX
+microsoft.com/bill b/bill.1
+.EE
+.PP
+If multiple entries exist for a user in the various
+.B .dict
+files,
+.I faces
+chooses the highest pixel size less than or equal to that of the
+display on which it is running.
+.PP
+Finally, or rather firstly, the file
+.B /lib/face/.machinelist
+contains a list of machine/domain pairs, one per line,
+to map any of a set of machines to a single domain name to
+be looked up in the
+.B .dict
+files. The machine name may be a regular expression,
+so for example the entry
+.IP
+.EX
+\&.*research\e.bell-labs\e.com astro
+.EE
+.PP
+maps any of the machines in Bell Labs Research into the
+shorthand name
+.BR astro ,
+which then appears as a domain name in the
+.B .dict
+files.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR mail (1),
+.IR tweak (1),
+.IR image (7)
diff --git a/man/man7/font.7 b/man/man7/font.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f651a58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/font.7
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.TH FONT 7
+.SH NAME
+font, subfont \- external format for fonts and subfonts
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <draw.h>
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Fonts and subfonts are described in
+.IR cachechars (3).
+.PP
+External fonts are described by a plain text file that can be read using
+.IR openfont .
+The format of the file is a header followed by any number of
+subfont range specifications.
+The header contains two numbers: the height and the ascent, both in pixels.
+The height is the inter-line spacing and the ascent is the distance
+from the top of the line to the baseline. These numbers are chosen
+to display consistently all the subfonts of the font.
+A subfont range specification contains two or three numbers and a file name.
+The numbers are the inclusive range of characters covered by the subfont,
+with an optional starting position within the subfont,
+and the file name names an external file suitable for
+.I readsubfont
+(see
+.IR graphics (3)).
+The minimum number of a covered range is mapped to the specified starting position
+(default zero) of the
+corresponding subfont.
+If the subfont file name does not begin with a slash, it is taken relative to the
+directory containing the font file.
+Each field must be followed by some white space.
+Each numeric field may be C-format decimal, octal, or hexadecimal.
+.PP
+External subfonts are represented in a more rigid format
+that can be read and written using
+.I readsubfont
+and
+.I writesubfont
+(see
+.IR subfont (3)).
+The format for subfont files is: an image containing character glyphs,
+followed by a subfont header, followed by character information.
+The image has the format for external image files described in
+.IR image (7).
+The subfont header has 3
+decimal strings:
+.BR n ,
+.BR height ,
+and
+.BR ascent .
+Each number is right-justified and blank padded in 11 characters, followed by a blank.
+The character
+.B info
+consists of
+.BR n +1
+6-byte entries, each giving the
+.B Fontchar
+.B x
+(2 bytes, low order byte first),
+.BR top ,
+.BR bottom ,
+.BR left ,
+and
+.BR width .
+The
+.B x
+field of the last
+.B Fontchar
+is used to calculate the image width
+of the previous character; the other fields in the last
+.B Fontchar
+are irrelevant.
+.PP
+Note that the convention of using the character with value zero (NUL) to represent
+characters of zero width (see
+.IR draw (3))
+means that fonts should have, as their zeroth character,
+one with non-zero width.
+.SH FILES
+.TF /lib/font/bit/*
+.TP
+.B /lib/font/bit/*
+font directories
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR graphics (3),
+.IR draw (3),
+.IR cachechars (3),
+.IR subfont (3)
diff --git a/man/man7/image.7 b/man/man7/image.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e613f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/image.7
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+.TH IMAGE 7
+.SH NAME
+image \- external format for images
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <draw.h>
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Images are described in
+.IR graphics (3),
+and the definition of pixel values is in
+.IR color (7).
+Fonts and images are stored in external files
+in machine-independent formats.
+.PP
+Image files are read and written using
+.B readimage
+and
+.B writeimage
+(see
+.IR allocimage (3)), or
+.B readmemimage
+and
+.B writememimage
+(see
+.IR memdraw (3)).
+An uncompressed image file starts with 5
+strings:
+.BR chan ,
+.BR r.min.x ,
+.BR r.min.y ,
+.BR r.max.x ,
+and
+.BR r.max.y .
+Each is right-justified and blank padded in 11 characters, followed by a blank.
+The
+.B chan
+value is a textual string describing the pixel format
+(see
+.B strtochan
+in
+.IR graphics (3)
+and the discussion of channel descriptors below),
+and the rectangle coordinates are decimal strings.
+The rest of the file contains the
+.B r.max.y-r.min.y
+rows of pixel data.
+A
+.I row
+consists of the byte containing pixel
+.B r.min.x
+and all the bytes up to and including the byte containing pixel
+.BR r.max.x -1.
+For images with depth
+.I d
+less than eight, a pixel with x-coordinate =
+.I x
+will appear as
+.I d
+contiguous bits in a byte, with the pixel's high order bit
+starting at the byte's bit number
+.if t \fIw\fP\(mu(\fIx\fP mod (8/\fIw\fP)),
+.if n w*(x mod (8/w)),
+where bits within a byte are numbered 0 to 7 from the
+high order to the low order bit.
+Rows contain integral number of bytes, so there may be some unused
+pixels at either end of a row.
+If
+.I d
+is greater than 8, the definition of images requires that it will a multiple of 8, so
+pixel values take up an integral number of bytes.
+.PP
+The
+.B loadimage
+and
+.B unloadimage
+functions described in
+.IR allocimage (3)
+also deal with rows in this format, stored in user memory.
+.PP
+The channel format string is a sequence of two-character channel descriptions,
+each comprising a letter
+.RB ( r
+for red,
+.B g
+for green,
+.B b
+for blue,
+.B a
+for alpha,
+.B m
+for color-mapped,
+.B k
+for greyscale,
+and
+.B x
+for ``don't care'')
+followed by a number of bits per pixel.
+The sum of the channel bits per pixel is the
+depth of the image, which must be either
+a divisor or a multiple of eight.
+It is an error to have more than
+one of any channel but
+.BR x .
+An image must have either a greyscale channel; a color mapped channel;
+or red, green, and blue channels.
+If the alpha channel is present, it must be at least as deep as any other channel.
+.PP
+The channel string defines the format of the pixels in the file,
+and should not be confused with ordering of bytes in the file.
+In particular
+.B 'r8g8b8'
+pixels have byte ordering blue, green, and red within the file.
+See
+.IR color (7)
+for more details of the pixel format.
+.PP
+A venerable yet deprecated format replaces the channel string
+with a decimal
+.IR ldepth ,
+which is the base two logarithm of the number
+of bits per pixel in the image.
+In this case,
+.IR ldepth s
+0, 1, 2, and 3
+correspond to channel descriptors
+.BR k1 ,
+.BR k2 ,
+.BR k4 ,
+and
+.BR m8 ,
+respectively.
+.PP
+Compressed image files start with a line of text containing the word
+.BR compressed ,
+followed by a header as described above, followed by the image data.
+The data, when uncompressed, is laid out in the usual form.
+.PP
+The data is represented by a string of compression blocks, each encoding
+a number of rows of the image's pixel data. Compression blocks
+are at most 6024 bytes long, so that they fit comfortably in a
+single 9P message. Since a compression block must encode a
+whole number of rows, there is a limit (about 5825 bytes) to the width of images
+that may be encoded. Most wide images are in subfonts,
+which, at 1 bit per pixel (the usual case for fonts), can be 46600 pixels wide.
+.PP
+A compression block begins with two decimal strings of twelve bytes each.
+The first number is one more than the
+.B y
+coordinate of the last row in the block. The second is the number
+of bytes of compressed data in the block, not including the two decimal strings.
+This number must not be larger than 6000.
+.PP
+Pixels are encoded using a version of Lempel & Ziv's sliding window scheme LZ77,
+best described in J A Storer & T G Szymanski
+`Data Compression via Textual Substitution',
+JACM 29#4, pp. 928-951.
+.PP
+The compression block is a string of variable-length
+code words encoding substrings of the pixel data. A code word either gives the
+substring directly or indicates that it is a copy of data occurring
+previously in the pixel stream.
+.PP
+In a code word whose first byte has the high-order bit set, the rest of the
+byte indicates the length of a substring encoded directly.
+Values from 0 to 127 encode lengths from 1 to 128 bytes.
+Subsequent bytes are the literal pixel data.
+.PP
+If the high-order bit is zero, the next 5 bits encode
+the length of a substring copied from previous pixels. Values from 0 to 31
+encode lengths from 3 to 34 bytes. The bottom two bits of the first byte and
+the 8 bits of the next byte encode an offset backward from the current
+position in the pixel data at which the copy is to be found. Values from
+0 to 1023 encode offsets from 1 to 1024. The encoding may be `prescient',
+with the length larger than the offset, which works just fine: the new data
+is identical to the data at the given offset, even though the two strings overlap.
+.PP
+Some small images, in particular 48\(mu48 face files
+as used by
+.I seemail
+(see Plan 9's
+\fIfaces\fR(1)
+and
+.IR face (7))
+and 16\(mu16
+cursors, can be stored textually, suitable for inclusion in C source.
+Each line of text represents one scan line as a
+comma-separated sequence of hexadecimal
+bytes, shorts, or words in C format.
+For cursors, each line defines a pair of bytes.
+(It takes two images to define a cursor; each must be stored separately
+to be processed by programs such as
+.IR tweak (1).)
+Face files of one bit per pixel are stored as a sequence of shorts,
+those of larger pixel sizes as a sequence of longs.
+Software that reads these files must deduce the image size from
+the input; there is no header.
+These formats reflect history rather than design.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR jpg (1),
+.IR tweak (1),
+.IR graphics (3),
+.IR draw (3),
+.IR allocimage (3),
+.IR color (7),
+.IR face (7),
+.IR font (7)
diff --git a/man/man7/man.7 b/man/man7/man.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbfa9f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/man.7
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+.TH MAN 7
+.SH NAME
+man \- macros to typeset manual
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B nroff -man
+.I file ...
+.PP
+.B troff -man
+.I file ...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros are used to format pages of this manual.
+.PP
+Except in
+.L .LR
+and
+.L .RL
+requests, any text argument denoted
+.I t
+in the request summary may be zero to six words.
+Quotes
+\fL"\fP ... \fL"\fP
+may be used to include blanks in a `word'.
+If
+.I t
+is empty,
+the special treatment is applied to
+the next text input line (the next line that doesn't begin with dot).
+In this way, for example,
+.B .I
+may be used to italicize a line of more than 6 words, or
+.B .SM
+followed by
+.B .B
+to make small letters in `bold' font.
+.PP
+A prevailing indent distance is remembered between
+successive indented paragraphs,
+and is reset to default value upon reaching a non-indented paragraph.
+Default units for indents
+.I i
+are ens.
+.PP
+The fonts are
+.TP
+.B R
+roman, the main font, preferred for diagnostics
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B I
+italic, preferred for parameters, short names of commands,
+names of manual pages,
+and naked function names
+.TP
+.L B
+`bold', actually the constant width font,
+preferred for examples, file names, declarations, keywords, names of
+.B struct
+members, and literals
+(numbers are rarely literals)
+.TP
+.B L
+also the constant width font.
+In
+.I troff
+.BR L = B ;
+in
+.I nroff
+arguments of the macros
+.BR .L ,
+.BR .LR ,
+and
+.B .RL
+are printed in quotes;
+preferred only where quotes really help (e.g. lower-case literals and
+punctuation).
+.PD
+.LP
+Type font and size are reset to default values
+before each paragraph, and after processing
+font- or size-setting macros.
+.PP
+The
+.B -man
+macros admit equations and tables in the style of
+.IR eqn (1)
+and
+.IR tbl (1),
+but do not support arguments on
+.B .EQ
+and
+.B .TS
+macros.
+.PP
+These strings are predefined by
+.BR -man :
+.TP
+.B \e*R
+.if t `\*R', `(Reg)' in
+.if t .IR nroff .
+.if n `(Reg)', trademark symbol in
+.if n .IR troff .
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.B \e*S
+Change to default type size.
+.SH FILES
+.B /sys/lib/tmac/tmac.an
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR troff (1),
+.IR man (1)
+.SH REQUESTS
+.ta \w'.TH n c x 'u +\w'Cause 'u +\w'Argument\ 'u
+.di xx
+ \ka
+.br
+.di
+.in \nau
+.ti0
+Request Cause If no Explanation
+.ti0
+ Break Argument
+.ti0
+\&\fL.B\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l.* Text
+.I t
+is `bold'.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.BI\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l. Join
+words of
+.I t
+alternating bold and italic.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.BR\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l. Join
+words of
+.I t
+alternating bold and Roman.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.DT\fR no Restore default tabs.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.EE\fR yes End displayed example
+.ti0
+\&\fL.EX\fR yes Begin displayed example
+.ti0
+\&\fL.HP\fR \fIi\fR yes \fIi\fR=p.i.* Set prevailing indent to
+.IR i .
+Begin paragraph with hanging indent.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.I\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l. Text
+.I t
+is italic.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.IB\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l. Join
+words of
+.I t
+alternating italic and bold.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.IP\fR \fIx i\fR yes \fIx\fR="" Same as \fL.TP\fP with tag
+.IR x .
+.ti0
+\&\fL.IR\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l. Join
+words of
+.I t
+alternating italic and Roman.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.L\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l. Text
+.I t
+is literal.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.LP\fR yes Same as \fL.PP\fP.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.LR\fR \fIt\fR no Join 2
+words of
+.I t
+alternating literal and Roman.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.PD\fR \fId\fR no \fId\fR=\fL.4v\fP Interparagraph distance is
+.IR d .
+.ti0
+\&\fL.PP\fR yes Begin paragraph.
+Set prevailing indent to default.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.RE\fR yes End of relative indent.
+Set prevailing indent to amount of starting \fL.RS\fP.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.RI\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l. Join
+words of
+.I t
+alternating Roman and italic.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.RL\fR \fIt\fR no Join 2 or 3
+words of
+.I t
+alternating Roman and literal.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.RS\fR \fIi\fR yes \fIi\fR=p.i. Start relative indent,
+move left margin in distance
+.IR i .
+Set prevailing indent to default for nested indents.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.SH\fR \fIt\fR yes \fIt\fR="" Subhead; reset paragraph distance.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.SM\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR=n.t.l. Text
+.I t
+is small.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.SS\fR \fIt\fR no \fIt\fR="" Secondary subhead.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.TF\fR \fIs\fR yes Prevailing indent is wide as
+string
+.I s
+in font
+.BR L ;
+paragraph distance is 0.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.TH\fR \fIn c x\fR yes Begin page named
+.I n
+of chapter
+.IR c;
+.I x
+is extra commentary, e.g. `local', for page head.
+Set prevailing indent and tabs to default.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.TP\fR \fIi\fR yes \fIi\fR=p.i. Set prevailing indent to
+.IR i .
+Restore default indent if
+.IR i =0.
+Begin indented paragraph
+with hanging tag given by next text line.
+If tag doesn't fit, place it on separate line.
+.ti0
+\&\fL.1C\fR yes Equalize columns and return to 1-column output
+.ti0
+\&\fL.2C\fR yes Start 2-column nofill output
+.PP
+.ti0
+* n.t.l. = next text line; p.i. = prevailing indent
+.SH BUGS
+There's no way to fool
+.I troff
+into handling literal double quote marks
+.B \&"
+in font-alternation macros, such as
+.LR .BI .
+.br
+There is no direct way to suppress column widows in 2-column
+output; the column lengths may be adjusted by inserting
+.L .sp
+requests before the closing
+.LR .1C .
diff --git a/man/man7/map.7 b/man/man7/map.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80e1eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/map.7
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.TH MAP 7
+.SH NAME
+map \- digitized map formats
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Files used by
+.IR map (7)
+are a sequence of structures of the form:
+.PP
+.EX
+struct {
+ signed char patchlatitude;
+ signed char patchlongitude;
+ short n;
+ union {
+ struct {
+ short latitude;
+ short longitude;
+ } point[n];
+ struct {
+ short latitude;
+ short longitude;
+ struct {
+ signed char latdiff;
+ signed char londiff;
+ } point[\-n];
+ } highres;
+ } segment;
+};
+.EE
+where
+.B short
+stands for 16-bit integers and there is no padding within or between
+.BR structs .
+Shorts are stored in little-endian order, low byte first.
+To assure portability,
+.I map
+accesses them bytewise.
+.PP
+Fields
+.L patchlatitude
+and
+.L patchlongitude
+tell to what
+10-degree by 10-degree
+patch of the earth's surface a segment belongs.
+Their values range from \-9 to 8 and from \-18 to 17,
+respectively, and indicate the coordinates of the
+southeast corner of the patch in units of 10 degrees.
+.PP
+Each segment of
+.RB | n |
+points is connected; consecutive segments
+are not necessarily related.
+Latitude and longitude
+are measured in units of 0.0001 radian.
+If
+.B n
+is negative, then
+differences to the first and succeeding points
+are measured in units of 0.00001 radian.
+Latitude is counted positive to the north and
+longitude positive to the west.
+.PP
+The patches are ordered lexicographically by
+.L patchlatitude
+then
+.LR patchlongitude .
+A printable
+index to the first segment of each patch
+in a file named
+.I data
+is kept in an associated file named
+.IB data .x\f1.
+Each line of an index file contains
+.L patchlatitude,
+.L patchlongitude
+and the byte position
+of the patch
+in the map file.
+Both the map file and the index file are ordered by
+patch latitude and longitude.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR map (7)
+.br
+The data comes from the World Data Bank I and II and
+U.S. Government sources: the Census Bureau, Geological
+Survey, and CIA.
diff --git a/man/man7/ms.7 b/man/man7/ms.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6c6788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/ms.7
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+.TH MS 7
+.hc %
+.SH NAME
+ms \- macros for formatting manuscripts
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "nroff -ms"
+[
+.I options
+]
+.I file ...
+.br
+.B "troff -ms"
+[
+.I options
+]
+.I file ...
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This package of
+.I nroff
+and
+.IR troff (1)
+macro definitions provides a canned formatting
+facility for tech%nical papers in various formats.
+.PP
+The macro requests are defined below.
+Many
+.I nroff
+and
+.I troff
+requests are unsafe in conjunction with
+this package, but the following requests may be used with
+impunity after the first
+.BR .PP :
+.LR .bp ,
+.LR .br ,
+.LR .sp ,
+.LR .ls ,
+.LR .na .
+.PP
+Output of the
+.IR eqn (1),
+.IR tbl (1),
+.IR pic (1)
+and
+.IR grap (1)
+preprocessors
+for equations, tables, pictures, and graphs is acceptable as input.
+.SH FILES
+.B /sys/lib/tmac/tmac.s
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+M. E. Lesk,
+``Typing Documents on the UNIX System: Using the \-ms Macros with Troff and Nroff'',
+.I
+Unix Research System Programmer's Manual,
+Tenth Edition, Volume 2.
+.br
+.IR eqn (1),
+.IR troff (1),
+.IR tbl (1),
+.IR pic (1)
+.SH REQUESTS
+.ta \w'..ND \fIdate\fR 'u +\w'Initial 'u +\w'Cause 'u
+.br
+.di x
+ \ka
+.br
+.di
+.in \nau
+.ti0
+Request Initial Cause Explanation
+.ti0
+ Value Break
+.br
+.in \nau
+.ti0
+\fL\&.1C\fP yes yes One column format on a new page.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.2C\fP no yes Two column format.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.AB\fP no yes Begin abstract.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.AE\fP - yes End abstract.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.AI\fP no yes Author's institution follows.
+Suppressed in
+.BR .TM .
+.ti0
+\fL\&.AT\fP no yes Print `Attached' and turn off line filling.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.AU\fP\fP\fP \fIx y\fR no yes Author's name follows.
+.IR x " is location and " y " is"
+extension, ignored except in
+.BR TM .
+.ti0
+\fL\&.B\fP \fIx y\fR no no Print
+.I x
+in boldface, append
+.IR y ;
+if no argument switch to boldface.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.B1\fP no yes Begin text to be enclosed in a box.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.B2\fP no yes End boxed text.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.BI\fP \fIx y\fR no no Print
+.I x
+in bold italic and append
+.IR y ;
+if no argument switch to bold italic.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.BT\fP date no Bottom title, automatically invoked at
+foot of page.
+May be redefined.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.BX\fP \fIx\fR no no Print
+.I x
+in a box.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.CW\fP \fIx y\fR no no Constant width font for
+.IR x ,
+append
+.IR y ;
+if no argument switch to constant width.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.CT\fP no yes Print `Copies to' and turn off line filling.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.DA\fP \fIx\fR nroff no `Date line' at bottom of page
+is
+.IR x .
+Default is today.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.DE\fP - yes End displayed text.
+Implies
+.BR .KE .
+.ti0
+\fL\&.DS\fP \fIx\fR no yes Start of displayed text,
+to appear verbatim line-by-line:
+.L I
+indented (default),
+.L L
+left-justified,
+.L C
+centered,
+.L B
+(block) centered with straight left margin.
+Implies
+.BR .KS .
+.ti0
+\fL\&.EG\fP no - Print document in BTL format for `Engineer's Notes.' Must be first.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.EN\fP - yes Space after equation
+produced by
+.I neqn
+or
+.IR eqn (1).
+.ti0
+\fL\&.EQ\fP \fIx y\fR - yes Display equation.
+Equation number is
+.IR y .
+Optional
+.I x
+is
+.BR I ", " L ", " C
+as in
+.BR .DS .
+.ti0
+\fL\&.FE\fP - yes End footnote.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.FP\fP \fIx\fR - no Set font positions for a family, e.g.,
+.L .FP lucidasans
+.ti0
+\fL\&.FS\fP no no Start footnote.
+The note will be moved to the bottom of the page.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.HO\fP - no `Bell Laboratories, Holmdel,
+New Jersey 07733'.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.I\fP \fIx y\fR no no Italicize
+.IR x ,
+append
+.IR y ;
+if no argument switch to italic.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.IH\fP no no `Bell Laboratories, Naperville, Illinois 60540'
+.ti0
+\fL\&.IM\fP no no Print document in BTL format for an internal memorandum. Must be first.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.IP\fP \fIx y\fR no yes Start indented paragraph,
+with hanging tag
+.IR x .
+Indentation is
+.I y
+ens (default 5).
+.ti0
+\fL\&.KE\fP - yes End keep.
+Put kept text on next page if not enough room.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.KF\fP no yes Start floating keep.
+If the kept text must be moved to the next page,
+float later text back to this page.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.KS\fP no yes Start keeping following text.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.LG\fP no no Make letters larger.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.LP\fP yes yes Start left-blocked paragraph.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.LT\fP no yes Start a letter; a non-empty first argument
+produces a full Lucent letterhead, a second argument is a room number,
+a third argument is a telephone number.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.MF\fP - - Print document in BTL format for `Memorandum for File.' Must be first.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.MH\fP - no `Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill,
+New Jersey 07974'.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.MR\fP - - Print document in BTL format for `Memorandum for Record.' Must be first.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.ND\fP \fIdate\fR troff no Use date supplied (if any) only in
+special BTL format positions; omit from page footer.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.NH\fP \fIn\fR - yes Same as
+.BR .SH ,
+with automatic section
+numbers like `1.2.3';
+.I n
+is subsection level (default 1).
+.ti0
+\fL\&.NL\fP yes no Make letters normal size.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.P1\fP - yes Begin program display in constant width font.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.P2\fP - yes End program display.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.PE\fP - yes End picture; see
+.IR pic (1).
+.ti0
+\fL\&.PF\fP - yes End picture; restore vertical
+position.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.PP\fP no yes Begin paragraph.
+First line indented.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.PS\fP \fIh w\fR - yes Start picture; height
+and width in inches.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.PY\fP - no `Bell Laboratories, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854'
+.ti0
+\fL\&.QE\fP - yes End quoted material.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.QP\fP - yes Begin quoted paragraph (indent both margins).
+.ti0
+\fL\&.QS\fP - yes Begin quoted material (indent both margins).
+.ti0
+\fL\&.R\fP yes no Roman text follows.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.RE\fP - yes End relative indent level.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.RP\fP no - Cover sheet and first page for released
+paper.
+Must precede other requests.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.RS\fP - yes Start level of relative indentation
+from which subsequent indentation is measured.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.SG\fP \fIx\fR no yes Insert signature(s) of author(s),
+ignored except in
+.B .TM
+and
+.BR .LT .
+.IR x " is the reference line (initials of author and typist)."
+.ti0
+\fL\&.SH\fP - yes Section head follows,
+font automatically bold.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.SM\fP no no Make letters smaller.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.TA\fP\ \fIx\fR... 5... no Set tabs in ens.
+Default is 5 10 15 ...
+.ti0
+\fL\&.TE\fP - yes End table; see
+.IR tbl (1).
+.ti0
+\fL\&.TH\fP - yes End heading section of table.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.TL\fP no yes Title follows.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.TM\fP\ \fIx\fR... no - Print document in BTL technical memorandum format.
+Arguments are TM number, (quoted list of) case number(s), and file number.
+Must precede other requests.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.TR\fP \fIx\fR - - Print in BTL technical report format; report number is \fIx\fR. Must be first.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.TS\fP \fIx\fR - yes Begin table; if
+.I x
+is
+.B H
+table heading is repeated on new pages.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.UL\fP \fIx\fR - no Underline argument (even in troff).
+.ti0
+\fL\&.UX\fP\ \fIy z\fP - no `\fIz\fRUNIX\fIy\fP';
+first use gives registered trademark notice.
+.ti0
+\fL\&.WH\fP - no `Bell Laboratories, Whippany,
+New Jersey 07981'.
+.hc
diff --git a/man/man7/plot.7 b/man/man7/plot.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..452ab19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/plot.7
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+.TH PLOT 7
+.SH NAME
+plot \- graphics interface
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Files of this format are interpreted by
+.IR plot (1)
+to draw graphics on the screen.
+A
+.I plot
+file is a
+.SM UTF
+stream of
+instruction lines.
+Arguments are delimited by spaces, tabs, or commas.
+Numbers may be floating point.
+Punctuation marks (except
+.LR : )
+,
+spaces, and tabs at the beginning of lines are ignored.
+Comments run from
+.L :
+to newline.
+Extra letters appended to a valid instruction are ignored.
+Thus
+.LR ...line ,
+.LR line , and
+.L li
+all mean the same thing.
+Arguments are interpreted as follows:
+.TP
+1.
+If an instruction requires no arguments, the rest of the line is ignored.
+.TP
+2.
+If it requires a string argument, then all the line
+after the first field separator is passed as argument.
+Quote marks may be used to preserve leading blanks.
+Strings may include newlines represented as
+.LR \en .
+.TP
+3.
+Between numeric arguments alphabetic characters and
+punctuation marks are ignored.
+Thus
+.L
+line from 5 6 to 7 8
+draws a line from (5, 6) to (7, 8).
+.TP
+4.
+Instructions with numeric arguments remain in effect until
+a new instruction is read.
+Such commands may spill over many lines. Thus
+the following sequence will draw a polygon
+with vertices
+(4.5, 6.77), (5.8, 5.6), (7.8, 4.55), and (10.0, 3.6).
+.IP
+.EX
+move 4.5 6.77
+vec 5.8, 5.6 7.8
+4.55 10.0, 3.6 4.5, 6.77
+.EE
+.PP
+The instructions are executed in order.
+The last designated point in a
+.BR line ", " move ", " rmove ,
+.BR vec ", " rvec ", " arc ,
+or
+.B point
+command becomes the `current point'
+.RI ( X,Y )
+for the next command.
+.SS "Open & Close"
+.PD0
+.TP 10
+.BI o " string"
+Open plotting device.
+For
+.IR troff ,
+.I string
+specifies the size of the plot
+(default is
+.LR 6i ).
+.TP 10
+.B cl
+Close plotting device.
+.PD
+.SS "Basic Plotting Commands"
+.PD0
+.TP 10
+.B e
+Start another frame of output.
+.TP 10
+.BI m " x y"
+(move) Current point becomes
+.I "x y."
+.TP 10
+.BI rm " dx dy"
+Current point becomes
+.I "X+dx Y+dy."
+.TP 10
+.BI poi " x y"
+Plot the point
+.I "x y"
+and make it the current point.
+.TP 10
+.BI v " x y"
+Draw a vector from the current point to
+.I "x y."
+.TP 10
+.BI rv " dx dy"
+Draw vector from current point to
+.RI X + dx
+.RI Y + dy
+.TP 10
+.BI li " x1 y1 x2 y2"
+Draw a line from
+.I "x1 y1"
+to
+.I "x2 y2."
+Make the current point
+.I "x2 y2."
+.TP 10
+.BI t " string"
+Place the
+.I string
+so that its
+first character is centered on the current point (default).
+If
+.I string
+begins with
+.L \eC
+.RL ( \eR ),
+it is centered (right-adjusted) on the current point.
+A backslash at the beginning of the string may
+be escaped with another backslash.
+.TP 10
+.BI a " x1 y1 x2 y2 xc yc r"
+Draw a circular arc from
+.I "x1 y1"
+to
+.I "x2 y2"
+with center
+.I "xc yc"
+and radius
+.IR r .
+If the radius is positive, the arc is drawn counterclockwise;
+negative, clockwise.
+The starting point is exact but the ending point is approximate.
+.TP 10
+.BI ci " xc yc r"
+Draw a circle centered at
+.I "xc yc"
+with radius
+.IR r .
+If the range and frame parameters do not specify a square,
+the `circle' will be elliptical.
+.TP 10
+.BI di " xc yc r"
+Draw a disc centered at
+.I "xc yc"
+with radius
+.I r
+using the filling color (see
+.B cfill
+below).
+.TP 10
+.BI bo " x1 y1 x2 y2"
+Draw a box with lower left corner at
+.I "x1 y1"
+and upper right corner at
+.I "x2 y2."
+.TP 10
+.BI sb " x1 y1 x2 y2"
+Draw a solid box with lower left corner at
+.I "x1 y1"
+and upper right corner at
+.I "x2 y2"
+using the filling color (see
+.B cfill
+below).
+.TP 10
+.BI par " x1 y1 x2 y2 xg yg"
+Draw a parabola from
+.I "x1 y1"
+to
+.I "x2 y2"
+`guided' by
+.I "xg yg."
+The parabola passes through the midpoint of the line joining
+.I "xg yg"
+with the midpoint of the line
+joining
+.I "x1 y1"
+and
+.I "x2 y2"
+and is tangent to the lines from
+.I "xg yg"
+to the endpoints.
+.TP 10
+.BI "pol { {" "x1 y1 ... xn yn" } " ... " { "X1 Y1 ... Xm Ym\fP} }\fI"
+Draw polygons with vertices
+.I "x1 y1 ... xn yn"
+and
+.I "X1 Y1 ... Xm Ym."
+If only one polygon is specified, the inner brackets are
+not needed.
+.TP 10
+.BI "fi { {" "x1 y1 ... xn yn" } " ... " { "X1 Y1 ... Xm Ym\fP} }\fI"
+Fill a polygon.
+The arguments are the same as those for
+.B pol
+except that the first vertex is automatically repeated to
+close each polygon.
+The polygons do not have to be connected.
+Enclosed polygons appear as holes.
+.TP 10
+.BI "sp { {" "x1 y1 ... xn yn" } " ... " { "X1 Y1 ... Xm Ym\fL} }\fI"
+Draw a parabolic spline guided by
+.I "x1 y1 ... xn yn"
+with simple endpoints.
+.TP 10
+.BI "fsp { {" "x1 y1 ... xn yn" } " ... " { "X1 Y1 ... Xm Ym\fL} }\fI"
+Draw a parabolic spline guided by
+.I "x1 y1 ... xn yn"
+with double first endpoint.
+.TP 10
+.BI "lsp { {" "x1 y1 ... xn yn" } " ... " { "X1 Y1 ... Xm Ym\fL} }\fI"
+Draw a parabolic spline guided by
+.I "x1 y1 ... xn yn"
+with double last endpoint.
+.TP 10
+.BI "dsp { {" "x1 y1 ... xn yn" } " ... " { "X1 Y1 ... Xm Ym\fL} }\fI"
+Draw a parabolic spline guided by
+.I "x1 y1 ... xn yn"
+with double endpoints.
+.TP 10
+.BI "csp { {" "x1 y1 ... xn yn" } " ... " { "X1 Y1 ... Xm Ym\fL} }\fI"
+.TP 10
+.BI in " filename"
+(include) Take commands from
+.IR filename .
+.TP 10
+.BI de " string " { " commands " }
+Define
+.I string
+as
+.IR commands .
+.TP 10
+.BI ca " string scale"
+Invoke commands defined as
+.I string
+applying
+.I scale
+to all coordinates.
+.PD
+.SS "Commands Controlling the Environment"
+.PD0
+.TP 10
+.BI co " string"
+Use color given by first character of
+.IR string ,
+one of
+.BR red ,
+.BR yellow ,
+.BR green ,
+.BR blue ,
+.BR cyan ,
+.BR magenta ,
+.BR white ,
+and
+.BR kblack .
+.TP 10
+.BI pe " string"
+Use
+.I string
+as the style for drawing lines.
+The available pen styles are:
+.BR solid ,
+.BR dott [ed],
+.BR short ,
+.BR long ,
+.BR dotd [ashed] ,
+.BR cdash ,
+.BR ddash
+.TP 10
+.BI cf " string"
+Color for filling (see
+.BR co ,
+above).
+.TP 10
+.BI ra " x1 y1 x2 y2"
+The data will fall between
+.I "x1 y1"
+and
+.I "x2 y2."
+The plot will be magnified or reduced to fit
+the device as closely as possible.
+.IP
+Range settings that exactly fill the plotting area
+with unity scaling appear below for
+devices supported by the filters of
+.IR plot (1).
+The upper limit is just outside the plotting area.
+In every case the plotting area is taken to be square;
+points outside may be displayable on
+devices with nonsquare faces.
+.TP 10
+.BI fr " px1 py1 px2 py2"
+Plot the data in the fraction of the display
+specified by
+.I "px1 py1"
+for lower left corner
+and
+.I "px2 py2"
+for upper right corner.
+Thus
+.L frame .5 0 1. .5
+plots in the lower right
+quadrant of the display;
+.L frame 0. 1. 1. 0.
+uses the whole display but
+inverts the
+.I y
+coordinates.
+.TP 10
+.B sa
+Save the current environment, and move to a new one.
+The new environment inherits the old one.
+There are 7 levels.
+.TP 10
+.B re
+Restore previous environment.
+.PD
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR plot (1),
+.IR graph (1)
diff --git a/man/man7/plumb.7 b/man/man7/plumb.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3c10e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/plumb.7
@@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
+.TH PLUMB 7
+.SH NAME
+plumb \- format of plumb messages and rules
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <plumb.h>
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SS "Message format
+The messages formed by the
+.IR plumb (3)
+library are formatted for transmission between
+processes into textual form, using newlines to separate
+the fields.
+Only the data field may contain embedded newlines.
+The fields occur in a specified order,
+and each has a name, corresponding to the elements
+of the
+.B Plumbmsg
+structure, that is used in the plumbing rules.
+The fields, in order, are:
+.RS
+.TF ndata
+.TP
+.B src
+application/service generating message
+.TP
+.B dst
+destination `port' for message
+.TP
+.B wdir
+working directory (used if data is a file name)
+.TP
+.B type
+form of the data, e.g.
+.B text
+.TP
+.B attr
+attributes of the message, in
+.IB name = value
+pairs separated by white space
+(the value must follow the usual quoting convention if it contains
+white space or quote characters or equal signs; it cannot contain a newline)
+.TP
+.B ndata
+number of bytes of data
+.TP
+.B data
+the data itself
+.RE
+At the moment, only textual data
+.RB ( type=text )
+is supported.
+.PD
+.PP
+All fields are optional, but
+.B type
+should usually be set since it describes the form of the data, and
+.B ndata
+must be an accurate count (possibly zero) of the number of bytes of data.
+A missing field is represented by an empty line.
+.SS "Plumbing rules
+The
+.B plumber
+(see
+.IR plumb (1))
+receives messages on its
+.B send
+port (applications
+.I send
+messages there), interprets and reformats them, and (typically) emits them from a destination port.
+Its behavior is determined by a plumbing rules file, default
+.BR /usr/$user/lib/plumbing ,
+which defines a set of pattern/action rules with which to analyze, rewrite, and dispatch
+received messages.
+.PP
+The file is a sequence of rule sets, each of which is a set of one-line rules
+called patterns and actions.
+There must be at least one pattern and one action in each rule set.
+(The only exception is that a rule set may contain nothing but
+.B plumb
+.B to
+rules; such a rule set declares the named ports but has no other effect.)
+A blank line terminates a rule set.
+Lines beginning with a
+.B #
+character are commentary and are regarded as blank lines.
+.PP
+A line of the form
+.EX
+ include \f2file\fP
+.EE
+substitutes the contents of
+.I file
+for the line, much as in a C
+.B #include
+statement. Unlike in C, the file name is not quoted.
+If
+.I file
+is not an absolute path name, or one beginning
+.B ./
+or
+.BR ../ ,
+.I file
+is looked for first in the directory in which the plumber is executing,
+and then in
+.BR /sys/lib/plumb .
+.PP
+When a message is received by the
+.BR plumber ,
+the rule sets are examined in order.
+For each rule set, if the message matches all the patterns in the rule set,
+the actions associated with the rule set are triggered to dispose of the message.
+If a rule set is triggered, the rest are ignored for this message.
+If none is triggered, the message is discarded (giving a write error to the sender)
+unless it has a
+.B dst
+field that specifies an existing port, in which case the message is emitted, unchanged, from there.
+.PP
+Patterns and actions all consist of three components: an
+.IR object ,
+a
+.IR verb ,
+and arguments.
+These are separated by white space on the line.
+The arguments may contain quoted strings and variable substitutions,
+described below, and in some cases contain multiple words.
+The object and verb are single words from a pre-defined set.
+.PP
+The object in a pattern is the name of an element of the message, such as
+.B src
+or
+.BR data ,
+or the special case
+.BR arg ,
+which refers to the argument component of the current rule.
+The object in an action is always the word
+.BR plumb .
+.PP
+The verbs in the pattern rules
+describe how the objects and arguments are to be interpreted.
+Within a rule set, the patterns are evaluated in sequence; if one fails,
+the rule set fails.
+Some verbs are predicates that check properties of the message; others rewrite
+components of the message and implicitly always succeed.
+Such rewritings are permanent, so rules that specify them should be placed after
+all pattern-matching rules in the rule set.
+.RS
+.TF delete
+.TP
+.B add
+The object must be
+.BR attr .
+Append the argument, which must be a sequence of
+.IB name = value
+pairs, to the list of attributes of the message.
+.TP
+.B delete
+The object must be
+.BR attr .
+If the message has an attribute whose name is the argument,
+delete it from the list of attributes of the message.
+(Even if the message does not, the rule matches the message.)
+.TP
+.B is
+If the text of the object is identical to the text of the argument,
+the rule matches.
+.TP
+.B isdir
+If the text of the object
+is the name of an existing directory, the rule matches and
+sets the variable
+.B $dir
+to that directory name.
+.TP
+.B isfile
+If the text of the object is the name of an existing file (not a directory),
+the rule matches and sets the variable
+.B $file
+to that file name.
+.TP
+.B matches
+If the entire text of the object matches the regular expression
+specified in the argument, the rule matches.
+This verb is described in more detail below.
+.TP
+.B set
+The value of the object is set to the value of the argument.
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.B matches
+verb has special properties that enable the rules to select which portion of the
+data is to be sent to the destination.
+By default, a
+.B data
+.B matches
+rule requires that the entire text matches the regular expression.
+If, however, the message has an attribute named
+.BR click ,
+that reports that the message was produced by a mouse click within the
+text and that the regular expressions in the rule set should be used to
+identify what portion of the data the user intended.
+Typically, a program such as an editor will send a white-space delimited
+block of text containing the mouse click, using the value of the
+.B click
+attribute (a number starting from 0) to indicate where in the textual data the user pointed.
+.PP
+When the message has a
+.B click
+attribute, the
+.B data
+.B matches
+rules extract the longest leftmost match to the regular expression that contains or
+abuts the textual location identified by the
+.BR click .
+For a sequence of such rules within a given rule set, each regular expression, evaluated
+by this specification, must match the same subset of the data for the rule set to match
+the message.
+For example, here is a pair of patterns that identify a message whose data contains
+the name of an existing file with a conventional ending for an encoded picture file:
+.EX
+ data matches '[a-zA-Z0-9_\-./]+'
+ data matches '([a-zA-Z0-9_\-./]+)\.(jpe?g|gif|bit|ps|pdf)'
+.EE
+The first expression extracts the largest subset of the data around the click that contains
+file name characters; the second sees if it ends with, for example,
+.BR \&.jpeg .
+If only the second pattern were present, a piece of text
+.B horse.gift
+could be misinterpreted as an image file named
+.BR horse.gif .
+.PP
+If a
+.B click
+attribute is specified in a message, it will be deleted by the
+.B plumber
+before sending the message if the
+.B data
+.B matches
+rules expand the selection.
+.PP
+The action rules all have the object
+.BR plumb .
+There are only three verbs for action rules:
+.RS
+.TF client
+.TP
+.B to
+The argument is the name of the port to which the message will be sent.
+If the message has a destination specified, it must match the
+.B to
+port of the rule set or the entire rule set will be skipped.
+(This is the only rule that is evaluated out of order.)
+.TP
+.B client
+If no application has the port open, the arguments to a
+.B plumb
+.B start
+rule specify a shell program to run in response to the message.
+The message will be held, with the supposition that the program
+will eventually open the port to retrieve it.
+.TP
+.B start
+Like
+.BR client ,
+but the message is discarded.
+Only one
+.B start
+or
+.B client
+rule should be specified in a rule set.
+.RE
+.PP
+The arguments to all rules may contain quoted strings, exactly as in
+.IR rc (1).
+They may also contain simple string variables, identified by a leading dollar sign
+.BR $ .
+Variables may be set, between rule sets, by assignment statements in the style of
+.BR rc .
+Only one variable assignment may appear on a line.
+The
+.B plumber
+also maintains some built-in variables:
+.RS
+.TF $wdir
+.TP
+.B $0
+The text that matched the entire regular expression in a previous
+.B data
+.B matches
+rule.
+.BR $1 ,
+.BR $2 ,
+etc. refer to text matching the first, second, etc. parenthesized subexpression.
+.TP
+.B $attr
+The textual representation of the attributes of the message.
+.TP
+.B $data
+The contents of the data field of the message.
+.TP
+.B $dir
+The directory name resulting from a successful
+.B isdir
+rule.
+If no such rule has been applied, it is the string constructed
+syntactically by interpreting
+.B data
+as a file name in
+.BR wdir .
+.TP
+.B $dst
+The contents of the
+.B dst
+field of the message.
+.TP
+.B $file
+The file name resulting from a successful
+.B isfile
+rule.
+If no such rule has been applied, it is the string constructed
+syntactically by interpreting
+.B data
+as a file name in
+.BR wdir .
+.TP
+.B $type
+The contents of the
+.B type
+field of the message.
+.TP
+.B $src
+The contents of the
+.B src
+field of the message.
+.TP
+.B $wdir
+The contents of the
+.B wdir
+field of the message.
+.RE
+.SH EXAMPLE
+The following is a modest, representative file of plumbing rules.
+.EX
+# these are generally in order from most specific to least,
+# since first rule that fires wins.
+
+addr=':(#?[0-9]+)'
+protocol='(https?|ftp|file|gopher|mailto|news|nntp|telnet|wais)'
+domain='[a-zA-Z0-9_@]+([.:][a-zA-Z0-9_@]+)*/?[a-zA-Z0-9_?,%#~&/\e-]+'
+file='([:.][a-zA-Z0-9_?,%#~&/\e-]+)*'
+
+# image files go to page
+type is text
+data matches '[a-zA-Z0-9_\e-./]+'
+data matches '([a-zA-Z0-9_\e-./]+)\.(jpe?g|gif|bit)'
+arg isfile $0
+plumb to image
+plumb start page -w $file
+
+# URLs go to web browser
+type is text
+data matches $protocol://$domain$file
+plumb to web
+plumb start window webbrowser $0
+
+# existing files, possibly tagged by line number, go to edit/sam
+type is text
+data matches '([.a-zA-Z0-9_/\-]+[a-zA-Z0-9_/\e-])('$addr')?'
+arg isfile $1
+data set $file
+attr add addr=$3
+plumb to edit
+plumb start window sam $file
+
+# .h files are looked up in /sys/include and passed to edit/sam
+type is text
+data matches '([a-zA-Z0-9]+\e.h)('$addr')?'
+arg isfile /sys/include/$1
+data set $file
+attr add addr=$3
+plumb to edit
+plumb start window sam $file
+.EE
+.PP
+The following simple plumbing rules file is a good beginning set of rules.
+.EX
+# to update: cp /usr/$user/lib/plumbing /mnt/plumb/rules
+
+editor = acme
+# or editor = sam
+include basic
+.EE
+.SH FILES
+.TF /usr/$user/lib/plumbing
+.TP
+.B /usr/$user/lib/plumbing
+default rules file.
+.TP
+.B /mnt/plumb
+mount point for
+.IR plumber (4).
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/plumb
+directory for
+.B include
+files.
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/plumb/fileaddr
+public macro definitions.
+.TP
+.B /sys/lib/plumb/basic
+basic rule set.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR plumb (1),
+.IR plumb (3),
+.IR plumber (4),
+.IR regexp (7)
diff --git a/man/man7/regexp.7 b/man/man7/regexp.7
index 14a90d0..75640b9 100644
--- a/man/man7/regexp.7
+++ b/man/man7/regexp.7
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH REGEXP9 7
+.TH REGEXP 7
.de EX
.nf
.ft B
@@ -17,11 +17,11 @@
.if n .RB ` \\$1 '
..
.SH NAME
-regexp9 \- Plan 9 regular expression notation
+regexp \- Plan 9 regular expression notation
.SH DESCRIPTION
This manual page describes the regular expression
syntax used by the Plan 9 regular expression library
-.IR regexp9 (3).
+.IR regexp (3).
It is the form used by
.IR egrep (1)
before
@@ -147,4 +147,4 @@
extends as far as possible without preventing
a match to the remainder of the regular expression.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR regexp9 (3)
+.IR regexp (3)
diff --git a/man/man7/regexp9.7 b/man/man7/regexp9.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14a90d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/regexp9.7
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+.TH REGEXP9 7
+.de EX
+.nf
+.ft B
+..
+.de EE
+.fi
+.ft R
+..
+.de LR
+.if t .BR \\$1 \\$2
+.if n .RB ` \\$1 '\\$2
+..
+.de L
+.nh
+.if t .B \\$1
+.if n .RB ` \\$1 '
+..
+.SH NAME
+regexp9 \- Plan 9 regular expression notation
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page describes the regular expression
+syntax used by the Plan 9 regular expression library
+.IR regexp9 (3).
+It is the form used by
+.IR egrep (1)
+before
+.I egrep
+got complicated.
+.PP
+A
+.I "regular expression"
+specifies
+a set of strings of characters.
+A member of this set of strings is said to be
+.I matched
+by the regular expression. In many applications
+a delimiter character, commonly
+.LR / ,
+bounds a regular expression.
+In the following specification for regular expressions
+the word `character' means any character (rune) but newline.
+.PP
+The syntax for a regular expression
+.B e0
+is
+.IP
+.EX
+e3: literal | charclass | '.' | '^' | '$' | '(' e0 ')'
+
+e2: e3
+ | e2 REP
+
+REP: '*' | '+' | '?'
+
+e1: e2
+ | e1 e2
+
+e0: e1
+ | e0 '|' e1
+.EE
+.PP
+A
+.B literal
+is any non-metacharacter, or a metacharacter
+(one of
+.BR .*+?[]()|\e^$ ),
+or the delimiter
+preceded by
+.LR \e .
+.PP
+A
+.B charclass
+is a nonempty string
+.I s
+bracketed
+.BI [ \|s\| ]
+(or
+.BI [^ s\| ]\fR);
+it matches any character in (or not in)
+.IR s .
+A negated character class never
+matches newline.
+A substring
+.IB a - b\f1,
+with
+.I a
+and
+.I b
+in ascending
+order, stands for the inclusive
+range of
+characters between
+.I a
+and
+.IR b .
+In
+.IR s ,
+the metacharacters
+.LR - ,
+.LR ] ,
+an initial
+.LR ^ ,
+and the regular expression delimiter
+must be preceded by a
+.LR \e ;
+other metacharacters
+have no special meaning and
+may appear unescaped.
+.PP
+A
+.L .
+matches any character.
+.PP
+A
+.L ^
+matches the beginning of a line;
+.L $
+matches the end of the line.
+.PP
+The
+.B REP
+operators match zero or more
+.RB ( * ),
+one or more
+.RB ( + ),
+zero or one
+.RB ( ? ),
+instances respectively of the preceding regular expression
+.BR e2 .
+.PP
+A concatenated regular expression,
+.BR "e1\|e2" ,
+matches a match to
+.B e1
+followed by a match to
+.BR e2 .
+.PP
+An alternative regular expression,
+.BR "e0\||\|e1" ,
+matches either a match to
+.B e0
+or a match to
+.BR e1 .
+.PP
+A match to any part of a regular expression
+extends as far as possible without preventing
+a match to the remainder of the regular expression.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR regexp9 (3)
diff --git a/man/man7/thumbprint.7 b/man/man7/thumbprint.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..743172d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man7/thumbprint.7
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+.TH THUMBPRINT 7
+.SH NAME
+thumbprint \- public key thumbprints
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+Applications in Plan 9 that use public keys for authentication,
+for example by calling
+.B tlsClient
+and
+.B okThumbprint
+(see
+.IR pushtls (3)),
+check the remote side's public key by comparing against
+thumbprints from a trusted list.
+The list is maintained by people who set local policies
+about which servers can be trusted for which applications,
+thereby playing the role taken by certificate authorities
+in PKI-based systems.
+By convention, these lists are stored as files in
+.B /sys/lib/tls/
+and protected by normal file system permissions.
+.PP
+Such a thumbprint file comprises lines made up of
+attribute/value pairs of the form
+.IB attr = value
+or
+.IR attr .
+The first attribute must be
+.B x509
+and the second must be
+.BI sha1= {hex checksum of binary certificate}.
+All other attributes are treated as comments.
+The file may also contain lines of the form
+.BI #include file
+.PP
+For example, a web server might have thumbprint
+.EX
+x509 sha1=8fe472d31b360a8303cd29f92bd734813cbd923c cn=*.cs.bell-labs.com
+.EE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR pushtls (3)
diff --git a/man/man7/utf.7 b/man/man7/utf.7
index 97b7b1e..a240945 100644
--- a/man/man7/utf.7
+++ b/man/man7/utf.7
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
.SM ASCII
input.
See
-.IR rune (2).
+.IR rune (3).
.PP
Letting numbers be binary,
a rune x is converted to a multibyte
diff --git a/man/man8/INDEX b/man/man8/INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ca1d02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man8/INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+dump9660 mk9660.8
+mk9660 mk9660.8
diff --git a/man/man8/mk9660.8 b/man/man8/mk9660.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85edf2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man8/mk9660.8
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+.TH MK9660 8
+.SH NAME
+dump9660, mk9660 \- create an ISO-9660 CD image
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B disk/mk9660
+[
+.B -:D
+]
+[
+.B -9cjr
+]
+[
+.B -b
+.I bootfile
+]
+[
+.B -p
+.I proto
+]
+[
+.B -s
+src
+]
+[
+.B -v
+volume
+]
+.I image
+.PP
+.B disk/dump9660
+[
+.B -:D
+]
+[
+.B -9cjr
+]
+[
+.B -p
+.I proto
+]
+[
+.B -s
+src
+]
+[
+.B -v
+volume
+]
+[
+.B -m
+.I maxsize
+]
+[
+.B -n
+.I now
+]
+.I image
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Mk9660
+writes to the random access file
+.I image
+an ISO-9660 CD image containing the
+files named in
+.I proto
+(by default,
+.BR /sys/lib/sysconfig/proto/allproto )
+from the file tree
+.I src
+(by default,
+the current directory).
+The
+.I proto
+file is formatted as described in
+.IR proto (3).
+.PP
+The created CD image will be in ISO-9660
+format, but by default the file names will
+be stored in UTF-8 with no imposed length
+or character restrictions.
+The
+.B -c
+flag causes
+.I mk9660
+to use only file names in ``8.3'' form
+that use digits, letters, and underscore.
+File names that do not conform are changed
+to
+.BI D nnnnnn
+(for directories)
+or
+.BI F nnnnnn
+(for files);
+a key file
+.B _CONFORM.MAP
+is created in the root
+directory to ease the reverse process.
+.PP
+If the
+.B -9
+flag is given, the system use fields at the end of
+each directory entry will be populated with
+Plan directory information (owner, group, mode,
+full name); this is interpreted by
+.IR 9660srv .
+.PP
+If the
+.B -j
+flag is given, the usual directory tree is written,
+but an additional tree in Microsoft Joliet format is
+also added.
+This second tree can contain long Unicode file names,
+and can be read by
+.I 9660srv
+as well as most versions of Windows
+and many Unix clones.
+The characters
+.BR * ,
+.BR : ,
+.BR ; ,
+.BR ? ,
+and
+.B \e
+are allowed in Plan 9 file names but not in Joliet file names;
+non-conforming file names are translated
+and a
+.B _CONFORM.MAP
+file written
+as in the case of the
+.B -c
+option.
+.PP
+If the
+.B -r
+flag is given, Rock Ridge extensions are written in the
+format of the system use sharing protocol;
+this format provides Posix-style file metadata and is
+common on Unix platforms.
+.PP
+The options
+.BR -c ,
+.BR -9 ,
+.BR -j ,
+and
+.B -r
+may be mixed freely with the exception that
+.B -9
+and
+.B -r
+are mutually exclusive.
+.PP
+The
+.B -v
+flag sets the volume title;
+if unspecified, the base name of
+.I proto
+is used.
+.PP
+The
+.B -:
+flag causes
+.B mk9660
+to replace colons in scanned file names with spaces;
+this is the inverse of the map applied by Plan 9's
+\fIdossrv\fR(4)
+and is useful for writing Joliet CDs containing data
+from FAT file systems.
+.PP
+The
+.B -b
+option creates a bootable CD.
+Bootable CDs contain pointers to floppy images which are
+loaded and booted by the BIOS.
+.I Bootfile
+should be the name of the floppy image to use;
+it is a path relative to the root of the created CD.
+That is, the boot floppy image must be listed in the
+.I proto
+file already:
+the
+.B -b
+flag just creates a pointer to it.
+.PP
+The
+.B -D
+flag creates immense amounts of debugging output
+on standard error.
+.PP
+.I Dump9660
+is similar in specification to
+.I mk9660
+but creates and updates backup CD images in the style of
+the
+.I dump
+file system
+(see Plan 9's \fIfs\fR(4)).
+The dump is file-based rather than block-based:
+if a file's contents have not changed since the last
+backup, only its directory entry will be rewritten.
+.PP
+The
+.B -n
+option specifies a time (in seconds since January 1, 1970)
+to be used for naming the dump directory.
+.PP
+The
+.B -m
+option specifies a maximum size for the image;
+if a backup would cause the image to grow larger than
+.IR maxsize ,
+it will not be written, and
+.I dump9660
+will exit with a non-empty status.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.PP
+Create an image of the Plan 9 source tree,
+including a conformant ISO-9660 directory tree,
+Plan 9 extensions in the system use fields, and
+a Joliet directory tree.
+.IP
+.EX
+disk/mk9660 -9cj -s /n/bootes \e
+ -p /sys/lib/sysconfig/srcproto cdimage
+.EE
+.SH SOURCE
+/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9660
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR proto (3)
+.\" .SH "SEE ALSO"
+.\" .I 9660srv
+.\" (in
+.\" .IR dossrv (4)),
+.\" .IR cdfs (4),
+.\" .IR proto (3)
diff --git a/man/man9/0intro.9p b/man/man9/0intro.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..397486f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/0intro.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+.TH INTRO 9P
+.SH NAME
+intro \- introduction to the Plan 9 File Protocol, 9P
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <fcall.h>
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A Plan 9
+.I server
+is an agent that provides one or more hierarchical file systems
+\(em file trees \(em
+that may be accessed by Plan 9 processes.
+A server responds to requests by
+.I clients
+to navigate the hierarchy,
+and to create, remove, read, and write files.
+The prototypical server is a separate machine that stores
+large numbers of user files on permanent media;
+such a machine is called, somewhat confusingly, a
+.I file
+.IR server .
+Another possibility for a server is to synthesize
+files on demand, perhaps based on information on data structures
+maintained in memory; the
+.IR plumber (4)
+server is an example of such a server.
+.PP
+A
+.I connection
+to a server is a bidirectional communication path from the client to the server.
+There may be a single client or
+multiple clients sharing the same connection.
+.PP
+The
+.IR "Plan 9 File Protocol" ,
+9P, is used for messages between
+.I clients
+and
+.IR servers .
+A client transmits
+.I requests
+.RI ( T-messages )
+to a server, which
+subsequently returns
+.I replies
+.RI ( R-messages )
+to the client.
+The combined acts of transmitting (receiving) a request of a particular type,
+and receiving (transmitting)
+its reply is called a
+.I transaction
+of that type.
+.PP
+Each message consists of a sequence of bytes.
+Two-, four-, and eight-byte fields hold unsigned
+integers represented in little-endian order
+(least significant byte first).
+Data items of larger or variable lengths are represented
+by a two-byte field specifying a count,
+.IR n ,
+followed by
+.I n
+bytes of data.
+Text strings are represented this way,
+with the text itself stored as a UTF-8
+encoded sequence of Unicode characters (see
+.IR utf (7)).
+Text strings in 9P messages are not
+.SM NUL\c
+-terminated:
+.I n
+counts the bytes of UTF-8 data, which include no final zero byte.
+The
+.SM NUL
+character is illegal in all text strings in 9P, and is therefore
+excluded from file names, user names, and so on.
+.PP
+Each 9P message begins with a four-byte size field
+specifying the length in bytes of the complete message including
+the four bytes of the size field itself.
+The next byte is the message type, one of the constants
+in the enumeration in the include file
+.BR <fcall.h> .
+The next two bytes are an identifying
+.IR tag ,
+described below.
+The remaining bytes are parameters of different sizes.
+In the message descriptions, the number of bytes in a field
+is given in brackets after the field name.
+The notation
+.IR parameter [ n ]
+where
+.I n
+is not a constant represents a variable-length parameter:
+.IR n [2]
+followed by
+.I n
+bytes of data forming the
+.IR parameter .
+The notation
+.IR string [ s ]
+(using a literal
+.I s
+character)
+is shorthand for
+.IR s [2]
+followed by
+.I s
+bytes of UTF-8 text.
+(Systems may choose to reduce the set of legal characters
+to reduce syntactic problems,
+for example to remove slashes from name components,
+but the protocol has no such restriction.
+Plan 9 names may contain any printable character (that is, any character
+outside hexadecimal 00-1F and 80-9F)
+except slash.)
+Messages are transported in byte form to allow for machine independence;
+.IR fcall (3)
+describes routines that convert to and from this form into a machine-dependent
+C structure.
+.SH MESSAGES
+.ta \w'\fLTsession 'u
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tversion
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR msize [4]
+.IR version [ s ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rversion
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR msize [4]
+.IR version [ s ]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tauth
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR afid [4]
+.IR uname [ s ]
+.IR aname [ s ]
+.br
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rauth
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR aqid [13]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rerror
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR ename [ s ]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tflush
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR oldtag [2]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rflush
+.IR tag [2]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tattach
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR afid [4]
+.IR uname [ s ]
+.IR aname [ s ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rattach
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR qid [13]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Twalk
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR newfid [4]
+.IR nwname [2]
+.IR nwname *( wname [ s ])
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rwalk
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR nwqid [2]
+.IR nwqid *( wqid [13])
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Topen
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR mode [1]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Ropen
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR qid [13]
+.IR iounit [4]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Topenfd
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR mode [1]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Ropenfd
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR qid [13]
+.IR iounit [4]
+.IR unixfd [4]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tcreate
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR name [ s ]
+.IR perm [4]
+.IR mode [1]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rcreate
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR qid [13]
+.IR iounit [4]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tread
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR offset [8]
+.IR count [4]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rread
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR count [4]
+.IR data [ count ]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Twrite
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR offset [8]
+.IR count [4]
+.IR data [ count ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rwrite
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR count [4]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tclunk
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rclunk
+.IR tag [2]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tremove
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rremove
+.IR tag [2]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR stat [ n ]
+.IP
+.ne 2v
+.IR size [4]
+.B Twstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR stat [ n ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rwstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.PP
+Each T-message has a
+.I tag
+field, chosen and used by the client to identify the message.
+The reply to the message will have the same tag.
+Clients must arrange that no two outstanding messages
+on the same connection have the same tag.
+An exception is the tag
+.BR NOTAG ,
+defined as
+.B (ushort)~0
+in
+.BR <fcall.h> :
+the client can use it, when establishing a connection,
+to
+override tag matching in
+.B version
+messages.
+.PP
+The type of an R-message will either be one greater than the type
+of the corresponding T-message or
+.BR Rerror ,
+indicating that the request failed.
+In the latter case, the
+.I ename
+field contains a string describing the reason for failure.
+.PP
+The
+.B version
+message identifies the version of the protocol and indicates
+the maximum message size the system is prepared to handle.
+It also initializes the connection and
+aborts all outstanding I/O on the connection.
+The set of messages between
+.B version
+requests is called a
+.IR session .
+.PP
+Most T-messages contain a
+.IR fid ,
+a 32-bit unsigned integer that the client uses to identify
+a ``current file'' on the server.
+Fids are somewhat like file descriptors in a user process,
+but they are not restricted to files open for I/O:
+directories being examined, files being accessed by
+.IR stat (3)
+calls, and so on \(em all files being manipulated by the operating
+system \(em are identified by fids.
+Fids are chosen by the client.
+All requests on a connection share the same fid space;
+when several clients share a connection,
+the agent managing the sharing must arrange
+that no two clients choose the same fid.
+.PP
+The fid supplied in an
+.B attach
+message
+will be taken by the server to refer to the root of the served file tree.
+The
+.B attach
+identifies the user
+to the server and may specify a particular file tree served
+by the server (for those that supply more than one).
+.PP
+Permission to attach to the service is proven by providing a special fid, called
+.BR afid ,
+in the
+.B attach
+message. This
+.B afid
+is established by exchanging
+.B auth
+messages and subsequently manipulated using
+.B read
+and
+.B write
+messages to exchange authentication information not defined explicitly by 9P.
+Once the authentication protocol is complete, the
+.B afid
+is presented in the
+.B attach
+to permit the user to access the service.
+.PP
+A
+.B walk
+message causes the server to change the current file associated
+with a fid to be a file in the directory that is the old current file, or one of
+its subdirectories.
+.B Walk
+returns a new fid that refers to the resulting file.
+Usually, a client maintains a fid for the root,
+and navigates by
+.B walks
+from the root fid.
+.PP
+A client can send multiple T-messages without waiting for the corresponding
+R-messages, but all outstanding T-messages must specify different tags.
+The server may delay the response to a request
+and respond to later ones;
+this is sometimes necessary, for example when the client reads
+from a file that the server synthesizes from external events
+such as keyboard characters.
+.PP
+Replies (R-messages) to
+.BR auth ,
+.BR attach ,
+.BR walk ,
+.BR open ,
+and
+.B create
+requests convey a
+.I qid
+field back to the client.
+The qid represents the server's unique identification for the
+file being accessed:
+two files on the same server hierarchy are the same if and only if their qids
+are the same.
+(The client may have multiple fids pointing to a single file on a server
+and hence having a single qid.)
+The thirteen-byte qid fields hold a one-byte type,
+specifying whether the file is a directory, append-only file, etc.,
+and two unsigned integers:
+first the four-byte qid
+.IR version ,
+then the eight-byte qid
+.IR path .
+The path is an integer unique among all files in the hierarchy.
+If a file is deleted and recreated with the
+same name in the same directory, the old and new path components of the qids
+should be different.
+The version is a version number for a file;
+typically, it is incremented every time the file is modified.
+.PP
+An existing file can be
+.BR opened ,
+or a new file may be
+.B created
+in the current (directory) file.
+I/O of a given number of bytes
+at a given offset
+on an open file is done by
+.B read
+and
+.BR write .
+.PP
+A client should
+.B clunk
+any fid that is no longer needed.
+The
+.B remove
+transaction deletes files.
+.PP
+.B Openfd
+is an extension used by Unix utilities to allow traditional Unix programs
+to have their input or output attached to fids on 9P servers.
+See
+.IR openfd (9p)
+and
+.IR 9pclient (3)
+for details.
+.PP
+The
+.B stat
+transaction retrieves information about the file.
+The
+.I stat
+field in the reply includes the file's
+name,
+access permissions (read, write and execute for owner, group and public),
+access and modification times, and
+owner and group identifications
+(see
+.IR stat (3)).
+The owner and group identifications are textual names.
+The
+.B wstat
+transaction allows some of a file's properties
+to be changed.
+.PP
+A request can be aborted with a
+flush
+request.
+When a server receives a
+.BR Tflush ,
+it should not reply to the message with tag
+.I oldtag
+(unless it has already replied),
+and it should immediately send an
+.BR Rflush .
+The client must wait
+until it gets the
+.B Rflush
+(even if the reply to the original message arrives in the interim),
+at which point
+.I oldtag
+may be reused.
+.PP
+Because the message size is negotiable and some elements of the
+protocol are variable length, it is possible (although unlikely) to have
+a situation where a valid message is too large to fit within the negotiated size.
+For example, a very long file name may cause a
+.B Rstat
+of the file or
+.B Rread
+of its directory entry to be too large to send.
+In most such cases, the server should generate an error rather than
+modify the data to fit, such as by truncating the file name.
+The exception is that a long error string in an
+.B Rerror
+message should be truncated if necessary, since the string is only
+advisory and in some sense arbitrary.
+.PP
+Most programs do not see the 9P protocol directly;
+on Plan 9, calls to library
+routines that access files are
+translated by the kernel's mount driver
+into 9P messages.
+.SS Unix
+On Unix, 9P services are posted as Unix domain sockets in a
+well-known directory (see
+.IR getns (3)
+and
+.IR 9pserve (4)).
+Clients connect to these servers using a 9P client library
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3)).
+.SH DIRECTORIES
+Directories are created by
+.B create
+with
+.B DMDIR
+set in the permissions argument (see
+.IR stat (9P)).
+The members of a directory can be found with
+.IR read (9P).
+All directories must support
+.B walks
+to the directory
+.B ..
+(dot-dot)
+meaning parent directory, although by convention directories
+contain no explicit entry for
+.B ..
+or
+.B .
+(dot).
+The parent of the root directory of a server's tree is itself.
+.SH "ACCESS PERMISSIONS"
+This section describes the access permission conventions
+implemented by most Plan 9 file servers. These conventions
+are not enforced by the protocol and may differ between servers,
+especially servers built on top of foreign operating systems.
+.PP
+Each file server maintains a set of user and group names.
+Each user can be a member of any number of groups.
+Each group has a
+.I group leader
+who has special privileges (see
+.IR stat (9P)
+and
+Plan 9's \fIusers\fR(6)).
+Every file request has an implicit user id (copied from the original
+.BR attach )
+and an implicit set of groups (every group of which the user is a member).
+.PP
+Each file has an associated
+.I owner
+and
+.I group
+id and
+three sets of permissions:
+those of the owner, those of the group, and those of ``other'' users.
+When the owner attempts to do something to a file, the owner, group,
+and other permissions are consulted, and if any of them grant
+the requested permission, the operation is allowed.
+For someone who is not the owner, but is a member of the file's group,
+the group and other permissions are consulted.
+For everyone else, the other permissions are used.
+Each set of permissions says whether reading is allowed,
+whether writing is allowed, and whether executing is allowed.
+A
+.B walk
+in a directory is regarded as executing the directory,
+not reading it.
+Permissions are kept in the low-order bits of the file
+.IR mode :
+owner read/write/execute permission represented as 1 in bits 8, 7, and 6
+respectively (using 0 to number the low order).
+The group permissions are in bits 5, 4, and 3,
+and the other permissions are in bits 2, 1, and 0.
+.PP
+The file
+.I mode
+contains some additional attributes besides the permissions.
+If bit 31
+.RB ( DMDIR )
+is set, the file is a directory;
+if bit 30
+.RB ( DMAPPEND )
+is set, the file is append-only (offset is ignored in writes);
+if bit 29
+.RB ( DMEXCL )
+is set, the file is exclusive-use (only one client may have it
+open at a time);
+if bit 27
+.RB ( DMAUTH )
+is set, the file is an authentication file established by
+.B auth
+messages;
+if bit 26
+.RB ( DMTMP )
+is set, the contents of the file (or directory) are not included in nightly archives.
+(Bit 28 is skipped for historical reasons.)
+These bits are reproduced, from the top bit down, in the type byte of the Qid:
+.BR QTDIR ,
+.BR QTAPPEND ,
+.BR QTEXCL ,
+(skipping one bit)
+.BR QTAUTH ,
+and
+.BR QTTMP .
+The name
+.BR QTFILE ,
+defined to be zero,
+identifies the value of the type for a plain file.
diff --git a/man/man9/INDEX b/man/man9/INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e331bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+0intro 0intro.9p
+intro 0intro.9p
+attach attach.9p
+auth attach.9p
+clunk clunk.9p
+error error.9p
+flush flush.9p
+create open.9p
+open open.9p
+read read.9p
+write read.9p
+remove remove.9p
+stat stat.9p
+wstat stat.9p
+version version.9p
+walk walk.9p
diff --git a/man/man9/attach.9p b/man/man9/attach.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddcf747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/attach.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+.TH ATTACH 9P
+.SH NAME
+attach, auth \- messages to establish a connection
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTauth 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tauth
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR afid [4]
+.IR uname [ s ]
+.IR aname [ s ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rauth
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR aqid [13]
+.PP
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tattach
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR afid [4]
+.IR uname [ s ]
+.IR aname [ s ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rattach
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR qid [13]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The
+.B attach
+message serves as a fresh introduction from a user on
+the client machine to the server.
+The message identifies the user
+.RI ( uname )
+and may select
+the file tree to access
+.RI ( aname ).
+The
+.I afid
+argument specifies a fid previously established by an
+.B auth
+message, as described below.
+.PP
+As a result of the
+.B attach
+transaction, the client will have a connection to the root
+directory of the desired file tree,
+represented by
+.IR fid .
+An error is returned if
+.I fid
+is already in use.
+The server's idea of the root of the file tree is represented by the returned
+.IR qid .
+.PP
+If the client does not wish to authenticate the connection, or knows that
+authentication is not required, the
+.I afid
+field in the
+.B attach
+message should be set to
+.BR NOFID ,
+defined as
+.B (u32int)~0
+in
+.BR <fcall.h> .
+If the client does wish to authenticate, it must acquire and validate an
+.I afid
+using an
+.B auth
+message before doing the
+.BR attach .
+.PP
+The
+.B auth
+message contains
+.IR afid ,
+a new fid to be established for authentication, and the
+.I uname
+and
+.I aname
+that will be those of the following
+.B attach
+message.
+If the server does not require authentication, it returns
+.B Rerror
+to the
+.B Tauth
+message.
+.PP
+If the server does require authentication, it returns
+.I aqid
+defining a file of type
+.B QTAUTH
+(see
+.IR intro (9P))
+that may be read and written (using
+.B read
+and
+.B write
+messages in the usual way) to execute an authentication protocol.
+That protocol's definition is not part of 9P itself.
+.PP
+Once the protocol is complete, the same
+.I afid
+is presented in the
+.B attach
+message for the user, granting entry.
+The same validated
+.I afid
+may be used for multiple
+.B attach
+messages with the same
+.I uname
+and
+.IR aname .
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+.I Fsmount
+and
+.I fsauth
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+generate
+.B attach
+and
+.B auth
+transactions.
+.\" An
+.\" .B attach
+.\" transaction will be generated for kernel devices
+.\" (see
+.\" .IR intro (3))
+.\" when a system call evaluates a file name
+.\" beginning with
+.\" .LR # .
+.\" .IR Pipe (2)
+.\" generates an attach on the kernel device
+.\" .IR pipe (3).
+.\" The
+.\" .I mount
+.\" system call
+.\" (see
+.\" .IR bind (2))
+.\" generates an
+.\" .B attach
+.\" message to the remote file server.
+.\" When the kernel boots, an
+.\" .I attach
+.\" is made to the root device,
+.\" .IR root (3),
+.\" and then an
+.\" .B attach
+.\" is made to the requested file server machine.
+.\" .PP
+.\" An
+.\" .B auth
+.\" transaction is generated by the
+.\" .IR fauth (2)
+.\" system call or by the first
+.\" .B mount
+.\" system call on an uninitialized connection.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR 9pclient (3),
+.IR version (9P),
+Plan 9's \fIauthsrv\fR(6)
diff --git a/man/man9/clunk.9p b/man/man9/clunk.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef3ecdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/clunk.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+.TH CLUNK 9P
+.SH NAME
+clunk \- forget about a fid
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTclunk 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tclunk
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rclunk
+.IR tag [2]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B clunk
+request informs the file server
+that the current file represented by
+.I fid
+is no longer needed by the client.
+The actual file is not removed on the server unless the fid had been opened with
+.BR ORCLOSE .
+.PP
+Once a fid has been clunked,
+the same fid can be reused in a new
+.B walk
+or
+.B attach
+request.
+.PP
+Even if the
+.B clunk
+returns an error, the
+.I fid
+is no longer valid.
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+.B Clunk
+transactions are
+generated by
+.I fsclose
+and
+.I fsunmount
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+and indirectly by other actions such as failed
+.I fsopen
+calls.
+.\"
+.\" A
+.\" .B clunk
+.\" message is generated by
+.\" .I close
+.\" and indirectly by other actions such as failed
+.\" .I open
+.\" calls.
diff --git a/man/man9/error.9p b/man/man9/error.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6380f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/error.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+.TH ERROR 9P
+.SH NAME
+error \- return an error
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLRerror 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rerror
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR ename [ s ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B Rerror
+message
+(there is no
+.BR Terror )
+is used to return an error string
+describing the
+failure of a transaction.
+It replaces the corresponding reply message
+that would accompany a successful call; its tag is that
+of the failing request.
+.PP
+By convention, clients may truncate error messages after
+.B ERRMAX-1
+bytes;
+.B ERRMAX
+is defined in
+.BR <libc.h> .
diff --git a/man/man9/flush.9p b/man/man9/flush.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d3ea26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/flush.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.TH FLUSH 9P
+.SH NAME
+flush \- abort a message
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTflush 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tflush
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR oldtag [2]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rflush
+.IR tag [2]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+When the response to a request is no longer needed, such as when
+a user interrupts a process doing a
+.IR read (9p),
+a
+.B Tflush
+request is sent to the server to purge the pending response.
+The message being flushed is identified by
+.IR oldtag .
+The semantics of
+.B flush
+depends on messages arriving in order.
+.PP
+The server should answer the
+.B flush
+message immediately.
+If it recognizes
+.I oldtag
+as the tag of a pending transaction, it should abort any pending response
+and discard that tag.
+In either case, it should respond with an
+.B Rflush
+echoing the
+.I tag
+(not
+.IR oldtag )
+of the
+.B Tflush
+message.
+A
+.B Tflush
+can never be responded to by an
+.B Rerror
+message.
+.PP
+The server may respond to the pending request before
+responding to the
+.BR Tflush .
+It is possible for a client to send multiple
+.B Tflush
+messages for a particular pending request. Each
+subsequent
+.B Tflush
+must contain as
+.I oldtag
+the tag of the pending request (not a previous
+.BR Tflush ).
+Should multiple
+.BR Tflush es
+be received for a pending request, they must be answered in
+order. A
+.B Rflush
+for any of the multiple
+.BR Tflush es
+implies an answer for all previous ones. Therefore, should
+a server receive a request and then multiple flushes for that
+request, it need respond only to the last flush.
+.PP
+When the client sends a
+.BR Tflush ,
+it must wait to receive the corresponding
+.B Rflush
+before reusing
+.I oldtag
+for subsequent messages.
+If a response to the flushed request is received before the
+.BR Rflush ,
+the client must honor the response
+as if it had not been flushed,
+since the completed request may signify a state change in the server.
+For instance,
+.B Tcreate
+may have created a file and
+.B Twalk
+may have allocated a fid.
+If no response is received before the
+.BR Rflush ,
+the flushed transaction is considered to have been canceled,
+and should be treated as though it had never been sent.
+.PP
+Several exceptional conditions are handled correctly by the above specification:
+sending multiple flushes for a single tag,
+flushing after a transaction is completed,
+flushing a
+.BR Tflush ,
+and flushing an invalid tag.
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+The
+.IR 9pclient (3)
+library does not generate
+.B flush
+transactions..
+.IR 9pserve (4)
+generates
+.B flush
+transactions to cancel transactions pending when a client hangs up.
diff --git a/man/man9/open.9p b/man/man9/open.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8ed973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/open.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+.TH OPEN 9P
+.SH NAME
+open, create \- prepare a fid for I/O on an existing or new file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTcreate 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Topen
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR mode [1]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Ropen
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR qid [13]
+.IR iounit [4]
+.PP
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tcreate
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR name [ s ]
+.IR perm [4]
+.IR mode [1]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rcreate
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR qid [13]
+.IR iounit [4]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B open
+request asks the file server to check permissions and
+prepare a fid for I/O with subsequent
+.B read
+and
+.B write
+messages.
+The
+.I mode
+field determines the type of I/O:
+0
+(called
+.BR OREAD
+in
+.BR <libc.h> ),
+1
+.RB ( OWRITE ),
+2
+.RB ( ORDWR ),
+and 3
+.RB ( OEXEC )
+mean
+.I
+read access, write access, read and write access,
+and
+.I
+execute access,
+to be checked against the permissions for the file.
+In addition, if
+.I mode
+has the
+.B OTRUNC
+.RB ( 0x10 )
+bit set,
+the file is to be truncated, which requires write permission
+(if
+the file is append-only, and permission is granted, the
+.B open
+succeeds but the file will not be truncated);
+if the
+.I mode
+has the
+.B ORCLOSE
+.RB ( 0x40 )
+bit set, the file is to be removed when the fid
+is clunked, which requires permission to remove the file from its directory.
+All other bits in
+.I mode
+should be zero.
+It is illegal to write a directory, truncate it, or attempt to remove it on close.
+If the file is marked for exclusive use (see
+.IR stat (9P)),
+only one client can have the file open at any time.
+That is, after such a file has been opened,
+further opens will fail until
+.I fid
+has been clunked.
+All these permissions are checked at the time of the
+.B open
+request; subsequent changes to the permissions of files do not affect
+the ability to read, write, or remove an open file.
+.PP
+The
+.B create
+request asks the file server to create a new file
+with the
+.I name
+supplied, in the directory
+.RI ( dir )
+represented by
+.IR fid ,
+and requires write permission in the directory.
+The owner of the file is the implied user id of the request,
+the group of the file is the same as
+.IR dir ,
+and the permissions are the value of
+.ce
+.B "perm & (~0666 | (dir.perm & 0666))"
+if a regular file is being created and
+.ce
+.B "perm & (~0777 | (dir.perm & 0777))"
+if a directory is being created.
+This means, for example, that if the
+.B create
+allows read permission to others, but the containing directory
+does not, then the created file will not allow others to read the file.
+.PP
+Finally, the newly created file is opened according to
+.IR mode ,
+and
+.I fid
+will represent the newly opened file.
+.I Mode
+is not checked against the permissions in
+.IR perm .
+The
+.I qid
+for the new file is returned with the
+.B create
+reply message.
+.PP
+Directories are created by setting the
+.B DMDIR
+bit
+.RB ( 0x80000000 )
+in the
+.IR perm .
+.PP
+The names
+.B .
+and
+.B ..
+are special; it is illegal to create files with these names.
+.PP
+It is an error for either of these messages if the fid
+is already the product of a successful
+.B open
+or
+.B create
+message.
+.PP
+An attempt to
+.B create
+a file in a directory where the given
+.I name
+already exists will be rejected;
+in this case, the
+.I fscreate
+call
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+uses
+.B open
+with truncation.
+The algorithm used by the
+.IR create
+system call
+is:
+first walk to the directory to contain the file.
+If that fails, return an error.
+Next
+.B walk
+to the specified file.
+If the
+.B walk
+succeeds, send a request to
+.B open
+and truncate the file and return the result, successful or not.
+If the
+.B walk
+fails, send a create message.
+If that fails, it may be because the file was created by another
+process after the previous walk failed, so (once) try the
+.B walk
+and
+.B open
+again.
+.\" .PP
+.\" For the behavior of
+.\" .I create
+.\" on a union directory, see
+.\" .IR bind (2).
+.\" .PP
+.\" The
+.\" .B iounit
+.\" field returned by
+.\" .B open
+.\" and
+.\" .B create
+.\" may be zero.
+.\" If it is not, it is the maximum number of bytes that are guaranteed to
+.\" be read from or written to the file without breaking the I/O transfer
+.\" into multiple 9P messages; see
+.\" .IR read (9P).
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+.I Fsopen
+and
+.I fscreate
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+both generate
+.B open
+messages; only
+.I fscreate
+generates a
+.B create
+message.
+The
+.B iounit
+associated with an open file may be discovered by calling
+.IR fsiounit .
+.PP
+For programs that need atomic file creation, without the race
+that exists in the
+.B open-create
+sequence described above,
+.IR fscreate
+does the following.
+If the
+.B OEXCL
+.RB ( 0x1000 )
+bit is set in the
+.I mode
+for a
+.I fscreate
+call,
+the
+.B open
+message is not sent; the kernel issues only the
+.BR create .
+Thus, if the file exists,
+.I fscreate
+will draw an error, but if it doesn't and the
+.I fscreate
+call succeeds, the process issuing the
+.I fscreate
+is guaranteed to be the one that created the file.
diff --git a/man/man9/read.9p b/man/man9/read.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a68f153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/read.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.TH READ 9P
+.SH NAME
+read, write \- transfer data from and to a file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTwrite 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tread
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR offset [8]
+.IR count [4]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rread
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR count [4]
+.IR data [ count ]
+.PP
+.IR size [4]
+.B Twrite
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR offset [8]
+.IR count [4]
+.IR data [ count ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rwrite
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR count [4]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B read
+request
+asks for
+.I count
+bytes of data
+from the file identified by
+.IR fid ,
+which must be opened for reading,
+starting
+.I offset
+bytes after the beginning of the file.
+The bytes are returned with the
+.B read
+reply message.
+.PP
+The
+.I count
+field in the reply indicates the number of bytes returned.
+This may be less than the requested amount.
+If the
+.I offset
+field is greater than or equal to the number of bytes in the file,
+a count of zero will be returned.
+.PP
+For directories,
+.B read
+returns an integral number of
+directory entries exactly as in
+.B stat
+(see
+.IR stat (9P)),
+one for each member of the directory.
+The
+.B read
+request message must have
+.B offset
+equal to zero or the value of
+.B offset
+in the previous
+.B read
+on the directory, plus the number of bytes
+returned in the previous
+.BR read .
+In other words, seeking other than to the beginning
+is illegal in a directory.
+.PP
+The
+.B write
+request asks that
+.I count
+bytes of data be recorded in the file identified by
+.IR fid ,
+which must be opened for writing, starting
+.I offset
+bytes after the beginning of the file.
+If the file is append-only,
+the data will be placed at the end of the file regardless of
+.IR offset .
+Directories may not be written.
+.PP
+The
+.B write
+reply records the number of bytes actually written.
+It is usually an error
+if this is not the same as requested.
+.PP
+Because 9P implementations may limit the size of individual
+messages,
+more than one message may be produced by a single
+.I read
+or
+.I write
+call.
+The
+.I iounit
+field returned by
+.IR open (9P),
+if non-zero, reports the maximum size that is guaranteed
+to be transferred atomically.
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+.I Fsread
+and
+.I fswrite
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+generate the corresponding messages.
+Because they take an offset parameter, the
+.I fspread
+and
+.I fspwrite
+calls correspond more directly to the 9P messages.
+Although
+.I fsseek
+affects the offset, it does not generate a message.
diff --git a/man/man9/remove.9p b/man/man9/remove.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9a844a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/remove.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+.TH REMOVE 9P
+.SH NAME
+remove \- remove a file from a server
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTremove 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tremove
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rremove
+.IR tag [2]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B remove
+request asks the file server both to remove the file represented by
+.I fid
+and to
+.B clunk
+the
+.IR fid ,
+even if the remove fails.
+This request will fail if the client does not have write permission
+in the parent directory.
+.PP
+It is correct to consider
+.B remove
+to be a
+.B clunk
+with the side effect of removing the file if permissions allow.
+.PP
+If a file has been opened as multiple fids,
+possibly on different connections,
+and one fid is used to remove the file,
+whether the other fids continue to provide access to the file
+is implementation-defined.
+The Plan 9 file servers
+remove the file immediately: attempts to use the other fids
+will yield a
+``phase error.''
+.IR U9fs
+follows the semantics of the underlying Unix file system,
+so other fids typically remain usable.
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+.I Fsremove
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+generates
+.B remove
+messages.
diff --git a/man/man9/stat.9p b/man/man9/stat.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab68133
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/stat.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+.TH STAT 9P
+.SH NAME
+stat, wstat \- inquire or change file attributes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTwstat 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR stat [ n ]
+.PP
+.IR size [4]
+.B Twstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR stat [ n ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rwstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B stat
+transaction inquires about the file
+identified by
+.IR fid .
+The reply will contain a
+machine-independent
+.I directory
+.IR entry ,
+.IR stat ,
+laid out as follows:
+.TP
+.I size\f1[2]\fP
+total byte count of the following data
+.TP
+.I type\f1[2]\fP
+for kernel use
+.TP
+.I dev\f1[4]\fP
+for kernel use
+.TP
+.I qid.type\f1[1]\fP
+the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit vector
+corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode word.
+.TP
+.I qid.vers\f1[4]\fP
+version number for given path
+.TP
+.I qid.path\f1[8]\fP
+the file server's unique identification for the file
+.TP
+.I mode\f1[4]\fP
+permissions and flags
+.TP
+.I atime\f1[4]\fP
+last access time
+.TP
+.I mtime\f1[4]\fP
+last modification time
+.TP
+.I length\f1[8]\fP
+length of file in bytes
+.TP
+.I name\f1[ s ]\fP
+file name; must be
+.B /
+if the file is the root directory of the server
+.TP
+.I uid\f1[ s ]\fP
+owner name
+.TP
+.I gid\f1[ s ]\fP
+group name
+.TP
+.I muid\f1[ s ]\fP
+name of the user who last modified the file
+.PD
+.PP
+Integers in this encoding are in little-endian order (least
+significant byte first).
+The
+.I convM2D
+and
+.I convD2M
+routines (see
+.IR fcall (3))
+convert between directory entries and a C structure called a
+.BR Dir .
+.PP
+The
+.I mode
+contains permission bits as described in
+.IR intro (9P)
+and the following:
+.B 0x80000000
+.RB ( DMDIR ,
+this file is a directory),
+.B 0x40000000
+.RB ( DMAPPEND ,
+append only),
+.B 0x20000000
+.RB ( DMEXCL ,
+exclusive use),
+.B 0x04000000
+.RB ( DMTMP ,
+temporary);
+these are echoed in
+.BR Qid.type .
+Writes to append-only files always place their data at the
+end of the file; the
+.I offset
+in the
+.B write
+message is ignored, as is the
+.B OTRUNC
+bit in an open.
+Exclusive use files may be open for I/O by only one fid at a time
+across all clients of the server. If a second open is attempted,
+it draws an error. Servers may implement a timeout on the lock
+on an exclusive use file: if the fid holding the file open has
+been unused for an extended period (of order at least minutes),
+it is reasonable to break the lock and deny the initial fid
+further I/O.
+Temporary files are not included in nightly archives
+(see Plan 9's \fIfossil\fR(4)).
+.PP
+The two time fields are measured in seconds since the epoch
+(Jan 1 00:00 1970 GMT).
+The
+.I mtime
+field reflects the time of the last change of content (except when later changed by
+.BR wstat ).
+For a plain file,
+.I mtime
+is the time of the most recent
+.BR create ,
+.B open
+with truncation,
+or
+.BR write ;
+for a directory it is the time of the most recent
+.BR remove ,
+.BR create ,
+or
+.B wstat
+of a file in the directory.
+Similarly, the
+.I atime
+field records the last
+.B read
+of the contents;
+also it is set whenever
+.I mtime
+is set.
+In addition, for a directory, it is set by
+an
+.BR attach ,
+.BR walk ,
+or
+.BR create ,
+all whether successful or not.
+.PP
+The
+.I muid
+field names the user whose actions most recently changed the
+.I mtime
+of the file.
+.PP
+The
+.I length
+records the number of bytes in the file.
+Directories and most files representing devices have a conventional
+length of 0.
+.PP
+The
+.B stat
+request requires no special permissions.
+.PP
+The
+.B wstat
+request can change some of the file status information.
+The
+.I name
+can be changed by anyone with write permission in the parent directory;
+it is an error to change the name to that of an existing file.
+The
+.I length
+can be changed (affecting the actual length of the file) by anyone with
+write permission on the file.
+It is an error to attempt to set the length of a directory to a non-zero value,
+and servers may decide to reject length changes for other reasons.
+The
+.I mode
+and
+.I mtime
+can be changed by the owner of the file or the group leader of the file's current
+group.
+The directory bit cannot be changed by a
+.BR wstat ;
+the other defined permission and mode bits can.
+The
+.I gid
+can be changed: by the owner if also a member of the new group; or
+by the group leader of the file's current group
+if also leader of the new group
+(see
+.IR intro (9P)
+for more information about permissions, users, and groups).
+None of the other data can be altered by a
+.B wstat
+and attempts to change them will trigger an error.
+In particular,
+it is illegal to attempt to change the owner of a file.
+(These conditions may be
+relaxed when establishing the initial state of a file server; see
+Plan 9's \fIfsconfig\fR(8).)
+.PP
+Either all the changes in
+.B wstat
+request happen, or none of them does: if the request succeeds,
+all changes were made; if it fails, none were.
+.PP
+A
+.B wstat
+request can avoid modifying some properties of the file
+by providing explicit ``don't touch'' values in the
+.B stat
+data that is sent: zero-length strings for text values and
+the maximum unsigned value of appropriate size
+for integral values.
+As a special case, if
+.I all
+the elements of the directory entry in a
+.B Twstat
+message are ``don't touch'' values, the server may interpret it
+as a request to guarantee that the contents of the associated
+file are committed to stable storage before the
+.B Rwstat
+message is returned.
+(Consider the message to mean, ``make the state of the file
+exactly what it claims to be.'')
+.PP
+A
+.I read
+of a directory yields an integral number of directory entries in
+the machine independent encoding given above
+(see
+.IR read (9P)).
+.PP
+Note that since the
+.B stat
+information is sent as a 9P variable-length datum, it is limited to a maximum of
+65535 bytes.
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+.B Stat
+messages are generated by
+.I fsdirfstat
+and
+.IR fsdirstat
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3)).
+.PP
+.B Wstat
+messages are generated by
+.I fsdirfwstat
+and
+.IR fsdirwstat .
+.SH BUGS
+To make the contents of a directory, such as returned by
+.IR read (9P),
+easy to parse, each
+directory entry begins with a size field.
+For consistency, the entries in
+.B Twstat
+and
+.B Rstat
+messages also contain
+their size, which means the size appears twice.
+For example, the
+.B Rstat
+message is formatted as
+.RI ``(4+1+2+2+ n )[4]
+.B Rstat
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR n [2]
+.RI ( n -2)[2]
+.IR type [2]
+.IR dev [4]...,''
+where
+.I n
+is the value returned by
+.BR convD2M .
diff --git a/man/man9/version.9p b/man/man9/version.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c496121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/version.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.TH VERSION 9P
+.SH NAME
+version \- negotiate protocol version
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTversion 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Tversion
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR msize [4]
+.IR version [ s ]
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rversion
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR msize [4]
+.IR version [ s ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B version
+request negotiates the protocol version and message size
+to be used on the connection and initializes the connection for I/O.
+.B Tversion
+must be the first message sent on the 9P connection,
+and the client cannot issue any further requests until it has received the
+.B Rversion
+reply.
+The
+.I tag
+should be
+.B NOTAG
+(value
+.BR (ushort)~0 )
+for a
+.B version
+message.
+.PP
+The client suggests a maximum message size,
+.BR msize ,
+that is the maximum length, in bytes,
+it will ever generate or expect to receive in a single 9P message.
+This count includes all 9P protocol data, starting from the
+.B size
+field and extending through the message,
+but excludes enveloping transport protocols.
+The server responds with its own maximum,
+.BR msize ,
+which must be less than or equal to the client's value.
+Thenceforth, both sides of the connection must honor this limit.
+.PP
+The
+.B version
+string identifies the level of the protocol.
+The string must always begin with the two characters
+.RB `` 9P ''.
+If the server does not understand the client's version string,
+it should respond with an
+.B Rversion
+message (not
+.BR Rerror )
+with the
+.B version
+string the 7 characters
+.RB `` unknown ''.
+.PP
+The server may respond with the client's version string,
+or a version string identifying
+an earlier defined protocol version.
+Currently, the only defined version is the 6 characters
+.RB `` 9P2000 ''.
+Version strings are defined such that, if the client string contains
+one or more period characters, the initial substring up to but not including
+any single period in the version string defines a version of the protocol.
+After stripping any such period-separated suffix, the server is allowed to respond
+with a string of the form
+.BI 9P nnnn\f1,
+where
+.I nnnn
+is less than or equal to the digits sent by the client.
+.PP
+The client and server will use the protocol version defined by the
+server's response for all subsequent communication on the connection.
+.PP
+A successful
+.B version
+request initializes the connection.
+All outstanding I/O on the connection is aborted; all active fids are freed (`clunked') automatically.
+The set of messages between
+.B version
+requests is called a
+.IR session .
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+.I Fsversion
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+generates
+.B version
+messages;
+it is called automatically by
+.IR fsmount .
diff --git a/man/man9/walk.9p b/man/man9/walk.9p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49777f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man9/walk.9p
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+.TH WALK 9P
+.SH NAME
+walk \- descend a directory hierarchy
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta \w'\fLTwalk 'u
+.IR size [4]
+.B Twalk
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR fid [4]
+.IR newfid [4]
+.IR nwname [2]
+.IR nwname *( wname [ s ])
+.br
+.IR size [4]
+.B Rwalk
+.IR tag [2]
+.IR nwqid [2]
+.IR nwqid *( qid [13])
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B walk
+request carries as arguments an existing
+.IR fid
+and a proposed
+.I newfid
+(which must not be in use unless it is the same as
+.IR fid )
+that the client wishes to associate with
+the result of traversing the directory hierarchy
+by `walking' the hierarchy using the successive path name
+elements
+.BR wname .
+The
+.I fid
+must represent a directory unless zero path name elements are specified.
+.PP
+The
+.I fid
+must be valid in the current session and must not have been opened for I/O
+by an
+.B open
+or
+.B create
+message.
+If the full sequence of
+.B nwname
+elements is walked successfully,
+.I newfid
+will represent the file that results.
+If not,
+.I newfid
+(and
+.BR fid )
+will be unaffected.
+However, if
+.I newfid
+is in use or otherwise illegal, an
+.B Rerror
+is returned.
+.PP
+The name
+.RB `` .. ''
+(dot-dot) represents the parent directory.
+The name
+.RB `` . ''
+(dot), meaning the current directory, is not used in the protocol.
+.PP
+It is legal for
+.B nwname
+to be zero, in which case
+.I newfid
+will represent the same file as
+.I fid
+and the
+.B walk
+will usually succeed; this is equivalent to walking to dot.
+The rest of this discussion assumes
+.B nwname
+is greater than zero.
+.PP
+The
+.B nwname
+path name elements
+.B wname
+are walked in order, ``elementwise''.
+For the first elementwise walk
+to succeed, the file identified by
+.I fid
+must be a directory,
+and the implied user of the request must have permission
+to search the directory (see
+.IR intro (9P)).
+Subsequent elementwise walks have equivalent restrictions
+applied to the implicit fid that results from the preceding elementwise walk.
+.PP
+If the first element cannot be walked for any reason,
+.B Rerror
+is returned.
+Otherwise, the walk will return an
+.B Rwalk
+message containing
+.I nwqid
+qids corresponding, in order, to the files that are visited by the
+.I nwqid
+successful elementwise walks;
+.I nwqid
+is therefore either
+.B nwname
+or the index of the first elementwise walk that failed.
+The value of
+.I nwqid
+cannot be zero unless
+.B nwname
+is zero.
+Also,
+.I nwqid
+will always be less than or equal to
+.BR nwname .
+Only if it is equal, however, will
+.I newfid
+be affected, in which case
+.I newfid
+will represent the file
+reached by the final elementwise walk requested in the message.
+.PP
+A
+.B walk
+of the name
+.RB `` .. ''
+in the root directory of a server is equivalent to a walk with no name elements.
+.PP
+If
+.I newfid
+is the same as
+.IR fid ,
+the above discussion applies, with the obvious difference
+that if the walk changes the state of
+.IR newfid ,
+it also changes the state of
+.IR fid ;
+and if
+.I newfid
+is unaffected, then
+.I fid
+is also unaffected.
+.PP
+To simplify the implementation of the servers, a maximum of sixteen name elements or qids
+may be packed in a single message.
+This constant is called
+.B MAXWELEM
+in
+.IR fcall (3).
+Despite this restriction, the system imposes no limit on the number of elements in a file name,
+only the number that may be transmitted in a single message.
+.SH ENTRY POINTS
+.I Fswalk
+(see
+.IR 9pclient (3))
+generates walk messages.
+One or more walk messages may be generated by
+any call that evaluates file names:
+.IR fsopen ,
+.IR fsopenfd ,
+.IR fsdirstat ,
+.IR fsdirwstat .
+.\"
+.\" A call to
+.\" .IR chdir (2)
+.\" causes a
+.\" .BR walk .
+.\" One or more
+.\" .B walk
+.\" messages may be generated by
+.\" any of the following calls, which evaluate file names:
+.\" .IR bind ,
+.\" .IR create ,
+.\" .IR exec ,
+.\" .IR mount ,
+.\" .IR open ,
+.\" .IR remove ,
+.\" .IR stat ,
+.\" .IR unmount ,
+.\" .IR wstat .
+.\" The file name element
+.\" .B .
+.\" (dot) is interpreted locally and
+.\" is not transmitted in
+.\" .B walk
+.\" messages.
